Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

1170

Click here to load reader

Transcript of Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

Page 1: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 2: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 3: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 4: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 5: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 6: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 7: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 8: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 9: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 10: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 11: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 12: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 13: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 14: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 15: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 16: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 17: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 18: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 19: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 20: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 21: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 22: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 23: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 24: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 25: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 26: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 27: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 28: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 29: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 30: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 31: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 32: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 33: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 34: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 35: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 36: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 37: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 38: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 39: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 40: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 41: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 42: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 43: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 44: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 45: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 46: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 47: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 48: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 49: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 50: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 51: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 52: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 53: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 54: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 55: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 56: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 57: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 58: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 59: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 60: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 61: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 62: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 63: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 64: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 65: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 66: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 67: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 68: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 69: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 70: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 71: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 72: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 73: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 74: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 75: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 76: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 77: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 78: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 79: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 80: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 81: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 82: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 83: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 84: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 85: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 86: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 87: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 88: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 89: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 90: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 91: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 92: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 93: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 94: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 95: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 96: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 97: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 98: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 99: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 100: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 101: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 102: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 103: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 104: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 105: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 106: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 107: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 108: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 109: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 110: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 111: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 112: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 113: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 114: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 115: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 116: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 117: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 118: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 119: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 120: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 121: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 122: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 123: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 124: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 125: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 126: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 127: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 128: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 129: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 130: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 131: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 132: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 133: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 134: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 135: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 136: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 137: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 138: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 139: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 140: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 141: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 142: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 143: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 144: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 145: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 146: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 147: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 148: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 149: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 150: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 151: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 152: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 153: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 154: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 155: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 156: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 157: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 158: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 159: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 160: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 161: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 162: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 163: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 164: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 165: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 166: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 167: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 168: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 169: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 170: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 171: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 172: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 173: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 174: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 175: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 176: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 177: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 178: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 179: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 180: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 181: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 182: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 183: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 184: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 185: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 186: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 187: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 188: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 189: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 190: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 191: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 192: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 193: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 194: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 195: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 196: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 197: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 198: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 199: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 200: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 201: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 202: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 203: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 204: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 205: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 206: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 207: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 208: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 209: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 210: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 211: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 212: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 213: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 214: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 215: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 216: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 217: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 218: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 219: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 220: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 221: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 222: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 223: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 224: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 225: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 226: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 227: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 228: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 229: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 230: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 231: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 232: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 233: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 234: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 235: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 236: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 237: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 238: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 239: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 240: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 241: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 242: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 243: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 244: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 245: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 246: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 247: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 248: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 249: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 250: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 251: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 252: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 253: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 254: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 255: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 256: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 257: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 258: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 259: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 260: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 261: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 262: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 263: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 264: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 265: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 266: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 267: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 268: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 269: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 270: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 271: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 272: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 273: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 274: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 275: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 276: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 277: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 278: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 279: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 280: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 281: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 282: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 283: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 284: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 285: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 286: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 287: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 288: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 289: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 290: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 291: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 292: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 293: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 294: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 295: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 296: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 297: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 298: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 299: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 300: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 301: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 302: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 303: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 304: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 305: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 306: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 307: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 308: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 309: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 310: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 311: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 312: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 313: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 314: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 315: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 316: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 317: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 318: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 319: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 320: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 321: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 322: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 323: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 324: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 325: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 326: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 327: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 328: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 329: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 330: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 331: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 332: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 333: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 334: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 335: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 336: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 337: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 338: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 339: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 340: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 341: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 342: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 343: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 344: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 345: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 346: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 347: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 348: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 349: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 350: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 351: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 352: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 353: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 354: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 355: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 356: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 357: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 358: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 359: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 360: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 361: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 362: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 363: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 364: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 365: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 366: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 367: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 368: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 369: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 370: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 371: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 372: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 373: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 374: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 375: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 376: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 377: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 378: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 379: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 380: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 381: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 382: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 383: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 384: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 385: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 386: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 387: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 388: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 389: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 390: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 391: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 392: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 393: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 394: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 395: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 396: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 397: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 398: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 399: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 400: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 401: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 402: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 403: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 404: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 405: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 406: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 407: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 408: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 409: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 410: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 411: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 412: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 413: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 414: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 415: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 416: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 417: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 418: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 419: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 420: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 421: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 422: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 423: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 424: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 425: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 426: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 427: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 428: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 429: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 430: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 431: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 432: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 433: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 434: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 435: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 436: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 437: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 438: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 439: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 440: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 441: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 442: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 443: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 444: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 445: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 446: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 447: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 448: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 449: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 450: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 451: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 452: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 453: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 454: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 455: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 456: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 457: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 458: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 459: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 460: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 461: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 462: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 463: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 464: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 465: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 466: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 467: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 468: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 469: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 470: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 471: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 472: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 473: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 474: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 475: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 476: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 477: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 478: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 479: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 480: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 481: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 482: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 483: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 484: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 485: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 486: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 487: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 488: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 489: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 490: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 491: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 492: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 493: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 494: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 495: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 496: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 497: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 498: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 499: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 500: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 501: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 502: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 503: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 504: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 505: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 506: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 507: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 508: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 509: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 510: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 511: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 512: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 513: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 514: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 515: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 516: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 517: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 518: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 519: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 520: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 521: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 522: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 523: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 524: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 525: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 526: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 527: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 528: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 529: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 530: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 531: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 532: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 533: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 534: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 535: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 536: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 537: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 538: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 539: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 540: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 541: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 542: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 543: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 544: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 545: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 546: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 547: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 548: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 549: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 550: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 551: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 552: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 553: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 554: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 555: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 556: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 557: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 558: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 559: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 560: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 561: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 562: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 563: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 564: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 565: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 566: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 567: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 568: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 569: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 570: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 571: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 572: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 573: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 574: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 575: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 576: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 577: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 578: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 579: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 580: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 581: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 582: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 583: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 584: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 585: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 586: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 587: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 588: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 589: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 590: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 591: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 592: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 593: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 594: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 595: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 596: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 597: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 598: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 599: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 600: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 601: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 602: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 603: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 604: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 605: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 606: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 607: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 608: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 609: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 610: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 611: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 612: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 613: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 614: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 615: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 616: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 617: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 618: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 619: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 620: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 621: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 622: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 623: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 624: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 625: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 626: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 627: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 628: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 629: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 630: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 631: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 632: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 633: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 634: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 635: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 636: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 637: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 638: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 639: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 640: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 641: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 642: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 643: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 644: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 645: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 646: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 647: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 648: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 649: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 650: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 651: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 652: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 653: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 654: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 655: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 656: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 657: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 658: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 659: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 660: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 661: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 662: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 663: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 664: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 665: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 666: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 667: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 668: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 669: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 670: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 671: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 672: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 673: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 674: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 675: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 676: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 677: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 678: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 679: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 680: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 681: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 682: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 683: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 684: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 685: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 686: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 687: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 688: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 689: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 690: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 691: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 692: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 693: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 694: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 695: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 696: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 697: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 698: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 699: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 700: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 701: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 702: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 703: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 704: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 705: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 706: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 707: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 708: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 709: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 710: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 711: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 712: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 713: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 714: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 715: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 716: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 717: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 718: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 719: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 720: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 721: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 722: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 723: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 724: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 725: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 726: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 727: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 728: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 729: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 730: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 731: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 732: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 733: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 734: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 735: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 736: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 737: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 738: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 739: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 740: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 741: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 742: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 743: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 744: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 745: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 746: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 747: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 748: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 749: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 750: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 751: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 752: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 753: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 754: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 755: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 756: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 757: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 758: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 759: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 760: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 761: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 762: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 763: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 764: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 765: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 766: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 767: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 768: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 769: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 770: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 771: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 772: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 773: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 774: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 775: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 776: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 777: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 778: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 779: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 780: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 781: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 782: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 783: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 784: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 785: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 786: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 787: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 788: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 789: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 790: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 791: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 792: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 793: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 794: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 795: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 796: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 797: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 798: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 799: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 800: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 801: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 802: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 803: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 804: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 805: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 806: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 807: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 808: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 809: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 810: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 811: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 812: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 813: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 814: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 815: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 816: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 817: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 818: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 819: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 820: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 821: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 822: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 823: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 824: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 825: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 826: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 827: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 828: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 829: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 830: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 831: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 832: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 833: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 834: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 835: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 836: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 837: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 838: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 839: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 840: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 841: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 842: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 843: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 844: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 845: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 846: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 847: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 848: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 849: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 850: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 851: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 852: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 853: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 854: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 855: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 856: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 857: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 858: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 859: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 860: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 861: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 862: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 863: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 864: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 865: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 866: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 867: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 868: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 869: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 870: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 871: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 872: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 873: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 874: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 875: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 876: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 877: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 878: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 879: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 880: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 881: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 882: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 883: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 884: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 885: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 886: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 887: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 888: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 889: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 890: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 891: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 892: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 893: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 894: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 895: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 896: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 897: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 898: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 899: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 900: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 901: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 902: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 903: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 904: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 905: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 906: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 907: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 908: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 909: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 910: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 911: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 912: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 913: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 914: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 915: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 916: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 917: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 918: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 919: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 920: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 921: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 922: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 923: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 924: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 925: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 926: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 927: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 928: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 929: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 930: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 931: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 932: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 933: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 934: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 935: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 936: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 937: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 938: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 939: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 940: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 941: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 942: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 943: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 944: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 945: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 946: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 947: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 948: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 949: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 950: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 951: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 952: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 953: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 954: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 955: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 956: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 957: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 958: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 959: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 960: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 961: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 962: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 963: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 964: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 965: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 966: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 967: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 968: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 969: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 970: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 971: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 972: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 973: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 974: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 975: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 976: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 977: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 978: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 979: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 980: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 981: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 982: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 983: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 984: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 985: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 986: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 987: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 988: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 989: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 990: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 991: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 992: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 993: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 994: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 995: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 996: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 997: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 998: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 999: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1000: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1001: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1002: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1003: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1004: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1005: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1006: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1007: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1008: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1009: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1010: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1011: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1012: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1013: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1014: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1015: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

Journal of Chromatography A, 789 (1997) 529–548

Review

State-of-the-art ion chromatographic determination of inorganic ionsin food

a , b c* `Pier Luigi Buldini , Silvano Cavalli , Antonio TrifiroaCNR Lamel, via P. Gobetti 101, 40129 Bologna, Italy

bDionex S.r.l., Laboratorio Applicazioni, via Tulipani 5, 20090 Pieve Emanuele MI, ItalycStazione Sperimentale delle Industrie delle Conserve Alimentari, viale Tanara 32, 43100 Parma, Italy

Abstract

A review of the applications of ion chromatography (IC) to the determination of inorganic ions in food is presented. Themost promising sample preparation techniques, such as accelerated solvent extraction, supercritical fluid extraction,solid-phase extraction, UV photolysis, microwave-oven digestion and pyrohydrolysis are discussed. Among the variousinorganic anions, nitrogen, sulphur and phosphorus species and halides are widely determined in foods and to a lesser extentonly, cyanide, carbonate, arsenic and selenium species are considered. IC determination of inorganic cations deals withammonium ion, alkali, alkaline-earth, heavy and transition metals particularly and only a small amount of literature is foundon the other ones, like aluminium and plantinum. A particular advantage of IC over traditional techniques is thesimultaneous determination of several species. 1997 Elsevier Science B.V.

Keywords: Reviews; Food analysis; Inorganic cations; Inorganic anions

Contents

1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................ 5302. Modern sample preparation techniques ..................................................................................................................................... 531

2.1. Accelerated solvent extraction (ASE) ............................................................................................................................... 5312.2. Supercritical fluid extraction (SFE) .................................................................................................................................. 5312.3. Solid-phase extraction (SPE) ........................................................................................................................................... 5332.4. UV photolysis (UVP) ...................................................................................................................................................... 5332.5. Microwave-oven digestion (MOD)................................................................................................................................... 5362.6. Pyrohydrolysis (PH) ....................................................................................................................................................... 539

3. Inorganic anions...................................................................................................................................................................... 5393.1. Nitrogen species ............................................................................................................................................................. 5393.2. Sulphur species............................................................................................................................................................... 5403.3. Phosphorus species ......................................................................................................................................................... 5423.4. Halides........................................................................................................................................................................... 542

3.4.1. Fluoride.............................................................................................................................................................. 544

*Corresponding author.

0021-9673/97/$17.00 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII S0021-9673( 97 )00963-1

Page 1016: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

530 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

3.4.2. Chloride ............................................................................................................................................................. 5443.4.3. Bromide ............................................................................................................................................................. 5443.4.4. Iodide................................................................................................................................................................. 5443.4.5. Oxyhalides ......................................................................................................................................................... 544

3.5. Other species .................................................................................................................................................................. 5453.5.1. Cyanide .............................................................................................................................................................. 5453.5.2. Carbonate ........................................................................................................................................................... 5453.5.3. Arsenic species ................................................................................................................................................... 5453.5.4. Selenium species ................................................................................................................................................. 545

4. Inorganic cations ..................................................................................................................................................................... 5454.1. I and II group cations and ammonium .............................................................................................................................. 5454.2. Heavy and transition metals ............................................................................................................................................. 5464.3. Other metals ................................................................................................................................................................... 546

4.3.1. Aluminium ......................................................................................................................................................... 5464.3.2. Platinum............................................................................................................................................................. 546

5. Conclusions ............................................................................................................................................................................ 546Acknowledgements ...................................................................................................................................................................... 546References .................................................................................................................................................................................. 546

1. Introduction The amperometric detector is also well established infood analysis because of its use in carbohydrate

Ion chromatography is now a routine technique in determination, but its applicability has been extendedfood analysis and the number of ion-chromatography to the inorganic species [27,29,47,108] too. Other(IC) standard methods is growing very rapidly [2– detectors have been used in IC determination of4,42,43,101]. This review deals with the ion chro- inorganic species, with or without post-column de-matographic literature of practical use, related to the rivatization techniques, such as UV–Vis for transi-determination of inorganic species in foods, thus in tion metals determination, inductively coupled plas-many cases we have not referred to the papers that ma (ICP), ICP atomic emission spectrometry (AES),describe the feasibility of ion chromatography in etc.food analysis without taking into consideration real The anion-exchange columns are been improvedsamples. in terms of selectivity; speed [87], capacity [31,32]

Tap or mineral water analysis was not included in and solvent compatibility. Use of macroporous sub-the present review as these categories are generally strates with chemically grafted ion-exchange sitesincluded in the environmental ones. can reduce the organic anion interference in inor-

Adequate sample preparation has growing impor- ganic anion determination or allow their determi-tance because it allows the full exploitation of the nation in complex matrices. But improvements inpotential of ion chromatography, so it is essential to ion-exchange columns were particularly relevant inovercome the traditional sample preparation tech- cation analysis, where the introduction of cation-niques in food analysis, which very often result in exchange columns with carboxylic acid based ion-solutions that are easily contaminated from the high exchange sites [30,48,56,75] allow the separation ofquantity of reagents involved or prone to causing IC alkali and alkaline-earth metals in a few minutescolumn contamination. with a simple eluent system. A new column for

The most widespread detection technique in IC is transition metals determination was introduced that isstill conductimetry coupled with post-column chemi- suitable for use with gradient conditions and, if usingcal suppression: this technique has been recently temperature control, the analysis can be shortened tosimplified by the introduction of self- regenerating less than 10 min [79].devices [76] that electrolytically hydrolyse water in The use of gradient elution in IC for resolvingthe eluent stream, in order to produce the ions complex matrices is going to be a routine techniquenecessary to the regeneration of the suppressor, thus [10,28,100] and the interest of food analysts wasavoiding the need for a separate regenerant device. enhanced by the introduction of a new dedicated

Page 1017: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 531

column with higher selectivity and shorter retention This results in better extraction efficiency along withtimes [26,87]. short extraction time and low solvent requirements.

References have been assembled by analyte and The time required for extraction is practically in-are presented in Tables 1–9 . Any single row dependent of the mass of sample.represents a single determination of different species. The efficiency of extraction is mainly dependentSpecies are listed in order of elution. References on temperature as it influences physical properties ofinside the same table are ordered by date: the last the sample and its interaction with the liquid phase.published is the first in the order. The extraction is influenced by the surface tension of

the solvent and its penetration into the sample (i.e.its viscosity) and by the diffusion rate and solubility

2. Modern sample preparation techniques of the analytes: all parameters that are normallyimproved by the temperature increase. The effect of

In consideration of the few opportunities of inject- high pressure is to maintain the liquid phase ofing food samples directly, or by simple dilution, into solvent beyond its boiling point and also to helpthe analytical system, the sample preparation plays a penetration of the solvent in the sample matrix. Thevital role in exploiting the potential of ion chroma- temperature is normally kept in the range betweentography. The traditional sample preparation tech- 50–2008C and the pressure is maintained at 1200–niques for inorganic species determination in foods 3000 psi.generally involve digestion steps like wet digestion,dry ashing or alkaline fusion that require a high 2.2. Supercritical fluid extraction (SFE)quantity of reagents to remove the strong interferingand/or chelating effect of the organic matrix. This The supercritical fluid extraction uses the princi-kind of sample preparation often results in solutions ples of traditional liquid–solid extraction. Supercriti-that are easily contaminated from the reagents in- cal fluids are substances above their critical tempera-volved or prone to causing IC column contamination. ture and pressure and they provide an unusualIn addition conventional sample preparation pro- combination of properties. Supercritical fluids diffusecedures are time consuming and generate a lot of through solids like gases, but dissolve analytes likewaste. liquids, so the extraction rate is enhanced. The most

Unfortunately it is not possible to use a simple commonly used supercritical fluid is carbon dioxide,sample treatment technique in food analysis due to which can be used as it is or modified with somethe multiplicity of matrix and type and concentration percent (1–10%) of an organic solvent.range of the species to be determined. The solvent strength of any supercritical fluid can

The modern sample preparation techniques hereby be adjusted depending on the pressure and tempera-listed are experienced with organic species, and ture at which the fluid is used (i.e. its density), sofewer references are reported for inorganic ones. The allowing a single supercritical fluid to substitute for amost promising techniques in order to obtain solu- variety of conventional solvents.tions apt to the direct IC injection seem to be the In supercritical fluid extraction, a pump is used tofollowing: supply the extraction fluid to the extraction vessel,

which is heated to maintain it at a temperature above2.1. Accelerated solvent extraction (ASE) the critical point. A restrictor device is placed at the

end of the system to maintain pressure. During theThe accelerated solvent extraction technique em- extraction, the soluble analytes are partitioned from

ploys basically the principles of traditional solvent the bulk sample matrix into the supercritical fluid,extraction (whose entire experience can be directly then swept through the flow restrictor into a collec-used) but at higher temperature and pressure where tion device.solvents show better extraction properties. The high Supercritical fluid extraction is extensively usedtemperature increases the rate of extraction and high for separating organic species from foods (like fats,pressure elevates the boiling point of the solvent. etc.) and is used for the separation of inorganic

Page 1018: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

532 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 1Ion chromatographic determination of nitrogen species in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.2NO Fruits juice Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–ethanol–methanol Conductivity [85]32NO Beverages, Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [28]3

carbonated2NO Rice flour Dionex IonPac AS12A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [14]3 2 3 3

Tea leaves2NO Wine Shimadzu Shim-pack IC-AI Phthalic acid Conductivity [63]32NO Milk Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [39]32NO Carrot juice Metrohm Metrosep Anion Dual 1 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [23]3 2 3 3

Vegetables2NO Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4- UV–Vis [60]22NO Potato chips benzenedisulphonic acid32NO Pork meat Dionex IonPac AS4 Na B O Conductivity [8]3 4 2 7

products2NO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [102]2 2 3 32NO32NO Tea Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity /UV–Vis [12]3 2 3 3

Vegetables2NO Cereal based Waters IC-PAK Anion KH PO -Na HPO UV–Vis [68]2 2 4 2 42NO baby foods32NO Spinach Hamilton PRP-X100 Phthalic acid–10% acetone Coulometry [11]22NO Coffee Mixed-bed laboratory Oxalic acid Conductivity [25]22NO Sake, Japanese packed with3

Wine Yokogawa ICS-A23and Yokogawa CH1

2NO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [66]3 2 3 32NO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [58]3 2 3 3

Wort2NO Wine vinegar Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [33]3 2 3 32NO Fruits, syruped Waters IC-PAK Anion KH PO –Na HPO UV–Vis [88]2 2 4 2 42NO canned3

Infant foodsJamsMarmaladesMeatsMeats, curedPork, choppedVegetables,canned

2NO Meats, Dionex IonPac AS4A Na B O Conductivity [34]2 4 2 72NO Meats cured32NO Vegetables Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [67]3 2 3 32NO Milk Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium octanesulphonate Conductivity [51]3

Popcorn,butteredSalad dressing

2NO Beer Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–ethanol Conductivity [10]3

Wort2NO Food extracts Alltech Universal Anion Lithium 4-hydroxybenzoate or Conductivity [84]22NO Li-hydrogenphthalate or3

Li-hydrogenphthalate–ethylendiamine2NO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [98]3 2 3 3

Page 1019: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 533

Table 1 (continued)

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.2NO Meats, cured Wescan Anion exclusion /HS H SO Amperometry [54]2 2 42NO Vegetables Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [16]3 2 3 32NO Fruits, canned Dionex IonPac AS5 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [44]3 2 3 3

liquor2NO Fruits juice Merck LiChrosorb RP n-Octylamine–H PO UV–Vis [97]2 3 42NO Meats, cured3

Vegetables2NO Vegetables Laboratory packed BAKC Potassium gluconate–boric acid Conductivity [73]3

Ion exchanger or potassium phthalate2NO Vegetable juice Waters IC-PAK Anion Potassium hydrogenphthalate Conductivity [20]32NO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [80]2 2 3 3

species too. Unfortunately the selection of supercriti- solvent, flow-rate and physico-chemical characteris-cal fluids and modifiers is largely empirical because tics of the sorbent bed.very little analyte solubility data exists for modifiedsupercritical fluids. Interactions between supercritical 2.4. UV photolysis (UVP)fluid, target analytes and sorptive sites on the bulkmatrix are poorly understood. In the preparation of food samples, UV photolysis

has shown distinct advantages over traditional disso-lution techniques owing to the very low blank

2.3. Solid-phase extraction (SPE) values. In Table 10 the reaction mechanisms in-volved are shown and it is evident that the organic

Solid-phase extraction has become very popular matrix is degraded indirectly via OH radicals and notover the past ten years. The technique offers many directly through UV radiation.improvements over liquid–liquid extraction and per- It can be seen from the above radical formationmits both interferent’s removal and analytes con- reaction that the H O quantity is sufficient for2

centration at the same time. producing HO*, however for food samples, whereAs the sample solution passes through the sorbent organic matrix is very high, addition of H O will2 2

bed, analytes concentrate on its surface, while the accelerate the radical formation resulting into short-other sample components pass through the bed. The ening the oxidation time.most common starting material for sorbent bed is Usually high-pressure mercury lamps with a highsilica, because it is reactive enough to permit its intensity, as well as a great radiant flux are used.surface to be modified by chemical reaction and yet Inserting reflecting surfaces between the samplestable enough to allow its use with a wide range of tubes and the external liquid cooling system to havesample. Polymer based sorbent beds are becoming multiple reflection of UV radiations in the samplevery popular, thus offering a wide range of selective enhances the high intensity. An experimental diffi-properties for extraction. culty in the use of these lamps is their high heat

The extraction is performed in four steps: con- development, which can lead to high evaporationditioning (the functional groups of the sorbent bed losses of the samples, so UV digesters must haveare solvated in order to make them to interact with cooling systems, which permit oxidation without anythe samples), retention (the analytes are adsorbed to losses.the bed surface), rinsing (undesired species are The UV digestion of any sample is directlyremoved) and elution (the analytes are desorbed and proportional to the UV intensity and irradiation time.collected for IC injection). It is inversely proportional to the organic substance

The extraction conditions are mainly affected by concentration. The digestion is also directly propor-pH, matrix ionic strength, polarity of the elution tional to the temperature of the sample; this needs

Page 1020: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

534 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 2Ion chromatographic determination of sulphur species in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.22SO Tea Shimadzu Shim-pack IC-AI Potassium hydrogenphthalate– Conductivity [24]4

phthalic acid22SO Beverages, Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [28]4

carbonated22SO Beverages Dionex IonPac ICE-AS1 H SO Pulsed amperometry [27]3 2 4

Foods22SO Rice flour Dionex IonPac AS12A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [14]4 2 3 3

Tea leaves22SO Wine Shimadzu Shim-pack Phthalic acid Conductivity [63]4

IC-AI22SO Wine, red Laboratory packed Phthalate–triethanol- UV–Vis [61]322SO Shiseido Capcell Pak amine–5% methanol4

C18, cetyl pyridiniumbromide-coated

22SO Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzene UV–Vis [60]422S O Potato chips disulphonic acid2 322S O2 6

22SO Milk Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [39]422SO Tea Shimadzu Shim-pack IC-AI Phthalic acid–Tris Conductivity [35]422SO Carrot juice Metrohm Metrosep Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [23]4 2 3 3

Vegetables Anion Dual 122SO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [13]4 2 3 3

22S-SO Liver, bovine Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [70]4 2 3 322SO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [102]4 2 3 322SO Tea Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [99]4 2 3 322SO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [66]4 2 3 322SO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [58]4 2 3 3

Wort22SO Wine vinegar Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [33]4 2 3 322SO Artichokes, Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium borate–gluconate Conductivity [83]3

cannedFruits juiceMushroomsSausagesShrimpsTomato sauceVegetables,canned

22SO Tea Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [19]4 2 3 322S-SO Rapeseed Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium borate–gluconate Conductivity [107]4

22SO Cola soft drink Dionex IonPac AS4A or Na CO –NaHCO –HCOH Conductivity [103]3 2 3 3

Corn starch Dionex IonPac AS2Lemon juicePotatoes,instant mashedWheat starchWine

Page 1021: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 535

Table 2 (continued)

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.22SO Milk Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium octanesulphonate Conductivity [51]4

Popcorn,butteredSalad dressing

22SO Beer Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–methanol–ethanol Conductivity [10]4

Wort22SO Liver Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO –4.5% Conductivity [81]4 2 3 3

Animal tissues acetonitrile22SO Cellulosic BioRad Aminex HPX-87H H SO d.c. Amperometry [78]3 2 4

thixotropic ABI Polypore Hmaterials

22SO Beer Dionex IonPac ICE-AS1 H SO –acetonitrile d.c. Amperometry [106]3 2 422SO Food extracts Alltech Universal Anion Lithium 4-hydroxybenzoate or Conductivity [84]4

lithium–hydrogenphthalate orlithium–hydrogenphthalate–ethylendiamine

22SO Beer Two Dionex IonPac AS2 Na CO –NaHCO –formaldehyde Conductivity [104]3 2 3 3

in seriesHamilton PRP-11 DionexIonPac AS2

22SO Milk, human Dionex IonPac AS2 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [59]4 2 3 3

breast22SO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity / [98]4 2 3 3

UV–Vis22SO Corn starch Wescan Anion exclusion / Sulphuric acid Amperometry [53]3

Lemon juice HS or WatersPotato, instant or BioRad or Brownleemashed Polypore HSeafood,dehydratedWine cooler

22SO Grapes Wescan Anion exclusion / Sulphuric acid Amperometry [55]3

HS22SO Citrus leaves Dionex IonPac AS3 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [40]4 2 3 3

Liver, bovineTomato leaves

22SO Apple Dionex IonPac AS4A NaOH–Na CO Conductivity [92]4 2 3

BeefCakeFlourMilk, powderOil

22SO Fruits, canned Dionex IonPac AS5 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [44]4 2 3 3

liquor22SO Vegetables juice Waters IC-PAK Anion Potassium–hydrogenphthalate Conductivity [20]422SO Colour Dionex IonPac AS1 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [36]4 2 3 3

additives

Page 1022: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

536 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 3Ion chromatographic determination of phosphorus species in foodstuffs (PolyP5Polyphosphates)

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.2H PO Tea Shimadzu Shim-pack IC-AI Potassium–hydrogenphthalate– Conductivity [24]2 4

phthalic acidPolyP Foods Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [5]

32PO Cola soft drink Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium gluconate–borate– Conductivity [6]4

H BO -n-butanol–3 3

acetonitrile–glycerol32PO Fruits juice Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–ethanol–methanol Conductivity [85]432PO Carrot juice Metrohm Metrosep Anion Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [23]4 2 3 3

Vegetables Dual 132PO Cola beverages Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaOH Conductivity [113]4 2 3

Soft drinks2H PO Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzene- UV–Vis [60]2 4

Potato chips disulphonic acid32PO Milk Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [39]4

32P-PO Rice flour Dionex IonPac AS12A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [14]4 2 3 3

Tea leaves32PO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [13]4 2 3 3

2H PO Tea Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [99]2 4 2 3 332P-PO Liver, bovine Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [70]4 2 3 3

32PO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [102]4 2 3 332PO Vegetables Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium borate–gluconate Conductivity [82]432PO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [66]4 2 3 332PO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [58]4 2 3 3

WortPolyP Shrimp, Dionex IonPac AS7 HNO ICP-AES or UV–Vis [41]3

processed32PO Wine vinegar Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [33]4 2 3 3

22HPO Tea Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [19]4 2 3 332PO Pea Laboratory packed with Borate–NH Cl UV–Vis [89]4 4

Tomato, cherry BioRad AG MP-132PO Beer Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–ethanol Conductivity [10]4

Wort32PO Food extracts Alltech Universal Anion Lithium 4-hydroxybenzoate Conductivity [84]4

2H PO Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [98]2 4 2 3 332PO Beer Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [80]4 2 3 332PO Fruits, canned Dionex IonPac AS5 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [44]4 2 3 3

liquor32PO Flour Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium borate–gluconate Conductivity [20]432PO Potato process Waters Resolve C Tetrabutylammonium phosphate– Refractive Index [20]4 18

water formic acid–methanol32PO Colour Dionex IonPac AS1 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [36]4 2 3 3

additives

optimisation keeping in view the volatilisation limits sample and acids in a polytetrafluoroethyleneof the analytes. (PTFE) vessel and heating the contents using micro-

Appreciable results have been obtained in the trace wave radiations. The PTFE vessels are transparent todetermination of metals in foods (honey, wine, olive microwaves and the sample directly absorbs electro-oil, and milk) or plant materials [14]. magnetic energy in MHz–GHz wavelength range

which transmits its energy to the polar molecules2.5. Microwave-oven digestion (MOD) present in the sample (water, acids, etc.) forcing them

to vibrate at high frequency. This results in highMicrowave-oven digestion consists in keeping the sample temperatures without the vessel being heated.

Page 1023: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 537

Table 4Ion chromatographic determination of halides in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.2Cl Tea Shimadzu Shim-pack IC-AI Potassium hydrogenphthalate–phthalic acid Conductivity [24]

2F Beverages Shimadzu Shim-pack SCR-102H p-Toluenesulphonic acid Conductivity [38]2I Food, colouring Carbon BI 01 Tetrabutylammonium hydroxide–Na CO – Conductivity [71]2 3

agents acetonitrile-Cl Wine Dionex OmniPac PAX-100 NaOH–acetonitrile Conductivity [52]2Cl Fruits juice Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–ethanol–methanol Conductivity [85]

2F Citrus leaves Dionex IonPac AS9 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [93]2 3 32Br Milk, non-fat2Cl powder

Orchard leavesOyster tissueTomato leaves

2Cl Beverages, Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [28]carbonated

2Cl Rice flour Dionex IonPac AS12A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [14]2 3 32Br2Cl Cola beverages Dionex IonPac AS41Dionex Na CO –NaOH Conductivity [113]2 3

Soft drinks IonPac AS22Cl Wine Shimadzu Shim-pack IC-AI Phthalic acid Conductivity [63]

2F Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzene- UV–Vis [60]2Cl Potato chips disulphonic acid2Cl Milk Dionex IonPac AS11 NaOH Conductivity [39]2Cl Carrot juice Metrohm Metrosep Anion Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [23]2 3 3

Vegetables Dual 12I Milk products Dionex IonPac AS11 HNO d.c. Amperometry [29]3

Soy-basedinfant formula

2F Coffee Mixed bed laboratory Oxalic acid Conductivity [25]2Br Sake, Japanese packed with2Cl Wine Yokogawa ICS-A23

and Yokogawa CH12Cl Beer Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [13]2 3 32Cl Liver, bovine Dionex IonPac AS4A SC Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [70]2 3 3

2F Tea Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [99]2 3 32Cl2Cl Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [66]2 3 3

Vegetables2Br Rice Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [105]2 3 3

2F Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [102]2 3 32Cl2Cl Beer Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [58]2 3 3

Wort2Cl Wine vinegar Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [33]2 3 32Br Bakery Dionex IonPac AS10 NaOH ICP-MS [41]

products

(Continued on p. 538)

Page 1024: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

538 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 4 (continued)

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.2Br Bread Tosoh TSKgel IC-Anion KH PO –K HPO UV–Vis [62]2 4 2 4

Meats PWXLSoupsVegetablesTomato juice

2Cl Tea Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [19]2 3 32Cl Milk Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium octanesulphonate Conductivity [51]2Br Popcorn, buttered

2I Salad dressing2F Milk Waters IC-PAK Ion Octanesulphonic acid Conductivity [51]

Popcorn, buttered exclusionSalad dressing

2F Beer Dionex OmniPac PAX-500 NaOH–methanol–ethanol Conductivity [10]2Br Wort2Cl

2F Food extracts Alltech Universal Anion Lithium 4-hydroxybenzoate or Conductivity [84]2Br lithium hydrogenphthalate or2Cl lithium hydrogenphthalate–

ethylendiamine2I Cod Merck LiChrosorb RP KH PO –Na HPO – UV–Vis /amperometry [95]2 4 2 4

Milk cetyltrimethylammoniumShell fish bromideWhey powders

2Cl Spinach Dionex IonPac AS4A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [98]2 3 32F Apple Dionex IonPac AS4A NaOH–Na CO Conductivity [92]2 3

BeefCakeFlourMilk, powderOil

2F Fruits, canned Dionex IonPac AS5 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [44]2 3 32Cl liquor2Br2Cl Agar Laboratory packed with Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [69]2 3 3

Cellulose Dowex AG1powderCorn starchGelatinPotato starch

2Cl Vegetables Laboratory packed BAKC Potassium gluconic acid– Conductivity [73]Ion exchanger boric acid

or Potassium phthalate2Cl Vegetable juice Waters IC-PAK Anion Potassium hydrogenphthalate Conductivity [20]2Cl Beer Dionex IonPac AS4 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [80]2 3 32Cl Certifiable Dionex IonPac AS1 Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity [36]2 3 32Br colours

Page 1025: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 539

Table 5Ion chromatographic determination of oxyhalides in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.2ClO Vegetables Dionex IonPac AS12A Na CO –NaHCO Conductivity / [7]2 2 3 32ClO rinse water amperometry32BrO Bakery Dionex IonPac AS10 NaOH ICP-MS [41]3

products2IO Milk Waters IC-PAK Anion Sodium octanesulphonate Conductivity [51]3

Popcorn,butteredSalad dressing

2IO Table salt Merck LiChrosorb RP NaCl–hexadecyltri- UV–Vis [95]3

methylammoniumchloride

2IO Table salt Macherey-Nagel Nucleosil 10-NH NaCl–HCl UV–Vis [95]3 22BrO Bread Waters IC-PAK Anion Benzoic acid Conductivity [20]3

Doughconditioners

2BrO Bread Dionex IonPac AS 1 Sodium tetraborate Conductivity [72]3

The vessel always remains at a lower temperature composition of the matrix by superheated waterthan the sample thereby resulting in negligible vapours. The apparatus is very simple and consists ofcontamination or absorption of the sample analytes a round bottom flask, a quartz delivery tube passingby the vessel. through a small furnace and a condenser; it can be

The digestion is automatically controlled by a assembled in any analytical chemistry laboratory.pressure and a temperature sensor, at the normal The sample is kept in a quartz or platinum orlimits of 2008C (at a maximum pressure of 100–150 alumina boat inside the delivery tube in the zone ofp.s.i.) and 1200 p.s.i. (at a maximum temperature of the furnace. Extra pure water is heated and the508C) (1 p.s.i.56894.76 pa). These limits are im- vapours are pushed using an inert gas through theposed by the physical structure of the apparatus and sample and are condensed. The flowing superheatedthe chemically inert microwave transparent materials water vapour extracts volatile and semivolatile sub-used. stances from the sample, which after condensation

Recently an offshoot of MOD has been established are available for analytical determination. The fur-using microwaves in conventional solvent extraction nace surrounding the sample helps in further heatingtechnique, known as microwave-assisted solvent the water vapours and enhances the volatilisation ofextraction (MASE). It may be mentioned here that analytes.the molecules with higher dielectric constant absorb This technique is normally used for the determi-more energy from microwaves and attain higher nation of halogens, borates, nitrates, sulphates, etc. intemperatures. The differential temperature between various food matrices [40,93].solvent and sample pushes the analyte from sampleto the solvent.

Many papers deal with the microwave digestion of3. Inorganic anions

food samples [62,64,77]; good results have beenobtained in the trace determination of transitionmetals. 3.1. Nitrogen species

2.6. Pyrohydrolysis (PH) Nitrite and nitrate: Nitrates are naturally present inmany foods, noticeably vegetables where their con-

Pyrohydrolysis is a technique which uses de- tent varies to a great extent because of the wide-

Page 1026: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

540 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 6Ion chromatographic determination of other anionic species in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.22CrO Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic acid UV–Vis [60]4

Potato chips2MnO Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic acid UV–Vis [60]4

Potato chips22PO F Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic acid UV–Vis [60]3

Potato chips2SO F Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic acid UV–Vis [60]3

Potato chips22SeO Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic acid UV–Vis [60]322SeO Potato chips4

22CO Beverages Shimadzu Shim-pack p-Toluenesulphonic acid Conductivity [38]3

SCR 102H2CN Flaxseed Waters IC-PAK Anion H BO –NaOH-Na CO – Amperometry [17]3 3 2 3

methanol–ethylendiamine2CN Apricot TSKgel IC-Anion PW 2-Dimethylaminoethanol– Conductivity [37]

formic acid–Na B O –4 2 7

triethylenetetramine-N,N,N9,N0,N-,N-–hexaacetic acid hexasodium salt

2AsO Liquid health Dionex IonPac AS4A NaOH ICP-AES [41]232AsO food supplement4

Total Se Egg proteins Laboratory packed Bis Tris-propane–HCl–NaCl UV–Vis /FIA–AAS [46]with PharmaciaQ-Sepharose Fast Flow

Total Se Milk, goat Laboratory packed Imidazole–urea–2-mercaptoethanol–NaCl UV–Vis /MH-AAS [21]proteins with Pharmacia

Q-Sepharose Fast Flow22PtCl Bean pod Dionex IonPac AS4A HCl–NaClO UV–Vis [49]6 4

CornTobacco

Total Se Milk, cow Laboratory packed Imidazole–urea–2- mercaptoethanol–NaCl UV–Vis /MH-AAS [22]proteins with Pharmacia

Q-Sepharose Fast Flow2CN Chopped fruits Waters IC-PAK Anion H BO –NaOH–Na CO – Amperometry [18]3 3 2 3

methanol–ethylendiamine2HCO Food additives Dionex ICE-AS1 Octanesulphonic acid Conductivity [57]3

22CO3

spread nitrogenous fertilisers’ use. Nitrate must be microbial growth and for obtaining the characteristicmonitored, particularly in infant food preparation, flavour.because the reduction in the intestine of nitrate to The nitrate content is important also for moni-nitrite can induce metahemoglobinemia. In addition, toring the food adulteration in dairy industry.it must be reminded that nitrate, although not very The determination of nitrite and nitrate is usuallytoxic, in the adult digestive tract is reduced under performed at the same time and mostly by using aphysiological conditions to nitrite, which reacts with bicarbonate /carbonate eluent and suppressed con-secondary and tertiary amines forming high carcino- ductivity detection alone or coupled with absorbancegenic nitrosamines. in the case of complex matrices.

Vegetables are not the only source of nitrateintake, the potassium and sodium salts of both nitrate 3.2. Sulphur speciesand nitrite are commonly used in food industry, incuring meat for fixing the color, for inhibiting the Sulphite, sulphate: Sulphites are commonly used

Page 1027: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 541

Table 7Ion chromatographic determination of I and II group cations and ammonia in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.

I group Beverages, Dionex IonPac CS12 Methanesulphonic acid Conductivity [28]1NH carbonated4

II groupI group Fruit, juice Dionex IonPac CS12A Methanesulphonic acid Conductivity [100]

1NH and puree4

II groupI group Ketchup Laboratory packed with Nomura Chemical Benzyltrimethylammonium UV–Vis [65]

1NH Whisky Develosil porous silica gel chloride–acetonitrile421Ca Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5–Dihydroxy-1,4-benzene- UV–Vis [60]21Mg Potato chips disulphonic acid

I group Beverages Mixed bed laboratory packed with Oxalic acid Conductivity [25]1NH Yokogawa ICS-A23 and Yokogawa CH14

I group Tea Dionex IonPac CS3 HCl–2,3-diaminopropionic acid Conductivity [99]II groupI group Spinach Dionex IonPac CS1 HCl Conductivity [102]

1NH421 ˚Ca Milk, skimmed Laboratory packed Dionex PS-DVB 120 A KNO –lactic acid UV–Vis [50]3

21Sr powder 1Phthalein purple (o-cresolphthalein-21Ba 39,30-bis-methyleneiminodiacetic acid)

I group Bread crumbs Waters IC-PAK Cation M/D EDTA–HNO Conductivity [64]31NH Cheese4

II group ParsleyPeanut butterPretzels

I group Tea Dionex IonPac CS3 HCl–2,3-diaminopropionic acid Conductivity [19]II group

1NH Food simulants Dionex IonPac CS10 HCl–2,3-diaminopropionic acid Conductivity [9]41K Spinach Dionex IonPac CS1 HCl Conductivity [67]

VegetablesI group Bakery products Metrohm Super Sep Cation EDTA Conductivity [96]II group Cream

Diary productsSoups, dried

1Na Food extracts Wescan CATION-R Lithium hydrogenphthalate or Conductivity [84]1K lithium 4-hydroxybenzoate

1NH41Rb21Mg Food extracts Wescan CATION-R Lithium hydrogenphthalate– Conductivity [84]

21Ca ethylendiamine21Ba

I group Grain Waters IC-PAK Cation HNO Conductivity [45]31N-NH4

1Na Grain Protein Pak SP-5PW HNO –acetone Conductivity [45]31K

1N-NH4

I group Foods Metrohm Supersep 125 IC-Cation Citric acid–pyridine-2,6- Conductivity [109]1NH dicarboxylic acid4

II groupI group Wine Biotronik BT IV KA HNO Conductivity [91]3

I group Wine Dionex IonPac CS1 HCl Conductivity [91]I group Molasses Dionex IonPac CS3 HCl–2,3-diaminopropionic acid Conductivity [86]

1NH4

II group

(Continued on p. 542)

Page 1028: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

542 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 7 (continued)

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.21Mg Fruit juice Macherey-Nagel Nucleosil 5SA Oxalic acid–ethylenediamine– Conductivity [90]

21Ca acetone1K Beer Dionex IonPac CS1 HCl Conductivity [97]

Fruit juiceMilkVegetable juiceWine

I group Cheese Waters IC-PAK Cation HNO Conductivity [20]31NH421Mg Wort Waters IC-PAK Cation Citric acid–ethylenediamine Conductivity [20]

21CaII group Porridge oats Macherey-Nagel Nucleosil SA10 Tartaric acid UV–Vis [110]

Wine, redI group Beer Dionex IonPac CS1 HCl Conductivity [80]

1NH4

II group Beer Dionex IonPac CS1 HCl–m-phenylenediamine Conductivity [80]

in the food industry as a preserving agent; only ly depends on calcium/magnesium/phosphorusrecently has there been focus on the health problems ratio. A phosphorus excess leads to tissue ossifica-associated with their widespread use. Moreover, the tion.sulphite content is controlled by national and interna- Inorganic phosphates are extensively used astional regulations where sulphite data must be pro- fertilisers so the same considerations that apply forvided for each component of food formulation. nitrogen species are also valid for phosphorus con-

Most of the IC papers concerning sulphur com- tent in vegetables. Phosphate determination in foodspounds analysis are related to the sulphite determi- is very important: for example its concentration innation as previously reviewed [74]; a major improve- milk affects almost all aspects of cheese manufactur-ment was the introduction of pulsed amperometric ing, in soft drinks formulation where it acts asdetection. Sulphate concentration can be affected by acidifier and flavour, etc.the technological use of sulphites. In consideration of Polyphosphates are widely used as additives: inthe presence of sulphur bound to organic molecules meat-based products for reducing water loss duringtoo, sulphate is the anion usually determined as final the commercial life of the food, but they can be alsoproduct of total oxidation of sulphur compounds, used to increase the uptake of water for economicwhen it is necessary to quantitate the total amount of fraud; in fruit juices as flavour and color preserva-sulphur species. The determination of sulphite if tives; in the dairy industry as additive for cheese, etc.stabilised in a suitable way and sulphate can be Total phosphorus content is one of the parametersperformed at the same time. used to define product quality and genuineness. The

Sulphate can be simultaneously determined to- most common way of determining phosphate is itsgether with other inorganic species of sulphur such separation with bicarbonate /carbonate eluent fol-as thiosulphate and dithionate. lowed by suppressed conductivity detection. The

gradient IC introduction caused polyphosphate analy-3.3. Phosphorus species sis to move from traditional absorbance detection

following a post-column reagent addition step toPhosphate, polyphosphate: Phosphorus compounds suppressed conductivity.

are present in most vegetable and animal foods;some of them, such as proteins and phospholipids, 3.4. Halidesare important indicators of metabolic activity. Phos-phorus is important for skeletal integrity, that direct- In the most common analytical conditions, ion

Page 1029: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 543

Table 8Ion chromatographic determination of transition and heavy metals in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.21Pb Rice flour Dionex IonPac CS10 H SO –HCl–KCl UV–Vis [14]2 421Cd Tea leaves

31Fe Rice flour Dionex IonPac CS5 Pyridine-2,6-dicarboxylic acid UV–Vis [14]21Cu Tea leaves CH COOH–CH COONa3 3

21Ni21Zn21Co21Cu Soybean, Macherey-Nagel Nucleogel Tris(hydroxymethyl)amino ICP-OES [94]21Zn defatted flour Pharmacia Superdex methane–HCl21Mn

21Cd Orange juices Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic UV–Vis [60]21Pb Potato chips acid–EDTA21Ni21Cu21Co

31Fe31Cr21Cd Oyster tissue Shimadzu Shim-pack IC–Cl Lactic acid UV–Vis [112]21Pb Wine Dionex IonPac CS5 Oxalic acid UV–Vis [15]

21Mn Foods Metrohm Supersep 125 IC-Cation Citric acid–pyridine-2,6- Conductivity [109]dicarboxylic acid

21Zn Wort Waters IC-PAK Cation Citric acid–ethylendiamine Conductivity [20]31Fe Apples Dionex IonPac CS2 Sodium sulphosalicylate– UV–Vis [111]21Fe Lentils ethylenediamine31Fe Porridge oats Macherey-Nagel Nucleosil SA10 Tartaric acid UV–Vis [110]21Cu Wine, red21Pb21Zn21Ni21Co21Cd

21Fe21Mn

31Fe Porridge oats Dionex IonPac CS2 Tartaric acid UV–Vis [110]21Cu Wine, red

21Ni21Zn21Co21Pb21Fe

Table 9Ion chromatographic determination of other metals in foodstuffs

Species Matrix Column Eluent Detector Ref.31Al Orange juice Hamilton PRP X-100 2,5-Dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedisulphonic UV–Vis [60]

Potato chips acid–EDTA31Al Apples Dionex IonPac CS2 Sodium sulphosalicylate– UV–Vis [111]21Fe Lentils ethylenediamine

Page 1030: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

544 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

Table 10Reaction mechanisms involved in UV photolysis

d Radical formation: H O1hy→H*1HO*2

H O 1hy→2HO*2 2

*d H O decomposition: HO*1H O →H O1HO2 2 2 2 2 2

*HO 1H O →O 1H O1HO*2 2 2 2 2

2 2d Termination reactions: HO*1e →OH

HO*1H*→H O2

2 HO*→H O2 2

d Oxidation reactions: HO*1CH -CH -OH→H O1CH -C*H-OH3 2 2 3

HO*1CH -C*H-OH→H O1CH -CHO3 2 3

chromatography allows the simultaneous determi- 3.4.3. Bromidenation of fluoride, chloride and bromide with sup- The bromide content in foods is related to dis-pressed conductivity detection, while iodide is usual- infecting with methyl bromide, some plants such asly determined separately with amperometric detec- carrot, tomato, celery and melon accumulate bro-tion. For some oxy-halogenated species a good mide, and its determination can be used as a markeralternative is absorbance detection. of methyl bromide treatment.

High bromide values in soft drinks can derive3.4.1. Fluoride from the addition of brominated vegetable oils.

Fluoride is an important factor for skeletal bone The narrow tolerance limits make the bromideintegrity and dental health. A correct daily intake is determination very important to avoid risk for humannecessary, but excess consumption causes symptoms health.of acute and chronic fluoride toxicity (fluorosis). Theprincipal source of fluoride intake is water, neverthe- 3.4.4. Iodideless other foods, such as tea and fish can be a source Trace iodide is necessary for normal physical andof fluoride. High values of fluoride in milk from mental development. Common sources of iodidecows indicate environmental pollution. In dairy include iodised table salt and seafood, but also otherproducts, such as cream and cheese, fluoride content foods, such as eggs and milk, contain iodide.increases and reaches about three folds the original Iodophors used as disinfectants are a possible exter-milk concentration. A relevant quantity of fluoride in nal source of iodide in dairy products. An incorrectmeat may be caused by the presence of finely ground dietary balance can lead to thyroid disorders.osseous material. These considerations have led to a concern over

both high and low iodide levels in diet and a3.4.2. Chloride nutritional labelling requirement for iodide / iodine

Chloride is one of the most common inorganic content.anions in foods. Its content is usually related to thesodium presence and it is very important for meta- 3.4.5. Oxyhalidesbolic acid–base equilibrium. In the food industry it is Bromate is a potential carcinogenic agent thus itscommonly added in the form of NaCl as a preserving determination is important at low levels. There isagent or to enhance the sapidity of the product. some concern about the health effects on residualChloride concentrations can vary over a wide range, bromate in bakery products, because bromate saltsand its determination is helpful in the definition of are used as dough conditioners in the baking indus-the quality. Excess in chloride content creates a try. The majority of bromate is reduced to bromideseries of adverse effects not only on human health during the baking process; however residual bromatebut also on technological process steps such as has been found in some baked goods.production and storage. Iodate is added to table salt as integrator of iodine

Page 1031: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 545

in the diet. Its importance has been previously diseases, such as Keshan disease. Normally seleniumpointed out under the iodide paragraph. is present in trace amounts in proteins, as it substi-

tutes sulphur in aminoacids.3.5. Other species Intensive studies have been done about different

concentrations of selenium in foods. An important3.5.1. Cyanide source of selenium species can also be the waters

Cyanide is a very toxic compound, concentrations used during the food processing.as low as few ppms are dangerous for human health. The use of ion chromatography for seleniumCyanide is naturally present in some vegetables, such determination provides important information aboutas cassava, sorghum and in fruit seeds. Its presence oxidation states, because selenite and selenate can bein fruit is also related to ethylene biosynthesis, i.e. determined in the same analysis.post-harvesting storage and ripening degree. Cyanideis closely associated with membrane structure andcan be released by technological processes involving 4. Inorganic cationsfruit seed presence. The amperometric detectionprovides the higher sensitivity for cyanide, even if Inorganic cations are naturally present in foodsthere is actually no literature in food analysis. and their concentrations can vary in a wide range.

Industrial food production processes and modifica-3.5.2. Carbonate tions occurring during the commercial life of the

Carbonate is naturally present in fermented bever- product or metabolic modifications can change theages or added to the soft drinks. It is usually normal content of different cations.determined when it is important to evaluate its Ion chromatography allows the simultaneous de-buffering capacity. In consideration of its weak termination of I and II group cations plus ammoniumacidity the separation technique of choice is ion ion with conductivity detection, while heavy andexclusion coupled with conductivity detection. transition metals are more commonly determined by

post-column derivatization technique followed by3.5.3. Arsenic species absorbance detection.

Arsenic species are toxic compounds and theirpresence must be detected at very low levels. The 4.1. I and II group cations and ammoniumindiscriminate use of arsenical compounds in agricul-ture at the beginning of this century caused an actual Group I and II metals are mainly monitored forpollution of soil that became an important source of mass balance purposes. Most of them are essentialarsenic in foods. Other main sources of arsenic nutrients whose improper levels can lead to healthcontamination are industrial pollution and the use of diseases, so sodium and potassium contents arewater with high arsenic content during the food important for nutritional labelling.preparation process. Ammonium ion is an indicator of the food quality

The use of ion chromatography for arsenic de- and it is considered in this group because of itstermination provides important toxicity information chromatographic behaviour, in fact it normally elutesas various species have widely different toxic effects. in the same chromatographic conditions used for IIn the case of a sophisticated detection technique, group cations elution.such as ICP-AES, not being available, a good way of Magnesium is very common in food and it isdetecting both arsenite and arsenate is the use of mostly supplied from vegetables as a part of theamperometric detection coupled with suppressed chlorophyll molecule. There is a strict correlationconductivity. among magnesium, calcium and phosphorus related

to skeletal bone integrity that enhances the impor-3.5.4. Selenium species tance of the magnesium determination.

Selenium is a fundamental micro-element in nutri- Calcium is widespread in food, mostly in com-tion and its deficiency in diet can lead to typical plexed form; thus its concentration as ion determin-

Page 1032: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

546 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

able by ion chromatography is often related to the detection techniques other than conductivity requiretechnological process to which the food and/or an update of the most recent and comprehensivesample preparation undergoes. review on the subject [74]. Furthermore the recent

interest about a promising analytical technique for4.2. Heavy and transition metals ionic substances determination, such as capillary

zone electrophoresis (CZE), has reduced the atten-During the last decades, evidence has grown on tion devoted to an ‘established’ technique like ion

essentially, bioavailability, mobility, retention, ac- chromatography.cumulation and toxicity of heavy and transition Ion chromatography reliability and versatility wasmetals in foods. revealed as the winning card in analysing complex

Normally they are present at trace levels in matrix typical of food samples, with high selectivity,complex matrices, thus requiring high sensitivity and sensitivity and reproducibility; by now CZE has beenspecificity of the analytical technique chosen. The not able to establish itself in food analysis [1], whereimportance of speciation between ionic forms, such its cumbersome analysis set-up and erratic behaviouras Cr (VI) /Cr (III) or Fe (III) /Fe (II), due to health complicate the intrinsic instrumental simplicity.concerns associated to some of them, increased the This review also gives evidence that the increaseduse of ion chromatographic analysis. characterisation requirements of components, con-

taminants or additives, generates the need of ion4.3. Other metals chromatographic methods for the determination of

certain less common ions in food samples. TestingThere are only a few examples of ion chromato- for the possibility of analysing them is actually in

graphic analysis of ionic species not considered progress.before. The state-of-the-art ion chromatography will re-

focus the attention of food chemists on their ana-4.3.1. Aluminium lytical requirements, because nowadays ion chroma-

The use of aluminium and its derivatives, for tography cannot be merely considered the chloride,example in food packaging and agriculture, made its nitrate, and sulphate determination technique.determination at low levels more important, because The completion of the present review with theof its toxicity. state-of-the-art ion chromatographic determination of

Aluminium is determined by cation-exchange organic ions in food will follow in a short time.followed by a post-column derivatization techniqueand absorbance detection.

Acknowledgements4.3.2. PlatinumThe wide use of catalysts for the purification of

The authors would like to thank Dr. Rosa Draiscicar exhaust gases and the increase of its concen-`of Istituto Superiore di Sanita, Rome, Italy. Dr. D.tration in the environment caused its growing impor-

Jensen of Dionex G.m.b.H., Idstein, Germany andtance. The only example, included in Table 6, isthe Literature Service of CNR Area di Ricerca direlated to its determination as a chloro-complex byBologna for their help in finding some rare literature,anion-exchange separation and absorbance detection.and Dr. G. Cazzulani for his valuable assistance.

5. Conclusions

ReferencesNew developments in ion-exchange columns with

gradient capabilities, higher capacities coupled with [1] K.D. Altria, S.M. Bryant, LC?GC Int. 10 (1997) 26.high efficiency, different selectivity, solvent com- [2] AOAC Method 996.04 in: Official Methods of Analysis ofpatibility and major diffusion of ion chromatographic AOAC International, 16th ed. Addendum of 1996.

Page 1033: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548 547

[3] AOAC Method 995.13 in: Official Methods of Analysis of [38] Z.F. Gao, C.G. Fu, Sepu 14 (1996) 237.AOAC International, 16th ed., 1995. [39] F. Gaucheron, Y. Le Graet, M. Piot, E. Boyaval, Lait 76

[4] AOAC Method 990.31 in: Official Methods of Analysis of (1996) 433.AOAC International, 16th ed., 1995. [40] G.E.M. Hall, J.A. Vaive, Geostd. Newslett. 13 (1989) 1.

[5] E.S. Baluyot, C.G. Hartford, J. Chromatogr. A. 739 (1996) [41] D.T. Heitkemper, L.A. Kaine, D.S. Jackson, K.A. Wolnik, J.217. Chromatogr. A 671 (1994) 101.

´[6] M.A. Bello, A.G. Gonzalez, J. Chem. Educ. 73 (1996) 1174. [42] ICUMSA Method, Determination of Sugar in Molasses,[7] K.M. Bettler, H.B. Chin, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. Int. 78 1995.

(1995) 878. [43] ISO Method 11292.[8] E. Bianchi, R. Bruschi, R. Draisci, L. Lucentini, Z. Lebensm. [44] H. Itoh, Y. Shinbori, Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn 60 (1987) 1327.

Unters. Forsch. 200 (1995) 256. [45] P.E. Jackson, J. Krol, A.L. Heckenberg, M. Mientjes, W.[9] M. Boccacci-Mariani, M.R. Milana, S. Giamberardini, S. Staal, J. Chromatogr. A 546 (1991) 405.

Cavalli, Chromatographia 36 (1993) 362. [46] K. Jacobs, L. Shen, H. Benemariya, H. Deelstra, Z.[10] S. Boyles, J. Amer. Soc. Brew. Chem. 50 (1992) 61. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 196 (1993) 236.[11] N. Bosch-Bosch, M. Garcia-Mata, M.J. Penuela, T. Ruiz- [47] J.J. Jekot, A. Henshall, PittCon 96, Paper Number 510.

Galan, B. Lopez-Ruiz, J. Chromatogr. A. 706 (1995) 221. [48] D. Jensen, J. Weiss, M.A. Rey, C.A. Pohl, J. Chromatogr.[12] K. Breitkopf, LaborPraxis 19 (1995) 28. 640 (1993) 65.[13] G.K. Buckee, J. Inst. Brew. 101 (1995) 429. [49] U. Jerono, F. Alt, J. Messerschmidt, G. Toelg, Mikrochim.[14] P.L. Buldini, S. Cavalli, A. Mevoli, J. Chromatogr. A 739 Acta 108 (1992) 221.

(1996) 167. [50] P. Jones, M. Foulkes, B. Paull, J. Chromatogr. A 673 (1994)[15] P.L. Buldini, J.L. Sharma, S. Cavalli, Agro-Food Ind. Hi- 173.

Tech. 3(5) (1992) 25. [51] L.A. Kaine, J.B. Crowe, K.A. Wolnik, J. Chromatogr. 602[16] A. Carniel, L. Franchin, R. Perin, E. Pagani, Riv. Soc. Ital. (1992) 141.

Sci. Alimentaz. 18 (1989) 345. [52] A. Kaufmann, Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 92 (1996) 205.[17] R.K. Chadha, J.F. Lawrence, W.M.N. Ratnayake, Food [53] H.J. Kim, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 73 (1990) 216.

Addit. Contam. 12 (1995) 527. [54] H.J. Kim, K.R. Conca, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 73 (1990)[18] R.K. Chadha, J.F. Lawrence, Int. J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 44 561.

(1991) 197. [55] H.J. Kim, K.R. Conca, M.J. Richardson, J. Assoc. Off. Anal.[19] S.S. Chen, M. Spiro, Food Chem. 48 (1993) 47. Chem. 73 (1990) 983.

¨[20] D. Cox, G. Harrison, P. Jandik, W. Jones, Food Technol. [56] P. Kolla, J. Kohler, G. Schomburg, Chromatographia 23(Chicago) 39 (1985) 41. (1987) 465.

[21] P. van Dael, L. Shen, R. van Renterghem, H. Deelstra, Z. [57] Y. Kurihara, T. Yasuno, S. Ogino, M. Koseki, M. Kazama,Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 195 (1992) 3. Kenkyu Nenpo-Tokyo-toritsu Eisei Kenkyusho 41 (1990)

[22] P. van Dael, G. Vlaemynck, R. van Renterghem, H. Deelstra, 143.Z. Lebensm. Unters. Forsch. 192 (1991) 422. [58] D. Madigan, I. McMurrough, M.R. Smyth, J. Am. Soc.

[23] C. Dengler, M. Kolb, M. Laeubli, GIT Fachz. Lab. 40 (1996) Brew. Chem. 52 (1994) 134.1104. [59] M.D. McPhee, S.A. Atkinson, D.E.C. Cole, J. Chromatogr.

[24] M.Y. Ding, P.R. Chen, G.A. Luo, J. Chromatogr. A 764 527 (1990) 41.(1997) 341. [60] M.C. Mehra, M. Kandil, Analusis 24 (1996) 17.

[25] M.Y. Ding, Y. Suzuki, H. Koizumi, Analyst 120 (1995) 1773. [61] Y. Michigami, M. Morooka, K. Ueda, J. Chromatogr. A 732[26] Dionex Co., Better Solutions for Food and Beverage Analy- (1996) 403.

sis, 2nd ed., 1997, p. 11. [62] M. Miyahara, Y. Saito, J. Agric. Food Chem. 42 (1994)[27] Dionex Co., Application Note 54, 1996. 1126.[28] Dionex Co., Application Note 25, 1996. [63] C. Mongay, A. Pastor, C. Olmos, J. Chromatogr. A 736[29] Dionex Co., Application Note 37, 1995. (1996) 351.[30] Dionex Co., Installation Instructions and Troubleshooting [64] J. Morawski, P. Alden, A. Sims, J. Chromatogr. 640 (1993)

Guide for the IonPac CS12A Column, 1995. 359.[31] Dionex Co., Installation Instructions and Troubleshooting [65] E. Munaf, R. Zein, T. Takeuchi, T. Miwa, Anal. Chim Acta

Guide for the IonPac AS12A Column, 1995. 334 (1996) 39.[32] Dionex Co., Installation Instructions and Troubleshooting [66] M.A. Murcia, A. Vera, R. Ortiz, F. Garcia-Carmona, Food

Guide for the IonPac AS10 Column, 1993. Chem. 52 (1995) 161.[33] J. Dolenc, D. Gorenc, Nahrung 38 (1994) 434. [67] M.A. Murcia, A. Vera, F. Garcia-Carmona, Biochem. Soc.[34] R. Draisci, P. Boria, L. Lucentini, S. Cavalli, Riv. Soc. Ital. Trans. 20 (1992) 371S.

Sci. Alim. 21 (1992) 415. [68] M.T. Nieto, I. Sastre, E. Ruiz, M.I. Santillana, Alimentaria[35] S.C. Duan, J.G. Li, Y.R. Tu, Fenxi Shiyanshi 15 (1996) 76. 265 (1995) 71.[36] D.D. Fratz, J. Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 63 (1980) 882. [69] T. Nishikawa, K. Hozumi, Microchem. J. 35 (1987) 201.[37] K. Fujimura, N. Watanabe, T. Sawada, Bunseki Kagaku 43 [70] M. Novic, A. Dovzan, B. Pihlar,V. Hudnik, J. Chromatogr. A

(1994) 655. 704 (1995) 530.

Page 1034: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

548 P.L. Buldini et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 529 –548

[71] T. Okamoto, A. Isozaki, H. Nagashima, Bunseki Kagaku 45 [92] R.H. Scheffrahn, R.C. Hsu, W.L.A. Osbrink, N.Y. Su, J.(1996) 717. Agric. Food Chem. 37 (1989) 203.

[72] K. Oikawa, H. Saito, S. Sakazume, M. Fujii, Bunseki [93] B. Schnetger, Y. Muramatsu, Analyst 121 (1996) 1627.Kagaku 31 (1982) E251. [94] J. Schoeppenthau, J. Noelte, L. Dunemann, Analyst 121

¨[73] J. Pentchuk, U. Haldna, K. Ilmoja, J. Chromatogr. 364 (1996) 845.(1986) 189. [95] G. Schwedt, W. Waizenegger, LaborPraxis 15 (1991) 127.

[74] C.F. Pereira, J. Chromatogr. 624 (1992) 457. [96] G. Schwedt, Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 87 (1991) 223.[75] C.A. Pohl, M.A. Rey, R.J. Joyce, PittCon 95, Paper Number [97] G. Schwedt, Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 82 (1986) 111.

920. [98] E. Smolders, M. van Dael, R.J. Merckx, J. Chromatogr. 514[76] S. Rabin, J. Stillian, K. Friedmand, R. Kiser, PittCon 93, (1990) 371.

Paper Number 283. [99] M. Spiro, P.L.L. Lam, Food Chem. 54 (1995) 393.`[77] H.J. Reid, S. Greenfield, T.E. Edmonds, Analyst 120 (1995) [100] A. Trifiro, G. Saccani, A. Zanotti, S. Gherardi, S. Cavalli,

1543. C. Reschiotto, J. Chromatogr. A 739 (1996) 175.[78] R.E. Reim, J. Food Sci. 56 (1991) 1087. [101] US EPA Method 218.6[79] J. Riviello, A. Woodruff, C. Pohl, PittCon 96, Paper Number [102] A.Vera, M.A. Murcia, F. Garcia-Carmona, J. Food Qual. 18

1193. (1995) 19.˜[80] R.D. Rocklin, LC Mag. 1 (1983) 504. [103] S.R. Villasenor, J. Chromatogr. 602 (1992) 155.˜[81] P. Rozman, H.J. Kim, C. Madhu, C.D. Klaassen, J. Chroma- [104] S.R. Villasenor, Anal. Chem. 63 (1991) 1362.

togr. 574 (1992) 146. [105] C. Wang, Q. Gu, S.J. Li, Fenxi Huaxue 23 (1995) 839.[82] E. Ruiz, M.I. Santillana, M.T. Nieto, I. Sastre, J. Liq. [106] H.P. Wagner, M.J. McGarrity, J. Chromatogr. 546 (1991)

Chromatogr. 18 (1995) 989. 119.[83] E. Ruiz, M.I. Santillana, M. De Alba, M.T. Nieto, S. Garcia- [107] P.J. Wagstaffe, A. Boenke, E. Schnug, A.S. Lindsey,

Castellano, J. Liq. Chromatogr. 17 (1994) 447. Fresenius’ Z. Anal. Chem. 344 (1992) 1.[84] R. Saari-Nordhaus, J.M. Anderson Jr., J. Chromatogr. 549 [108] M. Wygant, J. Statler, A. Hershall, PittCon 96, Paper

(1991) 257. Number 512.`[85] G. Saccani, S. Gherardi, A. Trifiro, C. Soresi Bordini, M. [109] D. Yan, G. Schwedt, Fresenius’ Z. Anal. Chem. 338 (1990)

Calza, C. Freddi, J. Chromatogr. 706 (1995) 395. 149.[86] B. Sagripanti, Ind. Saccarifera Ital. 83 (1990) 152. [110] D. Yan, G. Schwedt, Fresenius’ Z. Anal. Chem. 320 (1985)[87] C. Saini, C.A. Pohl, PittCon 93, Paper Number 285. 325.[88] M.I. Santillana, E. Ruiz, M.T. Nieto, M. De Alba, J. Liq. [111] D. Yan, G. Schwedt, Fresenius’ Z. Anal. Chem. 320 (1985)

Chromatogr. A 16 (1993) 1561. 252.[89] D.F. Sayler, P.J. Geiger, J. Food Sci. 58 (1993) 890. [112] T. Yoshida, S. Okawa, Bunseki Kagaku 42 (1993) 311.[90] E. Schalch, P.A. Bruttel, Int. Food Mark. Technol. 3 (1989) [113] Y. Zhu, W.J. Mu, Anal. Lett. 29 (1996) 1817.

35.[91] H.H. Shaper, G. Schwedt, Dtsch. Lebensm. Rundsch. 86

(1990) 178.

Page 1035: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

Journal of Chromatography A, 789 (1997) 169–180

Review

Capillary electrophoresis of inorganic anions and its comparisonwith ion chromatography

ˇ*ˇ ´ ´ ´Vera Pacakova , Karel StulıkDepartment of Analytical Chemistry, Charles University, Albertov 2030, 128 40 Prague 2, Czech Republic

Abstract

Determination of inorganic anions by capillary electrophoresis is critically compared with ion chromatographicdeterminations on the basis of recent literature in the field. After a very brief summary of the theoretical background, theselection and optimization of the running electrolyte system are discussed, especially in connection with modification of theelectroosmotic flow. Preconcentration techniques are surveyed, as are the approaches to the sample introduction and analytedetection. The principal analytical parameters of the determinations are evaluated and illustrated on selected applicationsdescribed in the literature. 1997 Elsevier Science B.V.

Keywords: Reviews; Inorganic anions

Contents

1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1692. Basic properties of CE in separations of inorganic ions .............................................................................................................. 1713. Optimization of separation ....................................................................................................................................................... 1724. Detection modes ..................................................................................................................................................................... 1745. Preconcentration techniques for inorganic anions ....................................................................................................................... 1756. Comparison of CE and IC in selected applications ..................................................................................................................... 1777. Conclusion ............................................................................................................................................................................. 179References .................................................................................................................................................................................. 180

1. Introduction ration step is often unnecessary. This is especiallytrue for determination of inorganic cations; for this

In contrast to determination of organic analytes, reason, we do not deal with their separations in thiswhere the use of high-performance separations is review in spite of the fact that the pertinent literaturealmost inevitable in complex matrices, inorganic is quite extensive. There has always been a muchanalysis has powerful tools in highly selective and more limited selection of methods for the determi-sensitive spectroscopic methods and thus a sepa- nation of inorganic anions. In addition to spectro-

photometric procedures, some useful practical de-*Corresponding author. terminations are offered by ion-selective electrode

0021-9673/97/$17.00 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII S0021-9673( 97 )00830-3

Page 1036: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´170 V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180

potentiometry [1,2]; however, all these methods are Table 1. The following conclusions can be drawnusually not sufficiently sensitive for trace analyses from Table 1:and are mostly capable of determining only a single • CE is generally cheaper and faster than HPLC;analyte. Therefore, high-performance separations • the small samples accepted by CE make analysesnow find extensive use in analyses for inorganic of rare materials easy but cause difficulties whenanions. the technique is to be used for preparative pur-

Traditionally, classical ion-exchange chromatog- poses;raphy has long been used to preseparate and/or • CE exhibits a better resolution than HPLC butpreconcentrate inorganic ions for their subsequent analyte identification is more difficult;spectroscopic or electrochemical determination. The • CE procedures are usually more easily and rapid-development of HPLC has made it possible to carry ly developed and optimized than those in HPLCout multianalyte trace analyses for inorganic ions but the range of possibilities and the number ofusing not only ion-exchange principles but also tunable parameters are more limited;employing ion-pairing and complexing agents in the • the peak capacity in CE tends to be smaller thanmost common HPLC mode, i.e. reversed-phase that in HPLC, especially when gradient elution isliquid chromatography (RPLC). The ion-exchange employed in HPLC;technique called ion chromatography was introduced • CE has problems with long-term stability of the[3] in 1975, has become highly successful commer- migration times;cially and is now widely used in such important • the on-capillary detection in CE has the advantagefields like the quality control of all kinds of water. of simplicity, a small volume and a simple

Ion chromatography (IC) is now a well-estab- geometry of the detection space, but the detectionlished method and has been recommended officially sensitivity and application possibilities of detec-for a number of analyses, e.g. by the Environmental tion techniques are limited compared to HPLC;Protection Agency (EPA) in the USA for determi- • CE is more environmentally friendly than HPLC,nation of nitrate and nitrite in potable water [4]. The as the use of organic solvents is limited.enormous recent development of various techniques Nevertheless, it can be expected that applicationsof capillary electrophoresis (CE) has also brought of CE to determination of inorganic anions willabout its application to inorganic ions [5] which is further grow and will partially replace IC in practicalrapidly gaining practical importance. The name, laboratories. Finally, it should be emphasized thatcapillary ion electrophoresis (CIE), has been coined. chromatographic and electrophoretic techniques haveBoth IC and CE have been treated in monographs a common basis in the concept of differentialand reviews (see, e.g. Refs. [6–15]). migration (see, e.g. recent work in Ref. [16]) and

The relative properties of HPLC and CE are now must be considered as complementary approachesoften discussed and are schematically summarized in rather than as competitors.

Table 1Typical operational parameters of IC and CE

Parameter IC CE

Sample 1–50 ml ,1–5 nlVolume flow-rate 0.1–2.0 ml /min 0.1–2.0 ml /minPeak volume ca. 500 ml 1–10 nlPeak elution time ca. 30 s 1–5 sTime of analysis 10–40 min 5–15 minCost of column or capillary ca. 300 USD ca. 10–15 USDCost of mobile phase or running buffer per a series of analysis ca. 15–25 USD ca. 0.5–2.0 USD

4 5No. of theoretical plates ca. 10 ca. 1027 29 25 27LOD (UV detection) ca. 10 to 10 mol / l ca. 10 to 10 mol / l

Reproducibility of the retention parameters ,2.0% ,5%Precision and accuracy for quantitation ca. 2.0% ca. 2.0–5%

Page 1037: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180 171

72. Basic properties of CE in separations of m8 5 m8 /F 5 (10 z e) /(6phr ), (4)ep(ion) equiv i i

inorganic ionswhere z is the valence number of the ion, determin-i

ing the direction of the electrophoretic mobilityAs follows from the general theory of CE (see, 219vector, e is the electron charge (1.603210 C), pe.g. Refs. [11,13]), the retention behaviour of inor-is the Ludolf number and h is the dynamic viscosityganic ions and its prediction are much simpler thanof the electrolyte (poise).in chromatography. The separation in CE is based on

Eqs. (2)–(4) yield the following dependence fordifferences in the electrophoretic mobilities of the

the apparent electrophoretic mobility of an ion,solutes. Ions migrate at an apparent velocity napp m ,app(ion)given by the sum of the electroosmotic flow velocity

7n and the electrophoretic velocity, n . The electro-eo ep m 5 (10 z e) /(6phr ) 1 L L /Vt (5)app(ion) i i D T m(eo)osmotic flow (EOF) in fused-silica capillaries with

Eq. (5) has two limitations: first, the mobilitiesthe injection side at the anode is directed toward thedepend on dissociation of weak acids or bases and,cathode; hence, anions move to the positive electrodesecond, the effective charges of ions in an electrolyteagainst the electroosmotic flow. The apparent ve-are different from the nominal charges (except forlocity of an ion is related to its apparent electro-the case of infinite dilution, i.e., for the limitingphoretic mobility, m , by Eq. (1).app(ion)

electrophoretic mobilities m8 ).ep(ion)m 5 n /E (1)app(ion) app Nevertheless, a good agreement has been obtained

between the experimentally measured and calculatedwhere E is the electric field intensity. values m for anions using the data given inep(ion)The electrophoretic mobility of an ion, m , 212ep(ion) Table 2 [13]. A value of 8.45310 for thecan be calculated from the migration time of the ion, 7coefficient (10 z e) /(6phr ) corresponds well to thei it , the applied voltage, V, the length of the capillary 212m value found by curve fitting (7.78310 ).from the injection port to the detector, L , the totalD

length of the capillary, L , and the mobility corre-T

sponding to the EOF, m , calculated from the Table 2eo

migration time of an uncharged compound (t ), Apparent mobilities m and hydrated ionic radii r forapp(ion) im(eo)selected anions [13]

28m 5 L L /Vt 5 m 1 m (2)app(ion) D T m ep(ion) eo Anion m r (310 cm)app i

Bromide 0.0010690 1.0505The electrophoretic mobilities depend on the ionicChloride 0.0010569 1.0750

strength of the running electrolyte. According to the Iodide 0.0010340 1.0679Kohlrausch law, they are inversely proportional to Nitrite 0.0010250 1.1423

Nitrate 0.0010010 1.1488the square root of the electrolyte concentration and,Azide 0.0009683 1.1886as the ionic strength decreases, the electrophoreticChlorate 0.0009269 1.2656mobilities approach limiting values that can beFluoride 0.0008888 1.4806

predicted from the limiting ionic equivalent conduct- Formate 0.0008710 1.5021ances, l 8, Chlorite 0.0008293 1.5772equiv

Bicarbonate 0.0007669 1.8430Ethanesulfonate 0.0007252 2.0711m8 5 l8 /F, (3)ep(ion) equivAcetate 0.0007046 2.0054Propionate 0.0006744 2.2910where F is the Faraday constant (96 487 A s

21 Propanesulfonate 0.0006641 2.2110equivalent ).Butyrate 0.0006396 2.5150

The limiting ionic conductances and thus also the Benzoate 0.0006018 2.5317limiting electrophoretic mobilities of ions can be

Values of m were calculated from Eq. (2) using migrationapp(ion)calculated from the hydrated ionic radii (the Stokes times of anions, L 552 cm, L 560 cm and V530 kV. HydratedD Tradii of the hydrated species), r (that are tabulated, ionic radii were calculated from limiting ionic conductance takeni

e.g. in Ref. [17]), from Ref. [17] using Eq. (4).

Page 1038: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´172 V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180

3. Optimization of separation influences both the mobilities and the EOF through achange in the solution viscosity.

Great attention has been paid to the selection and While cations can be analyzed directly in CE, theoptimization of the running electrolyte composition. elution of anions in bare-silica capillaries requiresTo attain a good peak shape and an optimal sepa- modulation of the electroosmotic flow. The EOF canration of anions, the electrolyte anion (carrier anion) be modified by cationic additives, by changing theshould have a mobility similar to the mobilities of concentration of the running electrolyte, or by athe analytes. If possible, the EOF should have the chemical modification of the capillary walls.same direction as the migration of the analytes to Cationic surfactants are mostly added to modifyshorten the analysis. If indirect UV detection is used, the EOF in analyses of anions. At concentrationsthe carrier anion should strongly absorb in the UV below the critical micelle concentration, CMC,region. The most common carrier anions for analyses hemicelles are formed at the capillary wall thatof inorganic anions in combination with indirect UV reverse the EOF. If the anions interact with thedetection are chromate and pyromellitic acid. Their monomeric surfactant present in the electrolyte, thendissociation and thus their electrophoretic mobilities their electrophoretic mobilities are influencedare influenced by the pH. The separation of anions through ion association. For a monovalent anion, thewith lower mobilities can be optimized by decreasing ion association constant, K , is defined byIA

the pH.2 1K 5 [AB]/ [A ][B ] (6)IAAs follows from Eq. (4), the electrophoretic

mobility of analytes can be changed by changing 2 1where [AB], [A ] and [B ] are the equilibriumtheir charge-to-mass ratio. For weak acids this can be

concentrations of the associate, the anion and thedone by changing the pH in the vicinity of the

free cationic surfactant. As the surfactant is presentanalyte pK . 1a in an excess over the analytes, [B ] can be replaced

However, most inorganic acids have pK valuesa by the bulk surfactant concentration, c .sfbelow 2 and thus the change in the pH to modify theAn equation derived by Kaneta et al. [21] relates

selectivity is not practical. At low pH values them to K and c ,app(ion) IA sfEOF is too low in a silica capillary to carry inorganic

anions towards the detector (cathode) and the current 1 /m 5 Kc /m 1 1/m (7)app(ion) sf ep epgenerated at a pH lower than 2 makes the analysisdifficult if not impossible because of a high Joule If the surfactant concentration exceeds the CMCheat. value, the partitioning into the micelles occurs and

The effect of the pH on the separation of weak Eq. (7) changes intoacids can be demonstrated on an example of phos-phate present at a high concentration (more than 800 1/m 5 (1 1 k9) /k9m 1 m (8)app(ion) mc app(CMC)mg/ l) beside a low concentration of fluoride (1mg/ l). At a pH of 7, protonation of hydrogenphos- where m is the anion mobility at the CMC,app(CMC)

phate results in its slower migration and leads to an m is the mobility of the micelles and k9 is themc

improved separation from fluoride [18]. capacity factor, m /(m 1m ).app(ion) app(ion) mc

An addition of a solvent, e.g. 1-butanol, results in The most common cationic surfactants used are,selectivity changes. This can be explained by e.g. tetrabutylammonium (TBA), dodecyltrimethyl-changes in the relative hydration of anions and, as a ammonium (DTA), tetradecyltrimethylammoniumconsequence, an improved separation, e.g. of iodide (TTA), cetyltrimethylammonium (CTA) bromides orand chloride [19]. Organic solvents added to the hydroxides, hexadimethrine (HDM) and hexameth-running electrolyte decrease the EOF; they increase onium (HM) hydroxide (patented, together withthe viscosity and decrease the pK of silanol groups other running electrolyte components, by Waters)a

on the capillary walls and make the migration times (e.g. Ref. [19], or their binary mixtures, e.g. Ref.more reproducible with a less noisy baseline [20]. [22]). They are added to the running electrolyte inThe temperature also affects the selectivity, as it concentrations below the CMC and their association

Page 1039: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180 173

with inorganic anions is small as proved by the hydrophobic alkyl ammonium ions have a limitedelution order of the anions which corresponds to solubility in the presence of chromophores and,their molar conductivities (with the exception of second, there is a danger of formation of insolubleiodide that is retarded even below the CMC). pairs between the alkylammonium ions and theAlthough the use of surfactants at concentrations components of both the electrolyte and of theabove the CMC, e.g. in micellar electrokinetic sample. A dependence of the EOF on the con-chromatography (MEKC), is not very frequent in the centration of EOF modifiers is shown in Fig. 1 [23].analysis of inorganic anions, the different selectivity The optimal separation conditions (except for theobtained in MEKC in comparison with CZE can be modifier concentration) and the analytical parametersuseful in special applications [21]. are similar for all the EOF modifiers tested, indicat-

Various EOF modifiers were compared [23]. The ing that the influence of these conditions is smallsize of the alkyl ammonium ion affects not only the provided that the EOF is reversed; HM does notEOF, but also determines the optimum concentration reverse the EOF, only decreases it. When combiningrange of the surfactant which decreases with increas- HM with the fully dissociated chromophore pyromel-ing ion size. When using high-molecular-mass addi- litic acid, stable complexes are formed that aretives, e.g. HDM, a good efficiency can be obtained adsorbed onto the silanol groups at the capillaryeven at very low surfactant concentrations walls.(0.0001%). This is important for two reasons: first, Weak acid anions are more strongly affected by

Fig. 1. Dependence of the EOF on the concentration of various modifiers [23]. 1, HDM; 2, CTA; 3, TBA; 4, HM; 5, TTA.

Page 1040: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´174 V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180

the EOF modifier concentration than strong acid 4. Detection modesanions. Higher concentrations lead to longer migra-tion times due to the formation of equilibrium ion Detection in CE must take place directly on thepairs. This difference in the selectivity allows com- separation column, because the elution profile out-plex samples to be analyzed by properly selecting the side the electric field rapidly changes from plug toEOF modifier concentration and thus increasing the parabolic, similar to IC, and the separation efficiencyweak acid anion migration times. An addition of decreases drastically.organic solvents increases the solubility of quater- Direct UV detection is both selective and sensitivenary ions. and is often employed in the analysis of cations after

Another possibility for EOF modification is the their complexation, but its application to the analysiscoating of the capillary walls with cationic polymers, of inorganic anions is limited to a few of them whiche.g. poly(1,1-dimethyl-3,5-dimethylene)piperidinium absorb the UV radiation, e.g. to nitrate, sulfide,and -pyrrolidinium chloride [24] or a reactive poly- nitrite, iodide, bromide and thiocyanate. For exam-amide with various functional groups [25]. A net ple, a detection limit of 10 mg/ l was attained forpositive charge is then formed at the capillary walls. sulfide in waste water using direct UV detection atIn the former case, the mobility of anions is strongly 229 nm [28]. The running electrolyte containedinfluenced by organic modifiers (methanol or ace- sodium sulfate and an EOF modifier in the OH form.tonitrile). The migration of ions is affected by the Indirect UV detection is most common. It is nearlyrunning electrolyte properties, such as solvation and universal and requires no modification to the instru-structural conformation. Ion-exchange is the main ment. Detection limits in a sub-mg/ l region haveinteraction, but hydrophobic interactions also play a been obtained with running electrolyte containingrole. In the latter case, the elution order is the same chromate, with a time of analysis of 3 min [29]. Aas in CE with EOF reversal. A good run-to-run, but a disadvantage of chromate lies in its aging that causespoor column-to-column reproducibility is, however, changes in the analyte migration times, e.g. forobtained. fluoride [30]. p-Aminobenzoate was found to be

The use of EOF modifiers complicates the analysis optimal for simultaneous determination of lowof those anions that move so slowly that they do not mobility organic and high mobility inorganic anions.require EOF reversal. Reducing the EOF, e.g. by The separation was facilitated by an addition ofcoating the capillary walls with silane, is sufficient barium salts [31].for attaining sufficiently short analysis times for Anionic chromophores (benzoate, anisate) andsome anions [26]. These capillaries are especially cationic buffers (Tris, ethanolamine) were tested foruseful with direct UV detection, e.g. of bromide and simultaneous detection of nonabsorbing anions andiodide. cations [32]. An equation was derived for the

The EOF can also be modified by using capillaries dependence of the difference in the absorbance, DA.made of materials other than fused silica. For So far the best separation of anions with indirectexample, an untreated polypropylene hollow fibre UV detection has been attained in the IonPhor PMAwas used for the CE analysis of anions [27]. Theoret- electrolyte buffer consisting of 2.5 mM pyromelliticically these capillaries have no surface charge, but acid, 6.5 mM NaOH, 0.75 mM hexamethoniumpractically there is a small negative charge and thus a hydroxide and 1.6 mM triethanolamine, with a pH ofsmall EOF is observed. Fast separations are possible 7.7 (e.g. Ref. [19]).but the efficiency is poorer. Advantages of poly- A CE method with indirect UV detection waspropylene capillaries are their good stability at high validated for eight anions and two electrolyte sys-pH, a low cost and no hysteresis effect. Fast moving tems: pyromellitic acid1hexamethonium hydroxideanions can be separated directly without any modi- and chromate1TTAB [33]. The detection limitsfication to the electrolyte or the capillary wall. The were between 1 and 3 mg/ l, the repeatability andcapillaries are transparent to visible and near UV reproducibility of the measurement differed forradiation. different compounds and were, with the exception of

Page 1041: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180 175

fluoride and phosphate, 6 and 5–10%, respectively. ion spray–sheath flow interface [38] or poten-Linear calibration curves were obtained in a con- tiometry with ion-selective microelectrode [39], butcentration range between 1 and 10 mg/ l. their application has so far been less common.

A disadvantage of indirect detection is a high A combination of various detection modes, e.g.background absorbance and thus a high noise and a CD-UV on-line, substantially enlarges sample matrixlimited linear dynamic range. CE with indirect UV information.detection exhibits a lower concentration sensitivitythan IC due to mass loading limitations, despite itssuperior mass sensitivity. 5. Preconcentration techniques for inorganic

Direct fluorescence detection is not applicable to anionsinorganic anions as they cannot be suitably deriva-tized. Indirect fluorescence detection, though pos- Sample preconcentration is usually necessary forsible, has no advantage over indirect UV detection. the analysis of highly dilute solutions of anions, e.g.

Conductivity detection (CD) is a nearly universal for the analysis of anions in deionized water or theirbulk property detection mode for small ions and, determination in the presence of a large excess of asimilar to IC, both non-suppressed and suppressed matrix component.CD is used. There are more options for the selection Isotachophoretic enrichment by electrostacking atof the running electrolyte in combination with CD. the sample–buffer interface is often used. Isotacho-The co-ion must have a substantially different con- phoresis can be carried out off-line, on-line orductivity. In non-suppressed CD, low mobility buf- directly in the analytical CE instrument. The samplefers with higher ionic strengths provide an extended matrix can assist the stacking process by functioninglinearity and improve preconcentration by sample as the leading or terminating electrolyte. The co-ionstacking. of the running electrolyte has to be chosen so that the

In comparison with indirect UV detection, CD is analyte mobilities are between those of the ions of10 times more sensitive [34]. The linear dynamic the electrolyte and the matrix. Limits of detectionrange extends over three concentration decades and lower than 50 nmol / l have been attained in thethe reproducibilities of the migration time, peak area simultaneous analysis of inorganic and organic an-and height are better than 0.15, 1.985 and 1.255%, ions in rain water when enriching by sample stackingrespectively. A determination of anions in drinking with a dynamic injection (the injection volume waswater with CD is shown in Fig. 2 [34]. 300 nl, corresponding to a 10% filling of the

A borate buffer (2 mM, pH 9.2) combined with capillary [31]). This preconcentration method per-suppressed conductivity detection provided good mits determination of inorganic anions in the pres-peak shapes due to a close match of the borate ence of a fluoride matrix up to an analyte:matrix

6mobility with those of the separated anions and ratio of 1:6310 [40]. A mathematical treatment offulfilled the principal condition of suppressed CD, electrostacking can be found in Ref. [41].i.e. could be suppressed to form a weakly conducting Preconcentration with the electrokinetic injectionspecies. Additives, such as barium ions, decreased can be used for non-ionic matrices. With longthe EOF and the migration velocity of high-mobility injection times, the ionic components are preconcen-anions, so that they could be analyzed simultaneous- trated at the expense of the interferents. The EOF hasly with organic anions [35]. Detection limits in a the direction opposite to the migration of the ana-range of 1–10 mg/ l were reported with suppressed lytes. The matrix effects caused by ionic componentsconductivity detection [36]. A similar sensitivity has can be decreased by suppressing their dissociation bybeen attained for inorganic anions in a large-diameter a pH change, thus enriching the analytes by up toplastic capillary (300 mm) and conductivity detection two orders of magnitude. The choice of the amount[37]. injected is influenced by the analyte mobility, the

Other detection modes can be used, e.g. direct electroosmotic flow and the sample and buffer ioniccombination of CE with mass spectrometry via an strengths.

Page 1042: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´176 V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180

Fig. 2. Determination of inorganic and organic anions by CE with direct conductivity detection [34]. The electrolyte: 50 mM CHES(2-N-cyclohexylaminoethane-sulfonate), 20 mM LiOH and 0.03% Triton X-100; 60 cm350 mm I.D. capillary; 25 kV; injection at 25 mbarfor 12 s; the EOF was modified by preflushing the capillary with a 1 mM CTAB solution. Anions (concentrations in mg/ l): 1, bromide (4);2, chloride (2); 3, hexacyanoferrate (7); 4, nitrite (4); 5, nitrate (4); 6, sulfate (4); 7, azide (2); 8, oxalate (3); 9, molybdate (5); 10, tungstate(6); 11, 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic acid (7); 12, fluoride (1); 13, tartrate (5); 14, selenite (10); 15, phosphate (4); 16, citraconate(methylmaleate) (5); 17, glutarate (10); 18, phthalate (10); 19, carbonate (4); 20, acetate (10); 21, chloroacetate (10); 22, ethanesulfonate(20); 23, dichloroacetate (15); 24, propionate (15); 25, propanesulfonate (20); 26, crotonate (15); 27, butanesulfonate (20); 28, butyrate(15); 29, toluenesulfonate (15); 30, pentanesulfonate (20); 31, valerate (15); 32, hexanesulfonate (20); 33, caproate (15); 34,heptanesulfonate (20); 35, morpholineethanesulfonate (35); 36, octanesulfonate (20); 37, d-gluconate (40).

The detection limits and the analyte-to-matrix then the CE analysis is carried out), are compared inratios for inorganic and organic anion impurities in Table 3 [40].boric acid, obtained using hydrostatic or electro- The effect of the preconcentration time and of thekinetic injection and with sample stacking (the voltage on the sensitivity of a CE determination ofcapillary is filled with the sample up to the detector, trace inorganic and organic anions in matrix-freea voltage is applied to preconcentrate the sample pure water has been studied [42] and compared withanions at the sample–buffer interface, a reversed IC: IC yields similar or better detection limits (nl /mlEOF is used to remove the matrix components and level), but requires trace enrichment times much

Page 1043: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180 177

Table 3Comparison of limits of detections (LOD) and analyte-to-matrix ratios (ATMR) for inorganic and organic anion impurities in boric acidobtained using hydrostatic and electrokinetic injection and sample stacking [40]

Anion Hydrostatic injection Electrokinetic injection Sample stacking

LOD (mmol / l) ATMR LOD (mmol/ l) ATMR LOD (mmol / l) ATMR5 6 7Bromide 8 1:1.1310 0.3 1:2.7310 0.07 1:1.23105 6 7Chloride 7 1:1.3310 0.5 1:1.7310 0.04 1:2.23105 6 7Sulfate 5 1:1.8310 0.2 1:3.8310 0.02 1:3.53105 6 7Nitrate 7 1:1.3310 0.3 1:2.8310 0.04 1:2.23105 6 7Oxalate 5 1:1.8310 0.4 1:2.1310 0.03 1:2.83105 6 7Chlorate 7 1:1.3310 0.4 1:2.2310 0.05 1:1.53105 6 7Malonate 5 1:1.8310 0.4 1:2.0310 0.05 1:1.73105 6 7Fluoride 10 1:0.9310 0.7 1:1.2310 0.89 1:9.0310

LOD is defined as three times the signal-to-noise ratio.

longer than CE (ca. 5–10 min, compared with 45 s in water have been obtained (Fig. 3) [42]. The de-CE). Using a 45-s electromigration injection, CE tection of cations is even more sensitive [43].detection limits of 0.5 mg/ l of anions in deionized The reproducibility of the electrokinetic injection

is poorer than that of the dynamic pressure injectionand strongly depends on the ionic strength. Internalstandards are usually added to improve the accuracyand precision [44]. For a stacking injection, amathematical model has been developed to accountfor the increase in the migration time with increasingsample injection time; a good agreement with thetheory has been found [45].

6. Comparison of CE and IC in selectedapplications

As pointed out above, IC is a well-establishedmethod for the analysis of inorganic anions and hasbecome the method of choice in many applicationareas. Many techniques are available using single-column [46] or dual-column systems with variousdetection modes. IC can be used both for analyticaland preparative purposes. Large sample volumes, up

Fig. 3. Trace determination of some inorganic and organic anionsto 1300 ml, can be injected to determine trace anionsin pure water, after an electrophoretic enrichment at 5 kV for 45 sand cations and to attain detection limits of 10–400with an addition of 75 mM octanesulfonate to the sample [42]. The

electrolyte: 10 mM sodium chromate and 0.5 mM OFM-BT (a ng/ l. For determinations at a mg/ l to mg/ l level, asurfactant used as the EOF modifier), adjusted to pH 8 with sample size of 10–50 ml is sufficient. Preconcen-sulfuric acid; 15 kV; 60 cm375 mm I.D. capillary, distance to tration is necessary for lower concentrations (andetector, 52 cm; UV photometric detection at 254 nm. Anions

additional column, a sample pump, an extra valve(concentrations in mg/ l): 1, chloride (3.5); 2, sulfate (4.8); 3,and an extra time are the disadvantages of thisnitrate (6.2); 4, oxalate (5); 5, fluoride (1.9); 6, formate (5); 7,

phosphate (3.2); 8, acetate (5); 9, propionate (5). approach [47]). With an IEC column and isocratic

Page 1044: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´178 V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180

elution, it is impossible to separate both inorganic nature of the sample and the use of the two methodsand organic ions. in tandem makes it possible to decrease the interfer-

As pointed out in Section 1, CE and IC are ence by other ions and to confirm the peak identity.complementary techniques and their use in tandem is IC with a greater capacity allows for screening of aadvantageous in many cases. For example, CE and variety of explosive residues. Analogously, a combi-IC analyses of anions in residues of explosives were nation of CE and IC helps to solve the problems ofcompared (Fig. 4) [48]. The differences in the peak confirmation in complicated matrices, e.g. inseparation modes of CE and IC help to determine the atmospheric aerosols (Fig. 5, Ref. [49]). Two IC

Fig. 4. Analysis of an anion standard solution by IC (a) and CE (b) [48]. IC conditions: a Vydac 302IC4.6 column, a flow-rate of 2.5 ml /min,an injection volume of 25 ml, an isophthalic acid mobile phase, UV detection at 280 nm. CE conditions: an electrolyte of potassiumdichromate, sodium tetraborate, boric acid and the DETA (diethylenetriamine) EOF modifier, pH 7.8; 65 cm375 mm I.D. capillary; 20 kV;indirect UV detection at 280 nm. Anions: 1, chloride; 2, nitrite; 3, chlorate; 4, nitrate; 5, sulfate; 6, thiocyanate; 7, perchlorate; 8, bromide.

Page 1045: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180 179

columns with automated column switching or CEcombined with IC can separate anions in aqueoussoil extracts and process solutions [30]. The ICdetection limits were found to be lower than in CE(0.2 mg/ml for IC compared with 2 mg/ml for CE),but, due to a higher separation efficiency, the peakswere resolved better in CE than in IC and thequantitation was easier.

A CE determination of fluoride in rain water wascompared with IC and ISE potentiometry; the ICresponse was related to the total concentration,whereas CE and ISE responded to free fluoride [50].The fluoride concentrations obtained by CE and ISEwere systematically lower than those obtained by ICdue to the fluoride complexation with aluminium.The detection limits for IC and ISE were similar (0.2and 0.3 mmol / l) and somewhat lower than those forCE (0.6 mmol / l). CE was evaluated as an alternativemethod to the EPA ion chromatographic method forthe determination of anions in water and a betterresolution and a shorter analysis time were found forCE [51].

A strong adsorption of dyes observed in ICcolumns was not encountered in CE when analyzingchloride, sulfate and phosphate in sulfonated dyes[52]. Proteins need not be removed prior to CEanalysis and do not interfere with low-molecular-mass ions as is the case in IC [53].

The IC analysis of polyphosphates and polycar-boxylates (builders in detergents) is complicated bystrong affinities of these compounds toward ionexchangers [54]. CE can readily be used for this

25 25purpose (a LOD of 2310 –5310 M).The applications of CE analysis to inorganic

anions are already numerous and are rapidly grow-ing. The application ranges include, e.g. clinicalchemistry [53], the pulp and paper industry [55],Fig. 5. An analysis of a coarse atmospheric aerosol extract by CE

and IC [49]. CE conditions: a 57 cm375 mm I.D. capillary, environmental samples [49], waste waters fromdistance to detector, 50 cm. Electrolyte: 2.25 mM PMA (pyromel- processing plants [56], process control, industriallitic acid), 0.75 mM HMOH (hexamethonium hydroxide), 6.50 applications [43,57–59], explosive residue analysismM NaOH and 1.60 mM TEA (triethanolamine), pH 7.7 or 2.0

[48], biological samples [60], or drugs and inter-mM NDC (2,6-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid), 0.5 mM TTABmediates [61,62].(tetradecyltrimethylammonium bromide) and 5.0 mM NaOH, pH

10.9; 30 kV (PMA) or 20 kV (NDC); pressure injection for 10 s;indirect UV detection at 254 nm (PMA) or 280 nm (NDC). ICconditions: an IonPac-AS10 column with an IonPac-AG10 guard 7. Conclusionprecolumn; conductivity detection using an anion self-regeneratingsuppressor (ASRS-I) in the recycle mode. Analytes: 2, chloride; 3,

As can be seen from the above examples, thesulfate; 5, nitrate; 6, oxalate; 7, formate; 10, hydrocarbonate orcarbonate; 11, acetate; 12, propionate; 14, benzoate. relative advantages and drawbacks of IC and CE in

Page 1046: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

ˇ´ ´ ´180 V. Pacakova, K. Stulık / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 169 –180

[26] G.W. Tindall, R.L. Perry, J. Chromatogr. A 696 (1995) 349.analyses for inorganic (an)ions basically correspond[27] J.D. Lamb, T.L. Huxford, K.B. Czirr, J. Chromatogr. A 739to the brief general survey given in Section 1. It can

(1996) 373.be expected that the future development in the field ´ ´[28] J. Font, J. Gutierrez, J. Lalueza, X. Perez, J. Chromatogr. Awill primarily be based on judicious combinations of 740 (1996) 125.chromatography and electrophoresis and in their [29] W.R. Jones, P. Jandik, J. Chromatogr. 608 (1992) 385.

[30] R. Stahl, J. Chromatogr. A 686 (1994) 143.coupling with more sophisticated detection tech-¨ ¨[31] A. Roder, K. Bachmann, J. Chromatogr. A 689 (1995) 305.niques.

[32] J. Collet, P. Gareil, J. Chromatogr. A 716 (1995) 115.[33] M.M. Rhemrev-Boom, J. Chromatogr. A 680 (1994) 675.[34] W.R. Jones, J. Soglia, M. McGlynn, C. Haber, 1995,

References presented at the 1995 Pittsburgh Conference, New Orleans,oral presention No. 1366.

[35] M. Harrold, J. Stillian, L. Bao, R. Rocklin, N. Avdalovic, J.ˇ ´[1] J. Koryta, K. Stulık, Ion-Selective Electrodes, CambridgeChromatogr. A 717 (1995) 371.University Press, Cambridge, 1983.

[36] N. Avdalovic, C.A. Pohl, R.D. Rocklin, J.R. Stillian, Anal.ˇ´ ´[2] J. Vesely, D. Weiss, K. Stulık, Analysis with Ion-SelectiveChem. 65 (1993) 1470.Electrodes, Ellis. Horwood, Chichester, 1978.

´ ´ ´[37] D. Kaniansky, V. Zelenska, D. Baluchova, Electrophoresis 17[3] H. Small, T.S. Stevens, W.C. Bauman, Anal. Chem. 47(1996) 1890.(1975) 1801.

[38] T.G. Huggins, J.D. Henion, Electrophoresis 14 (1993) 531.[4] Manual for the Certification of Laboratories Analyzing[39] A. Nann, E. Pretsch, J. Chromatogr. A 676 (1994) 437.Drinking Water, EPA Publication No. 570-9-90-008 EPA,

¨[40] J. Boden, M. Darius, K. Bachmann, J. Chromatogr. A 716Washington, DC, 1990.(1995) 311.[5] W.R. Jones, P. Jandik, Am. Lab. 22 (1990) 51.

[41] R.L. Chien, Anal. Chem. 63 (1991) 2866.[6] J.D. Lamb (Guest Ed.), J. Chromatogr., vol. 602, 1992.[42] G. Bondoux, P. Jandik, W.R. Jones, J. Chromatogr. 602[7] G.K. Bonn (Guest Ed.), J. Chromatogr., vol. 640, 1993.

(1992) 79.[8] R.M. Cassidy (Guest Ed.), J. Chromatogr. A, vol. 671, 1994.[43] G. Bondoux, T. Jones, LC?GC Int. 7 (1994) 29.[9] C. Sarzanini (Guest Ed.), J. Chromatogr. A, vol. 706, 1995.[44] P.E. Jackson, P.R. Haddad, J. Chromatogr. 640 (1993) 481.[10] D.J. Pietrzyk (Guest Ed.), J. Chromatogr. A, vol. 739, 1996.[45] Zhang H.-W-., X.-G- Chen, Z.-D. Hu, J. Chromatogr. A 677[11] S.F.Y. Li, Capillary Electrophoresis (Journal of Chromatog-

(1994) 159.raphy Library, vol. 52), Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1992. ˇ´ ´ ´[46] V. Pacakova, K. Stulık, Mingjia Wu, J. Chromatogr. 520[12] P.R. Haddad, P.E. Jackson, Ion Chromatography–Principles(1990) 349.and Applications (Journal Chromatography Library, vol. 46),

[47] E. Kaiser, J. Riviello, M. Rey, J. Statler, S. Heberling, J.Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1990.Chromatogr. A 739 (1996) 71.[13] P. Jandik, G. Bonn, Capillary Electrophoresis of Small

[48] K.A. Hargadon, B.R. McCord, J. Chromatogr. 602 (1992)Molecules and Ions, VCH, New York, 1993.241.[14] J.C. MacDonald (Ed.), Inorganic Chromatographic Analysis

[49] E. Dabek-Zlotorzynska, J.F. Dlouhy, J. Chromatogr. A 671(Chemical Analysis, vol. 78), Wiley, New York, 1985.(1994) 389.[15] G. Schwedt, Chromatographic Methods in Inorganic Analy-

[50] M.A.G.T. van den Hoop, R.F.M.J. Cleven, J.J. van Staden, J.¨sis, Huthig, Heidelberg, 1981.Neele, J. Chromatogr. A 739 (1996) 241.´[16] A.S. Rathore, Cs. Horvath, J. Chromatogr. A 743 (1996)

[51] J.P. Romano, J. Krol, J. Chromatogr. 602 (1992) 205.231.[52] S.A. Oehrle, J. Chromatogr. A 671 (1994) 383.[17] Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 67th ed., CRC Press,[53] W. Buchberger, K. Winna, M. Turner, J. Chromatogr. A 671Boca Raton, FL, 1986–1987.

(1994) 375.[18] A.H. Harakuwe, P.R. Haddad, J. Chromatogr. A 734 (1996)[54] T. Wang, A.F.Y. Li, J. Chromatogr. A 723 (1996) 197.416.[55] D.R. Salomon, J. Romano, J. Chromatogr. 602 (1992) 219.[19] M.P. Harrold, M.J. Wojtusik, J. Riviello, P. Henson, J.[56] S.A. Oehrle, R.D. Blanchard, C.L. Stumpff, D.L. Wulfeck, J.Chromatogr. 640 (1993) 463.

Chromatogr. A 680 (1994) 645.[20] N.J. Benz, J.S. Fritz, J. Chromatogr. A 671 (1994) 437.[57] S.C. Grocott, L.P. Jefferies, T. Bowser, J. Carnevale, P.E.[21] T. Kaneta, S. Tanaka, M. Taga, H. Yoshida, Anal. Chem. 64

Jackson, J. Chromatogr. 602 (1992) 257.(1992) 798.[58] A. Oehre, J. Chromatogr. A 745 (1996) 81.[22] A.H. Harakuwe, P.R. Haddad, W. Buchberger, J. Chromatogr.[59] S.A. Oehrle, J. Chromatogr. A 739 (1996) 413.A 685 (1994) 161.[60] C. Bjergegaard, P. Moller, H. Sorensen, J. Chromatogr. A[23] M.T. Galceran, L. Puignou, M. Diez, J. Chromatogr. A 732

717 (1995) 409.(1996) 167.[61] J.B. Nair, C.G. Izzo, J. Chromatogr. 640 (1993) 445.[24] C. Stathakis, R. Cassidy, J. Chromatogr. A 699 (1995) 353.[62] M.E. Swartz, J. Chromatogr. 640 (1993) 441.[25] H. Burth, D.M. Lewis, K.N. Tapley, J. Chromatogr. A 739

(1996) 367.

Page 1047: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

Journal of Chromatography A, 789 (1997) 181–194

Review

Separation and determination of inorganic anions by reversed-phasehigh-performance liquid chromatography

*M.C. Gennaro , S. AngelinoDepartment of Analytical Chemistry, University of Torino, Via P. Giuria, 5, 10125 Turin, Italy

Abstract

An overview and discussion is given of literature methods published after 1989 devoted to the ion-interactionchromatographic determination of inorganic anions. Seventy references are quoted. Ion-interaction chromatography makesuse of commercial reversed-phase stationary phase and conventional high-performance liquid chromatography instru-mentation. The basis of the technique, the modification of the stationary phase surface, the choice of the ion-interactionreagent as well as the dependence of retention on the different variables involved are discussed. Examples of application inthe fields of environmental, clinical and food chemistry are presented. The experimental conditions of stationary phase, ofmobile phase composition as well as detection mode, detection limit and application are also summarized in tables. 1997Elsevier Science B.V.

Keywords: Reviews; Ion-interaction chromatography; Inorganic anions

Contents

1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................ 1812. Basis of ion-interaction methods............................................................................................................................................... 1823. Modification of the reversed-phase stationary phase; choice of the ion-interaction reagent; detection ............................................. 1904. Dependence of retention on different variables .......................................................................................................................... 1915. Examples of applications ......................................................................................................................................................... 1926. Abbreviations ......................................................................................................................................................................... 192References .................................................................................................................................................................................. 193

1. Introduction nique, which permits the separation of inorganicanions on commercial reversed stationary phases and

This review is devoted to the ion-interaction conventional high-performance liquid chromatog-chromatographic determination of inorganic anions. raphy (HPLC) instrumentations.

Ion-interaction chromatography is a powerful tech- The mobile phase is an aqueous or hydro–organicsolution of a suitable ion-interaction reagent.

*Corresponding author. Ion-interaction methods offer, with respect to ion

0021-9673/97/$17.00 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII S0021-9673( 97 )00971-0

Page 1048: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

182 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

chromatography, advantages of lower cost in relation The ion-interaction (or ion-pairing) reagent isto both instrumentation and columns and can be essentially a salt formed by a lipophilic cationicadvantageously employed in laboratories where only species (alkylammonium, tetraalkylammonium,conventional HPLC systems are available. On the cetyltrimethylammonium, etc.) and an anion whichother hand, resolution and sensitivity are comparable can be both organic and inorganic.to those obtained in ion chromatography, assuming According to many authors, the ion-pairing isthat a suitable ion-interaction reagent is chosen. added to the mobile phase to form, with the ionic

Literature methods for the determination of inor- analyte, an ion-pair which due to its increasedganic anions based on both ion chromatography and lipophilicity can be retained on the reversed-phaseion-interaction chromatography published before stationary phase surface.1984 have been exhaustively reviewed by Haddad According to other hypotheses [55–57] the ion-and Heckenberg [1]; and a review by Marina et al. pairing (or the ion-interaction reagent) added topublished in 1989 was devoted to HPLC applications mobile phase, when flowing in isocratic conditions,in the analysis of inorganic species [2]. induces a dynamic modification of the surface of the

In the present review, the more recent papers reversed-phase packing material. The modification ofconcerning the ion- interaction determination of the original packing material might proceed throughinorganic anions are considered. a first step in which the lipophilic cation is retained

For more immediate information and comparison, onto the surface of the stationary phase throughmethods and experimental conditions are summa- adsorption forces. Through electrostatic forces therized in Tables 1 and 2. The packing material, the anion is bound as well with the formation of anmobile phase composition, the kind of detection, the electrical double layer. A new moiety is adsorbeddetection limit and (if given) the possible interfer- onto the surface (or on part of it), which modifies theences and examples of application are reported [3– original properties of the stationary phase and makes53]. it able to retain both cationic (as, for examples,

amines, triazines . . . ) and anionic (both organic andinorganic) species. Retention can occur by three

2. Basis of ion-interaction methods possible routes: (i) ion pairs are formed between theanions (or the cations) of the analyte and the cations

Discussion is still open about the mechanisms (or anions) of the ion-interaction reagent and theseinvolved in the ion- interaction chromatographic ion-pairs are adsorbed onto the stationary phaseprocesses and the analogies or differences compared [58,59], (ii) the analyte is retained through an ion-with ion chromatography or ion-pair chromatog- pair complex formed with an amphiphilic ion previ-raphy. ously adsorbed onto the surface of the hydrophobic

Snyder et al. [54] suggested the following defini- material [60] and (iii) the analyte is retained throughtion to distinguish between ion-exchange and ion- ion-exchange reactions with the already adsorbedpair chromatography: (i) ion-exchange chromatog- ion-pair reagent [61–65].raphy is the technique that makes use of cationic or A general trend, even if not universally used, is toanionic stationary phase with an aqueous solution for report as ion-pair chromatography the methods inthe mobile phase and (ii) ion-pair reversed-phase which ion-pairs are formed before retention and arechromatography is that technique which uses a retained onto the unmodified reversed-phase surface,reversed-phase column with an aqueous–organic while those reported as ion-interaction chromato-mixture for the mobile phase, to which an ion- graphic methods are the methods where the surfacepairing is added. modification is assumed to take place.

This definition does not consider the mechanisms Very likely, ion-exchange and adsorption mecha-involved and does not take anyway into considera- nisms coexist in determining retention. This possi-tion the technique which uses a reversed-phase bility is also supported by the elution sequencespacking material and an aqueous solution of the observed for the anionic analytes. The sequenceion-interaction reagent as the mobile phase. generally does not follow the elution sequence found

Page 1049: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

M.C

.G

ennaro,S.

Angelino

/J.

Chrom

atogr.A

789(1997)

181–194

183

Table 1Experimental conditions of ion-interaction methods based on modified C and C RP stationary phases18 8

Ref. Anions Stationary phase Mobile phase Method Detection and interferences LD Applications2 2 2 2[3] NO , NO , Br , I , Silasorb 300 ODS (10034.0 mm I.D.), 1–2 mM TBA hydroxide aqueous Dynamic modification, UV at 210 nm. – –2 322VO , irregular particles, 10 mm solution adjusted to pH 3–7 (study about the influence of322 22 22 22SO , CrO , WO , MoO (Lachema, Brno, Czechoslovakia). with phosphate (50 mM) or organic counter ion, mobile4 4 4 4

Tris buffer. phase pH and ionic strength).2 2 2 2 2[4] IO , NO , Br , NO , I Spherisorb ODS, (25035.0 mm I.D.), 0.018 M Phosphate buffered Dynamic modification. UV at 205 nm. mg/ l Nitrite and nitrate3 2 3

25 mm (HPLC Technology). ACN–water (35:65 v/v) micellar NO 200 in domestic water.222 2mobile-phase containing 1?10 M Br 250

24 2(.CMC 59.9?10 M), NO 15032HDTMA chloride. I 100

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2[5] NO , ClO , Cl , Br , F , IO , BrO , I Zorbax C (15034.6 mm I.D.), Several mobile phases containing Dynamic modification Indirect UV–Vis About 1 ng –3 3 3 3 18 21spherical particles, 6 mm 1,10-phenantroline [Fe(phen) ] at 510 nm3(DuPont) and PRP-1, salts, with different organic(15034.1 mm ID), 10 mm modifier (ACN or MeOH) percentage,(Hamilton). pH, buffer composition, ionic

strength, type and concentrationof counter-anion.

2 2[6] Cl , NO SB-Octyl-50 (C ) open tubular Sodium salicylate aqueous solution Permanent coating. Indirect Order of –3 826capillary column (10 m350 mm I.D. 2.5?10 M. fluorescence 0.5 mg/ l.

and 0.5 mm thickness) (l : 325 nm)Em(Lee Scientific), precoated withcetylpyridinium chloride 50 mMin 2% MeOH.

2 2 22 22 2[7] Cl , CNO , SO , S O , SCN Supelcosil LC-18 (15034.6 mm I.D.), Mobile phases with different Permanent coating. Indirect UV at About 50 mg/ l Samples from gold4 2 35 mm; Supelcosil LC-18DB solvent percentage, pH, buffer 254 nm. process effluents(15034.6 mm I.D.), 5 mm (Supelco); (TEA, THAM, TMA) and eluent acidPLRP-S (15034.6 mm I.D.), 5 mm (1,3,5-benzenetricarboxylic acid,(Polymer Labs.); PRP-1 5-sulphosalicylic, phthalic acid,(15034.1 mm I.D.), 5 mm (Hamilton). salicylic acid) are tested.Coating: 0.5 mM cetylpyridiniumchloride in 18 or 23% ACN–watermixture (low and high capacitycolumn).

32 2 2 2 2 22 2 22[8] PO , Cl , NO , NO , Br , SO , I , S O Resolve C Radial-Pak cartridge 0.4 mM TBA, 0.4 mM salicylic acid Comparison between precoating Direct and mg/ l –4 3 2 4 2 3 182(10 cm38 mm), 5 mm. water solution at pH 4.62. and dynamic modification. indirect UV Cl 120

2at 288 nm and NO 74032conductometric. NO 2802

2Interference Br 12402between NO3

2and Br isstudied.

2[9] NO , PLRP-S (15034.8 mm I.D.), 5 mm 3.3 mM Citric acid, (a) 0.16 mM Dynamic modification Direct and (a) 50–500 mg/ l: –32 2 2 2 2BrO , IO , F , (Polymer Labs.); ODS Hypersil HDTMA hydroxide in ACN–water 3:7, indirect UV at IO , NO ;3 3 3 3

2 32 22 2 2Cl , PO , SO , ClO , CN , (15034.8 mm I.D.), 5 mm (Shandon). pH 11 or (b) 4.1 mM, pH 5.5. 220 nm and (b) 0.5–5 mg/ l:4 4 322 2 2 2 32S , I , electrochemical F , Cl , PO42 22 2 2 22 2Br , S O , NO , SCN (glassy carbon SO , ClO ;2 3 2 4 3

working electrode (c) ,50 mg/ l:2 22applied V50.85). NO , S O ,2 2 322 2 2S , I , SCN

(Continued on p. 184)

Page 1050: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

184 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

Tab

le1.

Con

tinue

d

Ref.

Ani

ons

Stat

iona

ryph

ase

Mob

ileph

ase

Met

hod

Det

ectio

nan

din

terfe

renc

esLD

App

licat

ions

22

222

22

222

[10]

Cl,B

r,N

O,S

O,C

lOD

evel

osil

OD

S-3K

(100

30.

32m

mI.D

.),1

mM

Salic

ylat

e(s

odiu

msa

licyl

ate–

Perm

anen

tcoa

ting.

Indi

rect

UV

at0.

7–1.

9m

g/l.

Cl,N

O,S

O3

43

34

3m

m(N

omur

aCh

emic

al,S

eto,

Japa

n).

salic

ylic

acid

,90:

10)

wat

er23

0nm

.in

tap

wat

er.

Coat

ing:

3m

MCT

Abr

omid

ein

solu

tion–

ACN

(95:

5,v/

v).

MeO

H–w

ater

(50:

50,v

/v).

232

422

[11]

IO,P

O,P

O,C

l,

Sepa

ron

SIC

18(1

503

1.0

mm

I.D.),

0.4

mm

CTA

brom

ide,

4m

Mci

tric

acid

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion

UV

at21

0nm

,m

g/l

–3

42

62

222

222

22

CN,B

rO,S

O,S

O,H

CO,N

O5

mm

.w

ater

solu

tion–

MeO

H(7

0:30

,v/v

)at

dire

ctan

dIO

11.6

33

43

23

322

322

2232

PO,N

O,P

O,C

lO,S

,pH

7.1.

indi

rect

PO6.

73

32

34

222

242

I,S

O,S

CNco

nduc

tom

etric

PO

1.8

23

26

2an

dam

pero

met

ricCl

2.8

2(c

arbo

nfib

reBr

O17

.93 22

arra

yw

orki

ng,

SO4.

03 22

stain

less

-ste

elSO

17.4

4 2co

unte

ran

dN

O3.

72 32

Ag/

AgC

lPO

6.7

3 2re

fere

nce

NO

7.6

3 32el

ectro

defo

rPO

53.0

22

222

NO

,SO

,Cl

O17

.63

23

322

222

SO,C

N,

S2.

23

22

2SC

N,I

O,

I7.

03

3232

22PO

,PO

,S

O5.

32

32

342

2P

O,

SCN

3.9

26

22–

1.5

V)

CN5.

32

2[1

2]S

mBo

ndap

akC

(150

33.

9m

mI.D

.),A

CN–w

ater

(40:

60,v

/v)

with

0.5%

Pre-

colu

mn

deriv

atiz

atio

nw

ithV

isat

664

nm.

mg/

l–

182

22

2210

mm

(Wat

ers)

.gl

acia

lace

ticac

idan

d5

mM

low

N,N

-dim

ethy

l-p-p

heny

lend

iam

ine

Cl,B

r,N

O,

S0.

82

22

232

UV

PIC

B5(p

enta

nesu

lfoni

cac

id).

ofS

;RP-

ion

pair.

NO

,PO

,3

422

22SO

,CO

,4

32

CNdo

not

inte

rfere

at10

000

fold

exce

ss.

22

22

22[1

3]N

O,B

r,C

l,N

O,S

OPa

rtisil

10O

DS-

3(2

503

4.6

mm

I.D.)

0.5–

16m

MTB

Aio

dide

and

pota

ssiu

mD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

n.Co

nduc

tivity

.–

–2

34

(Wha

tman

).hy

drog

enph

thal

ate

(0.5

–2.0

mM

),(m

etho

dop

timiz

atio

nth

roug

h4,

pH,

6.5.

ath

ree

fact

orco

mpo

site

expe

rimen

tald

esig

n).

22

22

22

22[1

4]Br

,HPO

,NO

,NO

,Cl

,I,S

Om

Bond

apak

C(2

503

4.6

mm

I.D.)

50m

gPa

pave

rald

ine

perc

hlor

ate

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

Indi

rect

UV

mg/

lW

ater

anal

ysis;

24

23

418

210

mm

(Wat

ers)

.ad

ded

to85

0m

lof

7m

Mso

dium

dete

ctio

nBr

3.2

assa

yof

bloo

d2

citra

tebu

ffer,

1.75

gTB

Aat

325

nm.

HPO

9.5

brom

ide.

24

2hy

drox

ide

and

ACN

150

ml(

pH3.

5).

NO

2.7

2 2N

O2.

53

2Cl

1.4

2 I4.

822

SO3.

84

222

22

[15]

NO

,SO

,Br

,NO

TSK

gelO

DS-

80T

(503

4.6

mm

I.D.),

1m

MCi

trate

–2.5

%m

etha

nol

Perm

anen

tmod

ifica

tion.

UV

at21

0nm

–H

uman

seru

m,

24

3M

5m

m(T

osoh

),co

ated

with

0.01

Mad

juste

dto

pH6.

5w

ithdi

lute

dsa

liva

and

urin

e.ce

tylp

yrid

iniu

mch

lorid

ein

10%

MeO

H.

NaO

Hso

lutio

n.2

22

22

22

22

[16]

IO,B

rO,B

r,N

O,N

O,I

,SCN

Zorb

axO

DS

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.),5

mm

ACN

–wat

er(3

5:65

,v/v

),2

mM

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

UV

at22

2nm

.ng

NO

/NO

in3

32

32

32

(DuP

ont).

cety

lpyr

idin

ium

brom

ide

IO25

hum

ansa

liva,

32

32

(.CM

C1?

10)

and

10m

MBr

O30

iodi

dein

32

phos

phat

ebu

ffer.

Br35

com

mer

cial

salt.

2N

O8

2 2N

O19

3

Page 1051: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194 185

Tab

le1.

Con

tinue

d

Ref.

Ani

ons

Stat

iona

ryph

ase

Mob

ileph

ase

Met

hod

Det

ectio

nan

din

terfe

renc

esLD

App

licat

ions

2 I16

2SC

N20

(loop

volu

me

notg

iven

)2

[17]

F,

LiCh

roso

rbRP

-18

(125

34.

5m

mI.D

.),3

mM

p-H

ydro

xybe

nzoi

cac

idaq

ueou

sPe

rman

entc

oatin

gCo

nduc

tivity

.m

g/l

–2

22

22

Br,C

l,N

O,

7m

m(M

erck

),co

ated

bycr

ysta

lso

lutio

n,pH

6.0

(met

hyle

nebl

ue)

F,B

r10

02

232

222

NO

,PO

,SO

viol

etor

met

hylg

reen

orm

ethy

lene

orpH

8.0

(met

hylg

reen

and

crys

tal

Cl50

34

42

blue

basic

(pH

9)1

mM

aque

ous

viol

et).

NO

100

2 2so

lutio

n.N

O20

03 32

PO50

04 22

SO30

04

2222

22

[18]

CrO

,Cr

O,S

CN,C

lOLi

Chro

sphe

rC

,10

mm

(Mer

ck).

MeO

H–p

hosp

hate

buffe

r(7

.0m

MD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

n.Ph

otol

ytic

-m

g/l

–4

27

418

2222

Na

HPO

–7.2

mM

NaH

PO),

Inte

rfere

nces

:SO

atel

ectro

chem

ical

CrO

500

24

24

23

422

(30:

70,v

/v),

pH6.

8w

ithTB

A1

fold

exce

ssle

vel;

dete

ctio

n,gl

assy

CrO

300

27

4232

2hy

drog

ensu

lfide

3.0

mM

.Fe

(CN

),F

e(CN

)at

carb

onw

orki

ngSC

N70

66

210

0fo

ldex

cess

leve

lel

ectro

deat

ClO

300

41

1.15

V(v

s.A

g/A

gCl)

and

11.

00V

for

22Cr

O.

42

[19]

Cl,

RP-P

artis

il10

OD

S-3

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.)8

mM

TBA

iodi

de,1

mM

pota

ssiu

mD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

nU

Vat

222

nm.

0.1–

0.2

mg/

l.A

naly

sisof

22

222

Br,N

O,N

O,S

O(W

hatm

an)

hydr

ogen

phth

alat

ew

ater

solu

tion

atm

osph

eric

23

4at

pH6.

prec

ipita

tion

and

aero

sols.

22

2[2

0]N

O,N

OSp

heris

orb

OD

S-2

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.)A

queo

usso

lutio

nof

5.0

mM

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion

NO

5m

g/l,

UV

at23

0nm

Lago

onw

ater

.2

32

5m

m(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns).

octy

lam

ine

atpH

6.40

for

inth

epr

esen

ceor

thop

hosp

horic

acid

orfo

rof

chlo

ride

salic

ylic

acid

.0.

60M

.In

terfe

renc

eby

high

(0.6

0M

)ch

lorid

eco

ncen

tratio

nis

studi

ed.

2[2

1]Cl

,TS

Kge

lOD

S-80

TCT

R(1

003

4.6

mm

I.D.),

Prop

ertie

sof

diffe

rent

alky

l-D

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

nIn

dire

ctSe

vera

lppb

sRi

ver,

tap,

rain

M2

222

22

22

1Br

,NO

,SO

,BF

,NO

,ClO

,I,K

,5

mm

(Tos

oh)

colu

mn

and

SIL-

C/5

Bam

mon

ium

ions

asIIR

are

teste

d.ph

otom

etric

and

sea

wat

ers

34

42

318

1N

a(1

503

4.6

mm

I.D.),

5m

m(Y

okog

awa)

Phth

alat

e,na

phth

alen

e-1,

5-di

sulp

honi

cde

tect

ion

atac

idan

dna

phth

alen

e-2,

6-di

carb

oxyl

ic30

0nm

.ac

idas

abso

rbin

gel

uent

ions

are

exam

ined

.Elu

ents

are

prep

ared

bym

ixin

gth

eel

uent

ion,

the

hydr

oxid

eof

the

IIR,C

HO

Han

dw

ater

.3

22

22

222

2[2

2]N

O,N

O,I

O,B

r,S

O,I

,SCN

Capc

ellp

akC

(150

34.

6m

mI.D

.),0.

1M

NaC

laqu

eous

solu

tion,

5m

MPe

rman

entp

reco

atin

gU

Vat

225

nman

dm

g/l

Arti

ficia

l2

33

23

185

mm

(Shi

shei

do).

TSK

gelO

DS-

80T

,so

dium

phos

phat

ebu

ffer

(pH

5.8)

.am

pero

met

ricU

Vse

aw

ater

.M

2(1

503

4.6

mm

),5

mm

(Tos

oh).

Coat

ing

(AM

P)(g

lass

yN

O4

2 2w

ithCT

A1

mM

inw

ater

–MeO

Hca

rbon

wor

king

NO

83

(80:

20,v

/v).

elec

trode

(11.

0V

)am

pero

met

ric-

vs.A

g/A

gCl).

NO

22

Inte

rfere

nce

free

222

from

Cl,S

O,

42

Br.

(Con

tinu

edon

p.18

6)

Page 1052: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

186 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

Tab

le1.

Con

tinue

d

Ref.

Ani

ons

Stat

iona

ryph

ase

Mob

ileph

ase

Met

hod

Det

ectio

nan

din

terfe

renc

esLD

App

licat

ions

22

222

[23]

I,S

CN,N

O,S

OCa

pcel

lpac

kC

(AG

120)

0.1

MN

aCl,

5m

Mso

dium

phos

phat

ePe

rman

entp

reco

atin

gU

Vat

225

nman

dm

g/l

Det

erm

inat

ion

of2

23

18(1

503

4.6

mm

I.D.),

5m

m(S

hise

ido)

,bu

ffer

(pH

5.8)

.am

pero

met

ricU

Van

ioni

c-im

purit

ies

2pr

ecoa

ted

with

silic

one

poly

mer

,(A

MP)

(gla

ssy

NO

4in

inor

gani

c2 22

equi

libra

ted

with

1m

MCT

Ach

lorid

eca

rbon

wor

king

SO

60an

alyt

ical

-reag

ent

23

inw

ater

–MeO

H(8

0:20

,v/v

).el

ectro

de(1

1.0

V)

ampe

rom

etric

grad

ech

emic

als.

2vs

.Ag/

AgC

l)N

O20

2 22S

O10

02

32

2[2

4]N

O,N

OSp

heris

orb

OD

S-2

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.),Se

vera

laqu

eous

mob

ileph

ases

atD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

nU

Vat

230

nm.

––

23

5m

m(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns).

pH6.

40fo

ror

thop

hosp

horic

acid

with

diffe

rent

ion-

inte

ract

ion

reag

ents

(IIR

)(a

lkyl

amin

es),

and

IIRco

ncen

tratio

nw

ere

studi

ed.

2[2

5]N

OD

S-2

colu

mn

2503

4.6

mm

I.D.,

Aqu

eous

solu

tion

of5.

0m

MD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

n.U

Vat

230

nm.I

nter

fere

nce

free

30m

g/l

Azi

dein

tap

wat

er.

32

225

mm

Sphe

risor

b(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns).

octy

lam

ine

atpH

6.40

for

from

Cl,C

O,

32

22

orth

opho

spho

ricac

id.

S2,N

O,I

,3

22

2SC

N,B

r,F

.2

22

222

2[2

6]N

O,S

,I,S

O,S

CNSh

im-P

ack

CLC-

C(1

503

6m

mI.D

.),M

eOH

–pho

spha

tebu

ffer(

15:8

5,v/

v),

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

Am

pero

met

ric,

mg/

lLa

kew

ater

.2

23

82

oxid

izab

lean

ions

5m

m.

(pH

5),3

.0m

MTB

AO

Han

dgl

assy

carb

onN

O0.

82

220.

1m

MED

TA.

elec

trode

S1.

12

V51

1.0

VI

3.6

22(v

s.A

g/A

gCl).

SO

992

3 2Fo

r0.

4m

g/l

SCN

104

22

22

NO

,S,I

2an

d40

mg/

l22

SO

no2

3in

terfe

renc

eby

1000

fold

exce

ss22

42of

SO,S

iO,

44

2232

CO,P

O,

34

22

BrO

,NO

,3

322

2M

oO,C

l;5

004

fold

exce

ssof

2ox

alat

e,Br

and

100

fold

of22

SO.

32

22

222

[27]

NO

,NO

,I,C

l,S

OSp

heris

orb

OD

S-2

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.),A

queo

usso

lutio

nof

5.0

mM

octy

l-D

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

nU

Vat

230

nmm

g/l.

Lago

onw

ater

23

42

5m

m(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns).

amin

eat

pH6.

4fo

ror

thop

hosp

horic

(dire

ct)

and

atN

O20

2 2ac

idor

for

salic

ylic

acid

.25

4nm

(indi

rect

);N

O47

32

Cond

uctiv

ityI

62

222

(Cl

,SO

).Cl

84

22In

terfe

renc

efre

eSO

254

from

sea

wat

er.

22

[28]

NO

,NO

PR-1

8(2

503

4.0

mm

I.D.),

2.0

mM

Non

ylam

mon

ium

phos

phat

e,D

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

n.U

Vat

205

nman

dm

g/l

–2

32

5m

m(Z

OCh

,Pol

and)

.pH

6.5.

190

nmin

pres

ence

NO

2.0

22

2of

Cl.

NO

1.5

32

22

2[2

9]I

,SCN

Dev

elos

ilO

DS-

5(1

503

0.35

mm

I.D.),

Pure

wat

erEl

ectro

static

ion

chro

mat

ogra

phy

Spec

troph

otom

etric

mM

Ian

dSC

Nin

25

mm

(Nom

ura

Chem

ical

,Set

o,Ja

pan)

(EIC

)at

220

nm.

I0.

3hu

man

saliv

a.2

mic

roco

lum

nan

dL-

Colu

mn

OD

SSC

N1.

2(2

503

4.6

mm

I.D.).

Colu

mns

are

coat

edw

ithzw

itter

ioni

csu

rfata

nts

(CH

APS

,CH

APS

O,Z

witt

erge

nt3–

14).

Page 1053: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194 187

Tab

le1.

Con

tinue

d

Ref.

Ani

ons

Stat

iona

ryph

ase

Mob

ileph

ase

Met

hod

Det

ectio

nan

din

terfe

renc

esLD

App

licat

ions

22[3

0]SO

Sphe

risor

bO

DS-

2co

lum

n(2

503

4.6

mm

Aqu

eous

solu

tion

of5.

0m

MD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

n.M

etho

dCo

nduc

tivity

–La

goon

wat

er4

I.D.),

5m

m(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns)

octy

lam

ine

salic

ylat

eat

valid

atio

n.Pr

ofici

ency

tests

.pH

6.40

.2

2[3

1]Br

,SCN

OD

S-L

colu

mn

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.)Pu

rew

ater

.El

ectro

static

ion

chro

mat

ogra

phy

ICP-

AES

(230

nm)

––

(Che

mic

alIn

spec

tion

and

Testi

ng(E

IC).

cond

uctiv

ity.

Insti

tute

Toky

o,Ja

pan)

,coa

ted

with

stron

g/str

ong

posit

ive/

nega

tive

char

ged

zwitt

erio

nic

surfa

ctan

tre

agen

ts(C

HA

PS)

mic

elle

s.2

[32]

NSp

heris

orb

OD

S-2

colu

mn

Diff

eren

taqu

eous

solu

tions

ofal

kyla

min

esat

diffe

rent

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

UV

at23

0nm

––

3(2

503

4.6

mm

I.D.),

5m

mco

ncen

tratio

nan

dpH

are

teste

d.(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns)

Chem

omet

ricop

timisa

tion.

22

22

[33]

NO

,SCN

,N,B

rOSp

heris

orb

OD

S-2,

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.),A

queo

usso

lutio

nof

5.0

mM

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

UV

at23

0nm

.–

–2

33

5m

m(P

hase

Sepa

ratio

ns).

octy

lam

ine

atdi

ffere

ntpH

(ort

hoph

osph

oric

acid

)ra

ngin

gbe

twee

n3.

0an

d8.

022

22

2[3

4]S

O,I

,SCN

,NO

Mic

roco

lum

n(1

503

0.35

mm

I.D.)

5m

MCu

(II)

sulfa

teaq

ueou

sM

icel

lar

coat

ing.

Indi

rect

––

23

3pa

cked

with

Dev

elos

ilO

DS-

5,5

mm

solu

tion

(pH

54.

5).

phot

omet

ric(N

omur

aCh

emic

al)

mic

elle

-coa

ted

dete

ctio

nat

byta

urin

e-co

njug

ated

bile

salts

210

nm.

(sod

ium

taur

odeo

xich

olat

ean

dso

dium

taur

ocho

late

).2

2[3

5]N

O,N

OO

DS-

2(2

534.

5m

mI.D

.),10

mm

Wat

er–M

eOH

(80:

20)

cont

aini

ngD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

n.Sp

ectro

phot

omet

ricng

Nat

ural

wat

ers

32

2(S

pher

isorb

).1

mM

TBA

.at

214

nm.

NO

0.32

3 2In

terfe

renc

efre

eN

O0.

262

22fro

mSO

and

432

PO.

42

22

222

22

[36]

Cl,B

r,I

,SCN

,SO

,NO

,NO

OD

S-L

colu

mn

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.)Pu

rew

ater

Elec

trosta

ticio

nch

rom

atog

raph

yCo

nduc

timet

rican

d–

–4

32

(Che

mic

alIn

spec

tion

and

Testi

ng(E

IC)

phot

odio

dear

ray

Insti

tute

)co

ated

with

zwitt

erio

nic

UV

–Vis

surfa

ctan

ts(C

HA

PS,C

HA

PSO

,Zw

itter

gent

3–14

)(s

eeRe

fs.[

30,3

7,39

]).

22

222

2222

[37]

Cl,N

O,N

O,S

O,C

rO,M

oON

ucle

osil

5C

(250

34.

0m

mI.D

.)1

mM

TBA

10.

5m

MD

CTA

inA

CN–w

ater

Ion-

pair

ofin

orga

nic

anio

nsan

dU

Vat

210

nmm

g/l

–2

34

44

182

(Mac

here

y–N

agel

).(1

0:90

,v/v

)pH

6.2.

catio

nsby

on-c

olum

nde

rivat

izat

ion

Cl20

02

with

chel

atin

gag

ents.

NO

200

2 2N

O7.

63 22

SO8.

54 22

CrO

850

4 22M

oO35

422

22[3

8]Se

O,S

eOTe

knok

rom

aO

DS-

1(2

503

4.6

mm

I.D.),

5.0

mM

TBA

phos

phat

ein

MeO

H–w

ater

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

Com

paris

onIC

P-M

Sm

g/l

Rive

r,ta

p,3

422

5m

m.

(5:9

5,v/

v).

with

ion-

exch

ange

.Se

O50

wel

lwat

ers

3as

Se 22Se

O80

4as

Se2

22

22

2[3

9]F

,Cl

,NO

,Br

,NO

Sphe

risor

bO

DS

(503

4.6

mm

I.D.),

0.5

mM

Pota

ssiu

mch

rom

ate

wat

erPe

rman

entc

oatin

g.In

dire

ctU

V–V

ism

g/l

NO

Inta

p-w

ater

.2

33

23

mm

,coa

ted

with

0.1

mM

CTA

brom

ide.

solu

tion

atpH

7.0

at32

8nm

.F

0.24

Sepa

ratio

nto

geth

er2

Cl0.

55of

orga

nic

acid

s.2

NO

0.72

22

Br0.

832

NO

0.97

3

(Con

tinu

edon

p.18

8)

Page 1054: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

188 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

Tab

le1.

Con

tinue

d

Ref.

Ani

ons

Stat

iona

ryph

ase

Mob

ileph

ase

Met

hod

Det

ectio

nan

din

terfe

renc

esLD

App

licat

ions

22[4

0]SO

Wat

ersN

ovaP

akC

(150

33.

9m

mI.D

.),30

mM

Pota

ssiu

mhe

xacy

anof

erra

tePe

rman

entc

oatin

g.In

dire

ctU

Vat

mg/

l.W

ater

anal

ysis

(tap,

418

224

mm

,pre

coat

edw

ithw

ater

solu

tion.

205

nm.

SO0.

1w

ell,

surfa

ce,m

iner

al,

42

1,12

-dia

min

odod

ecan

e5

mM

inA

loge

nide

s,N

O,

was

te).

32

32w

ater

–MeO

H(9

0:10

,v/v

),at

pH4.

20N

O,P

O,

24

2(H

SO).

HCO

dono

t2

43

inte

rfere

atco

ncen

tratio

nsup

to64

:1.

Inte

rfere

nce

byso

me

orga

nic

acid

sw

asstu

died

.2

22

[41]

Cl,N

O,B

rO

DS-

Lco

lum

n(2

503

4.6

mm

I.D.)

Pure

wat

erEl

ectro

static

ion

chro

mat

ogra

phy

Cond

uctiv

ity–

–3

(Che

mic

alIn

spec

tion

and

Testi

ng(E

IC).

Insti

tute

),co

ated

with

CHA

PSor

Zwitt

erge

nt3–

14m

icel

les.

22

22

222

[42]

NO

,NO

,I,B

r,C

l,S

OSp

heris

orb

OD

S-2

colu

mn

Aqu

eous

solu

tion

of5.

0m

MD

ynam

icm

odifi

catio

nU

Vat

230

nm–

Lago

onw

ater

.2

34

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.),5

mm

octy

lam

ine

atpH

6.40

for

(Pha

seSe

para

tions

).or

thop

hosp

horic

acid

orfo

rsa

licyl

icac

id.

22

2[4

3]Cl

,NO

,Br

OD

S-L

colu

mn

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.)Pu

rew

ater

(WM

P-IC

:wat

erm

obile

Elec

trosta

ticio

nch

rom

atog

raph

yCo

nduc

tivity

––

3(C

hem

ical

Insp

ectio

nan

dTe

sting

phas

eio

nch

rom

atog

raph

y).

(EIC

).In

stitu

te),

coat

edw

ithCH

APS

orZw

itter

gent

3–14

mic

elle

s.32

32[4

4]A

sOan

dA

sOC

LiCh

rosp

her

(250

mm

),5

mm

6m

MTB

Ahy

drox

ide

atpH

7.3.

Dyn

amic

mod

ifica

tion.

Sim

ulta

neou

sU

Vm

g/l.

Ars

enic

spec

ies

34

1832

with

orga

no-

(Hew

lett–

Pack

ard)

.at

200

nman

dA

sO56

.2in

urin

e.4

As

spec

ies

ampe

rom

etric

(vitr

eous

carb

onw

orki

ngel

ectro

de,

volta

gera

nge:

V52

1.5–

12.

5(A

g/A

gClr

ef.

elec

trode

).2

22

222

[45]

Br,N

O,N

O,C

l,S

ON

ova-

Pak

C(1

503

3.9

mm

I.D.),

Aqu

eous

solu

tion

ofpo

tass

ium

Pota

ssiu

mco

atin

g.U

Vat

254

nm.

mg/

lD

eter

min

atio

nof

23

418

24

mm

,coa

ted

with

0.01

Mhy

drog

enph

thal

ate

0.4

mM

,pH

4.9.

Br0.

10in

orga

nic

anio

nsin

2n-

cety

lpyr

idin

ium

chlo

ride

inN

O0.

09w

ines

toge

ther

with

2 2w

ater

–MeO

H(9

0:10

,v/v

).N

O0.

29ca

rbox

ylic

acid

s.3

2Cl

0.05

22SO

0.10

422

22

2[4

6]SO

,Cl

,Br

OD

S-L

colu

mn

(250

34.

6m

mI.D

.)Pu

rew

ater

.El

ectro

static

ion

chro

mat

ogra

phy

UV

–Vis

and

Brin

sea

wat

er.

4(C

hem

ical

Insp

ectio

nan

dTe

sting

(EIC

).co

nduc

tivity

.In

stitu

te)

coat

edw

ithzw

itter

gent

3–14

surfa

ctan

tmic

elle

s.

Page 1055: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

M.C

.G

ennaro,S.

Angelino

/J.

Chrom

atogr.A

789(1997)

181–194

189

Table 2Experimental conditions of ion-interaction methods based on modified stationary phases other than C and C18 8

Ref. Anions Stationary phase Mobile phase Method Detection and interference LD Application2 23[47] F , Bischoff Hyperchrome SC 6.0?10 M 4-hydroxybenzoic acid Permanent coating. Indirect UV detection at Ranging between

20 and Tap water.2HCO , column (12534.6 mm I.D.) (eluent A) or 2,4-dihydroxybenzoic 311 nm. 1500 mg/ l with3

eluent B2Cl , packed with Hamilton PRP-1, acid (eluent B). and between 100

and2NO , 5 mm, coated with 0.5 g / l 1000 mg/ l with3

eluent A.2Br , methyl green (pH59.0).22SO4

2 2[48] F , Cl , Hamilton PRP-1 (15034.1 mm I.D.), 0.1 mM Ru(II) complex with Dynamic modification. Direct and indirect Vis at – –2NO , spherical particles, 10 mm. 1,10-phenanthroline or 2,29-bipyridine 445 nm and fluorescence222 21 21HPO , (Ru(phen) , Ru(bpy) )10.1 mM detection (phen: l 465 nm,4 3 3 Ex

2H AsO , succinate buffer at pH 6.1. l 600; bpy: l 460 nm,2 4 Em Ex2NO , l 580).3 Em2ClO ,322SO ,422CrO ,4

2BF42 2[49] F , Cl , Hamilton PRP-1 (15034.1 mm I.D.), 1 mM Potassium phthalate1Tris Permanent coating. Indirect UV at different – –

2 2NO , Br , 5 mm column coated with 0.2 mM 1 mM in 24% methanol at different wavelengths, ranging between22NO , CTA bromide. pH values. 282 nm and 254 nm.322SO ,4 22HPO ,4

2H AsO ,2 422HAsO ,42H BO ,2 3

2HS ,2HCO ,322CO322 22[50] S O , PRP-1 Hamilton (15034.1 mm I.D.), 0.001 M Na CO 10.002 M of TBA Dynamic modification. UV at 231 nm and 0.2 mg/ l of S O2 3 2 3 2 3

and Commercial products22 22SO 5 mm and PLPR-S (12034 mm I.D.), hydroxide in water–ACN (85:15, v /v), UV diode-array detection. 0.4 mg/ l of SO . of sodium sulphide.3 3

8 mm (Polymer Labs.). pH511.2[51] F , Macroporous polystyrene–divinyl- Different amounts of Ru(phen) (ClO ) Dynamic functionalization. Indirect fluorimetric detection; mg/ l –3 4 22 2Cl , benzene RP-1 (Hamilton) column, (0.1–0.01 mM) and of sodium tartrate l 5447, l 5261 nm. F 5Ex Em2 2Br , (15034.6 mm), 10 mm. (0.02–0.1 mM) in water are tested. Cl 52 2NO Br 103

2NO 103[52] Selenite, Hamilton PRP-1 (15034.6 mm I.D.), 3% methanol15 mM tetrabutylammonium Dynamic functionalization. ICP-MS 22–74 pg (as Se) Selenium species in

seleniate 5 mm. phosphate pH57.6 urine.2[53] F , Macroporous polystyrene–divinyl- 0.01 mM Ru(phen) (ClO ) 10.02 sodium Dynamic functionalization. Indirect fluorimetric detection; mg/ l3 4 22 2Cl , benzene RP-1 (Hamilton) column, tartrate (0.01–0.1 mM) water solution. l 5447, l 5261 nm. F 3Ex Em2 2Br , (15034.6 mm I.D.), 10 mm. Cl 22 2NO Br 53

2NO 53

Page 1056: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

190 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

in ion chromatography, is different for the different a C base regarding: (i) retention reversibility of the18

ion-interaction reagents and, in addition, can also modifier on the surface, (ii) stability in relation to pHvary for the same ion-interaction reagent, as a variation, (iii) greater efficiency, (iv) longer columnfunction of different experimental conditions, as, for life, (v) higher modifier load [8]. In contrast, whenexample, the mobile phase pH [6] or the ionic using ion-interaction reagents formed by salicylic,strength [3]. 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic, 1,3,5-benzenetricarbox-

ylic or 5-sulphosalicylic acid with tris(hydroxy-methyl)aminomethane and tetramethylammoniumhydroxide and tetraethyammonium hydroxide as

3. Modification of the reversed-phase stationary counter ions, the bonded C silica columns were18

phase; choice of the ion-interaction reagent; more efficient than the polystyrene–divinylbenzenedetection (PS–DVB) ones. Furthermore the PS–DVB phases

were slower to equilibrate when elution conditionsThe modification process can be essentially per- were changed [10]. With a methanol–water mixture

formed through two different ways: of hexadecyltrimethylammonium hydroxide and cit-1. a dynamic process in which the mobile phase ric acid [12] as the ion-interaction reagent, compar-

contains (or sometimes only consists of) the ion- able retentions were obtained for inorganic anionsinteraction reagent. When eluting in isocratic with polymeric and octadecylsilica stationary phases,conditions, the mobile phase itself modifies the while organic anions displayed significant differ-surface, or ences in the two systems.

2. through a process, referred to as permanent So, no general rule showing advantages for acoating, in which the modifier agent is firstly stationary phase composition can be drawn out,adsorbed onto the stationary phase (often dy- because retention, resolution and sensitivity dependnamically, by passing it through the column for a on a number of factors, whose effect is difficult tocertain time); then the column is rinsed and used predict.with a different mobile phase. According to Haddad and Heckenberg [1] the

Once modified, no great difference can be found in ‘‘ability’’ in developing a new ion-interaction meth-the behaviour of permanently- and dynamically- od is ‘‘to tailor the mobile phase composition to suitmodified columns, apart from the composition of the the particular solute ion being studied’’ or to separatemobile phase which, as said, is generally different the particular mixture.from the modifier agent when using the permanently- In principle each salt consisting of a lipophiliccoated stationary phases and in contrast contains cation can be used as the ion-interaction reagent.(and often consists of) the ion-interaction reagent Generally, in dynamic coating the ion-interactionitself for the dynamically-coated. reagent is usually characterized by relatively low

The modifications essentially concern C and C hydrophobicity, as, for example, are salts of alkylam-18 8

packing material, sometimes in capillary microcol- monium (with alkyl chain length generally rangingumns [9,13]. Examples are also reported of modi- between 4 and 10) and tetraalkylammonium (withfications induced on other packing materials, such as alkyl chain lengths generally ranging between 1 andcyano-, diol- or polymeric support. The experimental 4).conditions of these methods are reported in Table 2 In permanent coating, for the surface modification[47–53]. process, more lipophilic ion-interaction reagents are

Comparisons between the performances obtained used, as, for example, salts of cetyltrimethylammo-in ion-interaction chromatography by the use of nium. For the mobile phase, less hydrophobic re-different original packings and their possible modi- agents (as, for example, tetraalkylammonium salts)fications have been studied [8,10,12]. So, for exam- are then employed.ple, in the modification with iron(II)-1,10-phen- Concerning the anion of the salt, both inorganicanthroline as the ion-interaction reagent, a polymeric (orthophosphate, chloride, hydroxide . . . ) and or-base gave results more advantageous with respect to ganic (salicylate, tartrate . . . ) anions are used. Re-

Page 1057: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194 191

garding their choice, the compatibility with the kind sitivity and resolution of analytes in a mixture in theof detection used must be considered. lowest total analysis time.

When conductivity is employed and the back- The dependence of retention on the differentground conductivity of the eluent must be mini- variables involved has been studied by differentmized, methods which make use of pure water or of authors [3,5,6,8,10,14,16,39–41]: besides the pack-very diluted solutions as the mobile phase are highly ing material of the stationary phase, retention isappreciable. greatly affected by the chemical properties of the

For UV detection, on the other hand, the eluent ion-interaction reagent, the presence and the con-must be characterized by the lowest absorptivity at centration of the organic modifier in the mobilethe detection wavelength for direct detection or by phase, the concentration of the ion-interaction re-the highest for the indirect one. Eluents like phos- agent, the ionic strength of the mobile phase, and thephate or hydroxide should be avoided when conduc- temperature.tometric detection is used but are very suitable for Concerning the effect of the organic modifierUV detection [13]. Salicylate ions are suitable for contained in the mobile phase, it was shown that, asconductometric detection and for indirect UV de- expected, retention decreases when the concentrationtection. For indirect UV detection papaveraldine of the organic modifier increases. This effect is dueperchlorate [17] has also been used. Since some to (besides the increased eluotropic strength of theanions (nitrate, nitrite, bromide, bromate, iodide, solvent) desorption effects exerted by the organiciodate, periodate, thiocyanate and thiosulfate) absorb solvent towards the moiety adsorbed onto the surfacebetween 195 and 220 nm, detection selectivity with and to competition equilibria taking place betweenrespect, for example, to chloride even if present at the solvent and the modifier. The adjustment ofvery higher concentration can be advantageously organic modifier concentration in the mobile phaseused, as, for example, in the determination of can therefore regulate the amount of the ion-inter-bromide in common salt [18] and sea-water [42], and action reagent adsorbed and by consequence theof nitrite and nitrate in sea-water [21]. Amperometric retention [11,66,67].detection has been selectively used for oxidable Many examples of methods which make use ofanions [14,19,22,26,44]. aqueous solutions of the ion-interaction reagent can

be found (Table 1), that offer advantages of low costand environment protection.

Systematic studies performed in the pH range4. Dependence of retention on different between 3 and 8 permitted investigation of the effectvariables exerted on the retention by the pH value of the

mobile phase. It was shown that retention of bothThere are many variables which must be consid- organic and inorganic anions always decreased with

ered in planning the mobile phase composition and pH increase. The behaviour which holds for bothwhich must be optimized to control retention. They strong and weak anions is likely related to the effectinclude the organic modifier content, the concen- that mobile phase pH plays on the moiety alreadytration and type of the ion-interaction reagent (re- adsorbed onto the stationary phase surface [33,66]. Agarding both the lipophilic cation and the counter pH increase induces a decrease of concentration ofanion), the pH value and the ionic strength. The the cationic form adsorbed and forming the primaryeffect of the variables on retention is often non-linear electrical layer. Consequently the number of the totaland interdependent and therefore it is difficult to active sites available for retention also decreases.predict, taking also into account that the mechanisms Regarding sensitivity, this, as expected, is practicallywhich govern retention are still not completely constant in the whole pH range for the anions ofunderstood. strong acids, while increases with pH increase for the

A good optimization of the variables could be weak ones.obtained through chemometric treatment of ex- The effect of the counter-anion is also veryperimental design [16,24,32] which optimizes sen- important [5]. The retention dependence on chloride

Page 1058: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

192 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

concentration of nitrate and nitrite ions, when chlo- 5. Examples of applicationsride concentration is high as in sea-water can beascribed to a substitution of the original phosphate Ion-interaction methods can be also advantageous-counter-anion with chloride ions [21]. ly used in the determination of metals through

The dependence of retention on ion-interaction formation of anionic complex species. Differentconcentration as well as the effect of mobile phase complexones (nitrilotriacetic acid, 1,2-diaminocyclo-ionic strength has been also studied [3,14,67]. The hexane-N,N,N9,N9-tetraacetic acid, diethylenetri-anion of the salt seems to compete for solute for the aminopentaacetic acid, ethylenedioxybis(ethylene-active site on the stationary phase or to exert an nitrilotetraacetic acid, [N-(2-hydroxyethyl)-diamino-electrostatic shielding, that affects not only retention ethylene]-N,N,N-triacetic acid, and triethylenetetra-(which generally decreases with ionic strength in- aminohexaacetic acid) and direct and indirect UVcrease) but also selectivity and elution order [3,67]. detection have been used for determination of a

Examples are also reported of micellar chromatog- number of metals [37]. For the determination ofraphy, in which the modifier agents in the mobile selenium the formation of selenotrisulfide has beenphase are used at concentrations greater than their employed [68] and metal cyano complexes havecritical micellar concentration [4,18]. been formed for the analysis of precious metals in

Also worth noting is a relatively new technique, gold processing solutions [69].known as electrostatic ion chromatography, based on Concerning the application of ion-interactionthe modification of the reversed-phase octa- methods in the determination of inorganic anions indecylsilica and in which the modifier agent is a real samples, a sensitive application concerns thezwitterion surfactant immobilized on it; the mobile determination of impurities in analytical grade re-phase is pure water. The analytes are inorganic ions agents [23]. Many examples can be found in thewhich are eluted as ion-pairs. Sometimes specific fields of environmental, clinical and food chemistry.ions are added to the mobile phase in order to Typical inorganic anions have been determined inperform the exclusive partitioning of the analytes as tap [4,5,13,25,38–40] and surface waters [26,38–40],specific ion-pairs [29,31,35,41,43,46]. The analytes sea or lagoon waters [21,26,37,38,41,70], atmos-are released from the Stern layer to the diffuse layer. pheric precipitation as rain, snow, aerosols in corre-Due to the zwitterion which coats the stationary lation with temperature, urban and rural sites [7].phase, the analytes are forced into a state of simulta- Examples of applications in clinical chemistry areneous electrostatic attraction and repulsion in the the determination of nitrite and nitrate in humancolumn, under a ‘‘ion-pairing-like’’ form. Detection saliva [18], of bromide in blood [17] and of arseniatesensitivity is enhanced by the low background in urine [44].deriving from using pure water as the mobile phase. Food chemistry applications are the determination

As a general consideration, it can be said that no of inorganic and organic anions in wines [45] and ingeneral rule can be given about the choice of the fruit juices [6] and of iodide in commercial salt [18].optimal experimental conditions for developing anew ion-interaction chromatographic method. Theystrictly depend on the particular application. On the 6. Abbreviationsother hand, the dependence of retention on so manyexperimental conditions makes the technique very ODS octadecylsilicaversatile for solving many separation and resolution TBA tetrabutylammoniumproblems. In addition, the technique can be advan- ACN acetonitriletageous in overcoming matrix interference, in par- CMC critical micellar concentrationticular towards more lipophilic components. For the EIC electrostatic ion chromatographysame reasons, no general comparison can be made I.D. internal diameterbetween the performance of ion chromatography or MeOH methanolion-interaction methods. HDTMA hexadecyltrimethylammonium

Page 1059: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194 193

[22] K. Ito, Y. Ariyoshi, H. Sunahara, Anal. Chem. 63 (1991)TEA tetraethylammonium273–276.THAM tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane

[23] K. Ito, Y. Ariyoshi, H. Sunahara, J. Chromatogr. 598 (1992)TMA tetramethylammonium 237–241.CTA cetyltrimethylammonium [24] E. Marengo, M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, Anal. Chem. 64CHAPSO 3-[(3-cholamidopropyl)dimethylammonio]-2- (1992) 1885–1893.

[25] M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, E. Marengo, A. Liberatori, J. Liq.hydroxy-1-propanesulfonateChromatogr. 15 (1993) 2715–2730.CHAP 3-[(3-cholamidoproyl)dimethylammonio]-1-

[26] J. Xu, M. Xin, T. Takeuchi, T. Miwa, Anal. Chim. Acta 276propanesulfonate

(1993) 261–264.Tris tris-(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane [27] M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, G. Saini, Ann. Chim. 83 (1993)

125–146.[28] E. Pobozy, B. Sweryda-Krawiec, M. Trojanowicz, J. Chro-

matogr. 633 (1993) 305–310.References [29] W. Hu, T. Takeuchi, H. Haraguchi, Anal. Chem. 65 (1993)

2204–2208.[30] M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, G. Saini, H. Muntau, G. Serrini,[1] P.R. Haddad, A.L. Heckenberg, J. Chromatogr. 300 (1984)

H. Geiss, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 350 (1994) 702–705.357–394.[31] W. Hu, H. Tao, H. Haraguchi, Anal. Chem. 66 (1994)[2] M.L. Marina, J.C. Diez-Masa, M.V. Dabrio, J. Liq. Chroma-

2514–2520.togr. 12 (1989) 1973–2030.[32] E. Marengo, M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, A. Dinardo, Anal.´[3] R. Vespalec, J. Neca, M. Vrchlabsky, J. Chromatogr. 286

Chem. 66 (1994) 4229–4235.(1984) 171–183.[33] M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, E. Marengo, J. Liq. Chromatogr.[4] F.G.P. Mullins, G.F. Kirkbright, Analyst 109 (1984) 1217–

17 (1994) 1231–1244.1221.[34] W. Hu, H. Tao, M. Tominaga, A. Miyazaky, H. Haraguchi,[5] P.G. Rigas, D.J. Pietrzyk, Anal. Chem. 58 (1986) 2226–

Anal. Chim. Acta 299 (1994) 249–256.2233.[35] W. Hu, H. Haraguchi, Anal. Chem. 66 (1994) 765–767.[6] W.D. Pfeffer, T. Takeuchi, E.S. Yeung, Chromatographia 24[36] M.J. Gonzalez, A.I. Valle, M.L. Marina, Microchem. J. 50(1987) 123–126.

(1994) 1–5.[7] D.J. Barkley, T.E. Dahms, K.N. Villeneuve, J. Chromatogr.[37] A. Padarauskas, G. Schwedt, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 351395 (1987) 631–640.

(1995) 708–713.[8] B.A. Bidlingmeyer, C.T. Santasania, F.V. Warren Jr., Anal.˜ ´[38] Y. Cai, M. Cabanas, J.L. Fernandez-Turiel, M. Abalos, J.M.Chem. 59 (1987) 1843–1846.

Bayona, Anal. Chim. Acta 314 (1995) 183–192.[9] B.B. Wheals, J. Chromatogr. 402 (1987) 115–127.[39] S.J. Albazi, T. Gharib, J.C. Cortes, J. Liq. Chromatogr. 18[10] T. Takeuchi, E. Suzuki, D. Ishii, J. Chromatogr. 447 (1988)

(1995) 489–503.221–224.˜[40] X. Jun, J.L.F.C. Lima, M. Conceicao, M.C.B.S.M. Mon-´ ´ ˇ ´[11] W. Mingjia, V. Pacakova, K. stulık, G.A. Sacchetto, J.

tenegro, Analyst 120 (1995) 2469–2473.Chromatogr. 439 (1988) 363–372.[41] W. Hu, A. Miyazaki, H. Tao, A. Itoh, T. Umemura, H.[12] P.R. Haddad, A.L. Heckenberg, J. Chromatogr. 447 (1988)

Haraguchi, Anal. Chem. 67 (1995) 3713–3716.415–420.[42] M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, D. Giacosa, G. Saini, J. Environ.[13] Q. Xianren, W. Baeyens, Y. Michotte, J. Chromatogr. 514

Sci. Health A30 (1995) 675–687.(1989) 15–30.[43] W. Hu, H. Haraguchi, J. Chromatogr. A, 723 (1996) 251–[14] P. Dorland, M. Tod, E. Postaire, D. Pradeau, J. Chromatogr.

258.478 (1989) 131–140.[44] P. Boucher, M. Accominotti, J.J. Vallon, J. Chromatogr. Sci.[15] Y. Michigami, Y. Yamamoto, K. Ueda, Analyst 114 (1989)

34 (1996) 226–229.1201–1205.[45] X. Jun, J.L.F.C. Lima, M.C.B.S.M. Montenegro, Anal.[16] B. Maiti, A.P. Walvekar, T.S. Krishnamoorthy, Analyst 114

Chim. Acta 321 (1996) 263–271.(1989) 731–733.¨ [46] W. Hu, S. Cao, M. Tominaga, A. Miyazaki, Anal. Chim.[17] G. Muller, H.U. Meisch, J. Chromatogr. 483 (1989) 145–

Acta 322 (1996) 43–47.151.[47] R. Golombek, G. Schwedt, J. Chromatogr. 452 (1988) 283–[18] L. Dou, I.S. Krull, J. Chromatogr. 499 (1990) 685–697.

294.[19] Q. Xianren, W. Baeyens, J. Chromatogr. 514 (1990) 362–[48] P.G. Rigas, D.J. Pietrzyk, Anal. Chem. 60 (1988) 1650–370.

1654.[20] M.C. Gennaro, P.L. Bertolo, A. Cordero, Anal. Chim. Acta239 (1990) 203–209. [49] E. Papp, A. Fehervari, J. Chromatogr. 447 (1988) 315–322.

[21] J. Zou, S. Motomizu, H. Fukutomi, Analyst 116 (1991) [50] R. Steudel, G. Holdt, T. Gobel, J. Chromatogr. 475 (1989)1399–1405. 442–446.

Page 1060: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

194 M.C. Gennaro, S. Angelino / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 181 –194

[51] Y.S. Fung, W.M. Tam, J. Chromatogr. Sci. 32 (1994) 157– [63] R.L. Smith, Z. Iskandarani, D.J. Pietrzyk, J. Liq. Chroma-161. togr. 7 (1984) 1935–1959.

[52] K.L. Yang, S.J. Jiang, Anal. Chim. Acta 307 (1995) 109– [64] O.A.G.J. Der Houwen, R.H.A. Sorel, A. Hulshoff, J.115. Teeuwesen, A.W.M. Indemans, J. Chromatogr. 209 (1981)

[53] Y.S. Fung, W.M. Tam, Anal. Chim. Acta 326 (1996) 67–76. 393–404.[54] L.R. Snyder, J.L. Glajch, J.J. Kirkland, Practical HPLC [65] J.L.M. Van de Venne, J.L.H.M. Henrikx, R.S. Deelder, J.

Method Development, Wiley, New York, 1988. Chromatogr. 167 (1978) 1–16.[55] B.A. Bidlingmeyer, J. Chromatogr. Sci 18 (1980) 525–539. [66] M.C. Gennaro, D. Giacosa, C. Abrigo, J. Liq. Chromatogr.[56] B.A. Bidlingmeyer, S.N. Deming, W.P. Price Jr., B. Sachoc, 17 (1995) 4365–4380.

M. Petrusek, J. Chromatogr. 186 (1979) 419–439. [67] M.C. Gennaro, C. Abrigo, E. Pobozy, E. Marengo, J. Liq.[57] M.C. Gennaro, Adv. Chromatogr., (1995) 343–381. Chromatogr. 18 (1995) 311–330.[58] M.C. Gennaro, J. Liq. Chromatogr. 10 (1987) 3347–3375. [68] A. Jain, A. Chaurasia, B. Sahasrabuddhey, K.K. Verma, J.[59] M.C. Gennaro, E. Marengo, Chromatographia 25 (1988) Chromatogr. A, 746 (1996) 31–41.

603. [69] T. Nakagawa, E. Aoyama, N. Hasegawa, N. Kobayashi, H.[60] R.S. Deelder, H.A.J. Linssen, A.P. Koijnendiik, J.L.M. Van Tanaka, Anal. Chem. 61 (1989) 233–236.

de Venne, J. Chromatogr. 185 (1979) 241–257. [70] D.F. Hilton, P.R. Haddad, J. Chromatogr. 361 (1986) 141–[61] R.A. Wall, J. Chromatogr. 175 (1980) 353–363. 150.[62] R.P.W. Scott, P. Kucera, J. Chromatogr. 175 (1973) 51–63.

Page 1061: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

Simultaneous separation and detection ofanions and cations in ion chromatographyPavel N. Nesterenko*Division of Analytical Chemistry, Lomonosov Moscow State University, Vorob'evy Gory GSP-3,Moscow 119899, Russian Federation

An overview of new possibilities for the simultane-ous determination of anions and cations by ionchromatography is presented. A short comparisonof the characteristics of separation and detectionmethods for simultaneous anion^cation determi-nations of ions is given and applications are dis-cussed. z2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rightsreserved.

Keywords: Ion chromatography; Simultaneousdetermination of anions and cations; Zwitterion ionexchanger

1. Introduction

The main goal of ion chromatography ( IC) as ananalytical technique is to provide complete infor-mation about the ionic composition of the analyzedsample. For obvious reasons, it is often necessary touse two different sets of IC conditions for the sepa-ration and determination of cationic and anionicspecies. Thus, data on the ionic composition of asample can be obtained either by two parallel anal-yses on two different ion chromatographs (which isexpensive), or by two consecutive analyses of thesame sample with one instrument but with differentcolumns and under different elution conditions. Inthe second case the change of chromatographiccolumn followed by equilibration with new eluentsubstantially increases the duration of the analysisand may make the procedure unsuitable for thedetermination of analyte ions of low stability. Theideal case is simultaneous determination of cationsand anions by IC from a single injected sample.Numerous attempts to realize this goal have beenundertaken, even from the very early days of IC,and these methods have been reviewed in 1994[ 1 ]. Consideration of recent advantages in this

dynamically developing ¢eld of IC is the subjectof the present review.

2. Classi¢cation of approaches tosimultaneous IC determination of anionsand cations

In accordance with the de¢nition given in [ 1 ],methods interpreted as being suitable for the simul-taneous determination of anions and cations in ICare those in which a single injection of a restrictedvolume of the analyzed sample is made into theinjection port (usually, an injection valve) followedby chromatographic separation. This de¢nitionaccommodates methods which use variations inthe nature of the mobile and stationary phases,changes in the direction of £ow and recycling ofthe mobile phase, and the use of auxiliary deviceswithin the closed chromatographic system. Thisbroad de¢nition includes the combination of differ-ent IC mechanisms and a classi¢cation scheme forthe various methods is presented in Table 1. As withany multi-component determination in IC, this par-ticular analytical task can be successfullyapproached either with the use of a highly selectivedetector combined with a less ef¢cient separationsystem, or using a universal detector combinedwith a highly ef¢cient separation system. Organiccations and anions like tetraalkylammonium andcarboxylates can also be separated on the basis ofdifferences in hydrophobicity using reversed-phase HPLC, but these methods are beyond thescope of this review.

3. Multi-column systems

As mentioned above, the IC determination of thetotal ionic composition of the sample usuallyinvolves two chromatographic runs with separatelyinjected volumes under conditions (columns,

0165-9936/01/$ ^ see front matter ß 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII: S 0 1 6 5 - 9 9 3 6 ( 0 1 ) 0 0 0 7 2 - 3

*Tel.: +7 (095) 9394416; Fax: +7 (095) 9394675.E-mail: [email protected]

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 311

Page 1062: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

mobile phases ) which are different for the separa-tion of anions and cations. The ¢rst attempts atsimultaneous determination of anions and cationswere therefore directed towards a combination oftwo ion chromatographs in one unit. This can beaccomplished using columns in parallel or in seriesor with a system for switching between columns.

3.1. Parallel columns

The use of a joint injection valve is the main prac-tical difference between a chromatographic unitwith parallel columns and two separate IC instru-ments. The most recent paper using this approachwas published in 1993 [ 2 ], when a fully automatedIC system comprising four ion chromatographs( three gradient and one isocratic ), four micro-membrane suppressors, four guard columns, fourconductivity detectors and two PCs was used. Thiswas applied in the Canadian Technological Centerfor Environmental Protection to the simultaneousdetermination of 10 inorganic and organic anionsand 10 cations (alkali metal ions or alkaline earthmetal ions) in atmospheric aerosol. Automation ofthe analysis via a single loading system permittedisocratic anion analysis, anion gradient (with and

without preconcentration) and cation gradientmethods with chemical suppression and conducti-metric detection applied in an unattended regimefor 48 h. The obvious drawbacks of all parallel ICsystems and, in particular, the above-mentionedsystem are the high cost of analysis and mainte-nance as well as their low reliability. These draw-backs have reduced the attractiveness of thisapproach over recent years.

3.2. In-series anion and cation exchange columns

A step forward in simpli¢cation of multi-columnsystems involves the use of anion exchange andcation exchange columns connected in series.Such systems can be readily organized inside astandard isocratic ion chromatograph. In thisapproach a single eluent is used for separation ofanions and cations and ideally the eluted analytesare detected with a single detection unit. In this wayTakeuchi et al. [ 3 ] separated a mixture of Na�,NH�4 , K�, Cl3, Rb�, Cs�, Mg2�, NO3

3 and Ca2�with dual Develosil ODS-UG5 columns (50U0.32mm) connected in series, one of which was modi-¢ed with sodium dodecylsulfate (SDS) and theother with cetyltrimethylammonium bromide

Table 1Classi¢cation of methods for simultaneous determination of anions and cations by IC

312 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1063: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

(CTAB). The use of 10 mM copper sulfate solutionas eluent allowed indirect photometric detection ofboth anions and cations at 200 nm or conductimet-ric detection if preferred. However, the stability ofthe ion exchangers obtained by dynamic modi¢ca-tion of reversed-phase stationary phases in theabsence of SDS and CTAB in the eluent has to bechecked carefully.

In many cases the detection of the eluted ionscannot be performed with a single detector andadditional devices are required. For example, thesimultaneous determination of 11 cations andanions in tap water was achieved in 10 min byusing a Dionex HPIC-CS3 column followed by adetector selective for monovalent cations in serieswith a Dionex HPIC-AS4A column followed by adetector selective for singly charged inorganicand organic anions [ 4 ]. Two ion-selective elec-trodes ( ISE) served as selective detectors.

A more complex scheme was proposed for thesimultaneous determination of organic and inor-ganic anions and cations in wine and sake [ 5 ].The separation was performed on an anionexchange column Yokogawa SAM3-075 (75U4.9mm) and a cation exchange column YokogawaICS-C25 (125U4.6 mm) connected in series with1.5 mM oxalic acid as eluent. The detection systemconsisted of an anion suppressor and a cation sup-pressor connected in parallel, combined with aswitching valve to allow each detector to beselected as required. An evident drawback of theproposed scheme is its inability to detect oppositelycharged ions simultaneously.

A general dif¢culty associated with the use ofchromatographic systems with columns in seriesis a problem of high back pressure at the top ofthe ¢rst column and the necessity to have a pres-sure-resistant detector £ow cell if it is placedbetween two columns. Therefore, the use of shortcolumns of 5^10 cm length or columns packed withrelatively coarse particles of size greater than 10 Wmis recommended.

3.3. Switching columns

The introduction of switching valves into IC sys-tems allows not only an improvement in £exibilityof detection as shown above but also an increase inthe separation ability of the chromatographic col-umn [ 1 ]. Deguchi et al. [ 6 ] proposed an interestingapproach which they called £ow gradient ion chro-matography. Their system consisted of two col-

umns (50U4 mm), one containing 10 Wm HitachiIC 2710 anion exchange resin and the other HitachiIC 2720 cation exchange resin, connected in serieswith a junction between them for a second mobilephase and two pumps with a £ow gradient capabil-ity which delivered the same mobile phase of2.5 mM benzoic acid and 1.5 mM Tris. By varyingthe £ow rates of the two pumps but keeping thetotal £ow rate constant at 1 ml / min, retention ofboth anions and cations could be manipulated sothat they were well separated. This new methodwas applied to the simultaneous separation anddetermination of 8^52 Wg / ml Li�, Na�, NH�4 , K�and 51^89 Wg / ml chloride, nitrite, bromide andnitrate in test solution. Reproducibility for retentiontimes and peak areas was 0.13^0.34% and 0.13^1.61% (n=5), respectively.

There have been only a few published papers onthe use of multi-column systems for simultaneousdetermination of anions and cations since 1993,probably due to the drawbacks mentioned earlier.

4. Single-column systems

Single-column systems are established using dif-ferent types of column packing which generallycontain both positively and negatively chargedsites in the form of mixed particles of different ionexchangers or specially designed zwitterionic ionexchangers. The classi¢cation and application ofzwitterionic ion exchangers in liquid chromatogra-phy has been recently reviewed [ 7 ]. However, inaccordance with the classi¢cation of methods ofsimultaneous IC determination of anions and cati-ons given in Table 1, the following modes can beidenti¢ed.

4.1. Mixed bed columns

Packing of a column by a mixture of particles ofcation and anion exchange materials represents afurther simpli¢cation of the `column in series tech-nique' because of the replacement of the two col-umns by a single column containing a mixed bedstationary phase. A short mixed bed column(100U4.6 mm) packed with a 1:1 mixture ofanion exchange resin (Yokogawa ICS-A23) andcation exchange resin (Yokogawa ICS-C25) wasused for the IC separation and determination ofH2PO3

4 , Cl3, Na�, K�, NO33 , SO23

4 , Mg2� and Ca2�in tap water using 1.5 mM pyromellitic acid as elu-

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 313

Page 1064: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

ent and conductivity detection [ 8 ]. The advantageof this approach is the use of a single column andhence the elimination of additional broadening ofchromatographic peaks arising from extra connec-tors, tubing and frits as in the case of two columns inseries. An interesting aspect of the retention of cat-ions on a similar mixed bed column has been noted[ 9 ]. Here, ion exchange with elution by H� was theprimary retention mechanism, but there was a clearin£uence on retention of cations caused by theanion exchange groups present in the column.This secondary mechanism was particularly evi-dent for monovalent cations. On the other hand,anions showed the same elution behavior on themixed bed column as on a monofunctional anionexchange column.

The particles of the two different resins may havea different density, size, and porosity which couldpresent a problem for their homogeneous packingby slurry methods.

4.2. Agglomerated ion exchangers

The above-mentioned problem has been solvedin agglomerated ion exchangers, manufactured byDionex (Sunnyvale, CA, USA), in which positivelycharged latex microbeads are electrostaticallyretained as a monolayer at the surface of sulfonatedpoly(styrene^divinylbezene) particles, producingan anion exchanger. Agglomerated cationexchangers can be prepared by an additional coat-ing of the agglomerated anion exchanger with afurther layer of sulfonated latex microbeads. All ofthese agglomerated ion exchangers exhibit zwitter-ionic ion exchange properties [ 7 ] that allow them tobe used successfully for the simultaneous determi-nation of anions and cations. The simultaneousdetermination of up to 13 ions was demonstratedusing the cation exchange column Ionpac-CS5(Fig. 1) [ 10 ]. It is clear from the ¢gure that a lackof resolution of oppositely charged ions and over-lapping chromatographic peaks, which would beobserved with conductivity detection, could beeliminated by their selective detection with twoISEs in series. The authors noted that the ISEsused for this work gave a stable response for1 week.

4.3. Mixed layer zwitterionic ion exchangers

Negatively charged sulfopolysaccharides, suchas heparin, dextran sulfate, and chondroitin sulfate,can be used instead of latex microbeads for themodi¢cation of anion exchangers [ 11,12 ]. Thistype of modi¢cation of the surface should providea more homogeneous distribution of functionalgroups at the surface with better mass transfer char-acteristics for the separation of anions and cations.However, it was found that the properties of thesezwitterionic ion exchangers are sensitive to thecharge density and molecular weight of the poly-meric chains of the coating material, and the porousstructure of the ion exchanger used as supportmaterial [ 11 ]. It was proposed that large polymers(dextran sulfate of MW V75 000) do not penetrateinto the pores and form a kind of net around thecore of the anion exchanger (TSK-Gel IC-Anion SW,pore diameter 14 nm). On the other hand, smaller

Fig. 1. Simultaneous separation and detection of anions andcations on a latex agglomerate column. Column: DionexHPIC-CS5 cation exchange column (250U2 mm) with pre-column HPIC-CG5 (50U4 mm); eluent 0.5 mM copper sul-fate, pH 5.62; £ow rate 0.5 ml / min; sample volume 20 Wlcontaining 0.1 mM of each ion; detection: two potentiomet-ric detectors equipped with different ion-selective electrodesin series. Peaks: (1) chloroacetate, (2) chloride, (3) nitrite,(4) benzoate, (5) cyanate, (6) bromide, (7) nitrate, (8)sodium, (9) ammonium, (10) potassium, (11) rubidium,(12) cesium, (13) thallium. Reprinted with permissionfrom [ 10 ].

314 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1065: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

molecules, such as dextran sulfate with MWV5100or heparin with MW V2200, can easily occupy thepore volume of the resin and so form a polyzwitter-ionic structure which is selective for simultaneousseparation of anions and cations. The simultaneousseparation of three cations and eight anions wasachieved for the latter ion exchanger (Fig. 2)using 1 mM copper sulfate as eluent and photomet-ric detection of all 11 analytes using a single wave-length.

4.4. Ion exchangers with immobilized zwitterionicion exchange molecules

Close proximity of the oppositely charged func-tional groups can be achieved in ion exchangerswith covalently bonded zwitterionic molecules inwhich two or three methylene chains separate thecarboxylate or sulfonate and quaternary ammo-nium groups [ 13^15 ]. This arrangement results inthe establishment of a combination of repulsionand attraction electrostatic forces and such station-ary phases have been used for the separation ofseven or eight anions and cations [ 13,14 ].

There are still only a few published applicationsof sorbents with covalently bonded zwitterionicmolecules for simultaneous determination ofanions and cations. This is related to the dif¢culties

associated with synthesis of these sorbents [ 13 ],especially obtaining an equal concentration of pos-itively charged quaternary ammonium ^NR�4groups and negatively charged ^SO3

3 groups [ 13 ].For this reason a very intensive study has beenundertaken in recent years on electrostatic ionchromatography (EIC) [ 16 ], which involves theuse of reversed-phase hydrophobic sorbents withdynamic coatings of zwitterionic surfactants. Anadditional feature of EIC is that the separation ofions can be performed with pure water as the eluentand this provides very sensitive conductivity detec-tion without the need for suppressors. The mainseparation forms in pure water are ion pairsbetween anion and cations from the injected sam-ple [ 16 ]. After redistribution and formation of newion pairs in the chromatographic column the totalnumber of possible peaks before detection isincreased drastically ( the exact value is equal tothe number of anions multiplied by the number ofcations included in the sample). Complete separa-tion and quanti¢cation in such a system is dif¢cult

Fig. 3. IEC /CEC separation of anions and cations. Column:TSK-Gel OA-Pak A (300U7.8 mm, 5Wm); eluent 5 mM malicacid^methanol (95:5); £ow rate 1.2 ml / min; sample vol-ume 25 Wl; detection conductivity. Peaks: (1) sulfate, (2)chloride, (3) nitrate, (4) £uoride, (5) sodium, (6) ammo-nium, (7) potassium, (8) magnesium, (9) calcium.Reprinted with permission from [ 19 ].

Fig. 2. Simultaneous separation of a model mixture of ionsusing anion exchange column coated with sulfopolysaccha-ride. Column: TSK-Gel IC-Anion SW (100U0.32 mm)dynamically modi¢ed with heparin; eluent 1 mM copper sul-fate; £ow rate 4.2 Wl / min; sample volume 0.2 Wl; detectionUV 200 nm. Reprinted with permission from [ 11].

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 315

Page 1066: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRA

C2712

29-6-01

Table 2Anion exchange chromatography of inorganic anions and negatively charged metal complex anions with different reagents

Anion exchange column Eluent Studied ions (as injected in a column) Detector Ref.

TSK guardgel QAE-SW250U4.6 mm, 5 Wm

0.15 mM 1,2,4,5-benzenetetracarboxylic(pyromellitic ) acid

PO334 , Cl3, NO3

2 , Br3, NO33 , I3, SCN3, SO23

4 ,S2O23

3 , Mg2�, Ca2�, Mn2�, Co2�, Ni2�, Zn2�,Cd2�

Cond. [ 20 ]

TSK guardgel QAE-SW150U4.6 mm, 5 Wm

0.5 mM 1,2,4-benzenetricarboxylic( trimellitic ) acid^0.25 mM EDTA, pH 6.0

HCO33 , Cl3, NO3

2 , NO33 , SO23

4 , Mg2�, Ca2� UV, 270 nm [ 21]

Vydac 302 IC, 250U4.6mm, 5 Wm 0.75^2.0 mM CDTA, pH 5.8^methanol Cl3, NO33 , SO23

4 , Fe3�, Cr3�, Y3�, La3�, Nd3�,Gd3�, Ba2�, Ca2�, Cd2�, Co2�, Cu2�, Hg2�,Mg2�, Ni2�, Pb2�, Sr2�, Zn2�, Mo(VI)

UV, 210/195 nm [ 22 ]

Hamilton PRPx100(dimensions not given)

0.375 mM 2,5-dihydroxy-1,4-benzenedi-sulfonic acid^0.125 mM EDTA, pH 6.5

F3, Cl3, NO32 , NO3

3 , SO234 , S2O23

3 , S2O236 ,

SO3F3, SeO233 , SeO23

4 , CrO234

b, PO3F32 ,

H2PO34 , MnO3

4 , Ca2�, Cd2�, Mg2�, Pb2�,Ni2�, Cu2�, Co2�, Al3�, Fe3�, Cr3�

UV, 335 nm [ 23 ]

Dionex AG9 50U4.0 mm andDionex AS9 250U4.0 mm, 15 Wm

3.5 mM Na2CO3, pH 9.75 BrO33 , SeO23

3 , SeO234 , HAsO23

4 , WO234 ,

MoO234 , CrO23

4 , Cl3, NO33 , SO23

4 , Pb2�a,Ni2�a, Cd2�a, Cu2�a

Cond. [ 24 ]

Waters IC-Pak C anion, 50U4.6 mm andIC-Pak pre-column 50U4.6 mm

1 mM 2,6-pyridinedicarboxylic acid, pH 6.0 HCO33 , H2PO3

4 , Cl3, NO32 , NO3

3 , SO234 , Mg2�,

Ca2�UV, 290 nm [ 25 ]

aMetal ions were complexed with EDTA before injection in a column.bDirect UV detection at 370 nm.

316trends

inanalyticalchem

istry,vol.20,nos.6+7,2001

Page 1067: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

and it has been found more practical to perform EICseparations in eluents containing dilute solutions ofelectrolytes, especially those which can be sup-pressed (such as NaHCO3 ).

4.5. Ion exclusion chromatography / cation exchangechromatography ( IEC / CEC )

This novel variant of IC has become increasinglypopular for the simultaneous separation of anionsand cations. Tanaka et al. [ 17 ] found that a poly-methacrylate-based weakly acidic cation exchangeresin (Tosoh TSK gel OA-Pak A in the H� form)could be used to retain cations by a cation exchangemechanism and anions by an ion exclusion mech-anism. The optimum separation (Fig. 3) of three orfour anions (SO23

4 , NO33 , Cl3, F3 or NO3

2 ) and ¢vecations (Na�, NH�4 , K�, Mg2�, Ca2� ) was achievedwith eluents comprising dilute solutions of organicacids ( tartaric, malonic, malic, sulfosalicylic acid) atpH 2.8^3.0, containing methanol and 18-crown-6ether for the regulation of separation selectivity ofmetal cations [ 17^19 ]. The practical implementa-tion of IEC /CEC has been realized in a portableion analyzer Shimadzu PIA-1000, which was suc-cessfully used for acid rain monitoring in differentcountries of East Asia. However, the future of thismethod is not completely clear as all applicationsare connected with the use of only one type ofchromatographic column, Tosoh TSK gel OA-PakA.

4.6. Anion exchange chromatography of anions andnegatively charged complexes of cations

Alkaline earth and transition metal ions can beconverted to negatively charged complexes byreaction with different ligands and can be separatedin the same mixture with inorganic anions usinganion exchange methods. This makes possible theuse of standard IC equipment for their quantitativedetermination and this approach has proved pop-ular ( see recent applications in Table 2).

There are two main directions evident from pub-lished research. The ¢rst is the possibility of increas-ing the sensitivity of the photometric detectionusing complexing reagents like pyromellitic [ 20 ],trimellitic [ 21 ] and dipicolinic acid [ 25 ]. Thesehave been studied as binary complexing eluentsin combination with EDTA or CDTA as a single-component eluents (Table 2). The second researchdirection is to increase the range of analyte ions

suitable for this approach. In this regard, Sarzaniniet al. [ 24 ] studied retention behavior of a group ofanalytes and separated not only simple anions andcomplexes of transition metals with EDTA, but alsoa number of oxoanions of metals (Fig. 4, Table 2).An impediment to the wide practical application ofthis approach is its unsuitability for the determina-tion of alkali metal ions, which are not retained byanion exchangers. The use of multi-element spec-troscopic detection could be a possible solution [ 1 ].

5. Simultaneous detection of anionsand cations

The question of which type of detection system ismost suitable for the simultaneous determination ofoppositely charged ions remains open and presentssomewhat of a dilemma in this area of IC. On theone hand, if the developed separation system pro-vides high resolution of chromatographic peaks, asimple detection system such as conductimetry or

Fig. 4. Anion exchange chromatography of a model mixtureof anions, negatively charged complexes and oxoanions ofmetals. Column: Dionex AS9 anion exchange column(250U4 mm) with precolumn HPIC-AG5 (50U4 mm); elu-ent [HCO3

3 ]+[CO233 ]=3.5 mM, pH 9.75; £ow rate 1.0 ml /

min; sample volume 50 Wl; detection: conductimetric withsuppressor AMMS-II. Peaks: (1) BrO3

3 , (2) Cl3, (3) Pb2�,(4) Cd2�, (5) Ni2�, (6) NO3

3 , (7) SeO233 , (8) Cu2�, (9)

HAsO234 , (10) SO23

4 , (11) SeO234 , (12) WO23

4 , (13)MoO23

4 , (14) CrO234 . Reprinted with permission from [ 24 ].

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 317

Page 1068: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

indirect photometry is suf¢cient for the determina-tion. The use of a single universal detector is pref-erable from the point of view of simplicity, cost andabsence of extra broadening of chromatographicpeaks. However, it is a dif¢cult task to identify theoptimal eluent composition providing suitablequality of separation and also sensitive detectionfor all the separated ionic forms having very differ-ent properties.

From a second viewpoint, low selectivity andef¢ciency of separation can be compensated bythe use of a second selective detection unit suchas ICP^OES [ 1 ], two ISEs in series (Fig. 1) [ 5,10 ],switching of the suppressor system for conductivitydetection [ 6 ], etc. Sometimes, selective detectionfacilitates the simultaneous determination of anionsand cations without any separation ( for example,the FIA determination of calcium and chloride ionsin natural waters [ 26 ]). Therefore, both detectionand separation must be considered for a balancedcomparison of the different approaches to simulta-neous determination of anions and cations (Table3).

6. Applications

More than 90% of all papers on simultaneousdetermination of anions and cations by IC aredevoted to the development of a simple, fast andreliable system for monitoring of the quality of

waters (seawater [ 10 ], rainwater [ 17,19^21 ], riverwater [ 10,17,20,21,24 ], atmospheric aerosols[ 2,18 ], tap water [ 8,10,22,23 ], etc. ). However,none of these systems (Table 3) completely satis¢esthe demands of environmental monitoring, exceptin the case of the very complex system using paral-lel separation of anions and cations described in[ 2 ]. In accordance with US EPA method 300 `Thedetermination of inorganic anions in water by ionchromatography', at least seven anions (F3, Cl3,PO33

4 , SO234 , Br3, NO3

3 , NO32 ) must be determined

together with cations, which are assumed to beNa�, NH�4 , K�, Mg2� and Ca2�, to evaluate thereal quality of natural waters. Obviously, the IEC /CEC system is the most advanced for this analysisand offers the determination of four anions from theabove list and all ¢ve cations (Fig. 3) [ 19 ].

Other applications include analysis of wine [ 5,9 ],juice [ 9,23 ], potato chips [ 23 ] and soil [ 23 ]. Rela-tively little attention has been paid to applicationsrelated to the determination of negatively and pos-itively charged ionic forms of transition metals ofgreat interest for metal speciation investigations,except for speciation of Cr( III )^Cr(VI) which hasbeen studied extensively.

7. Conclusions

A clear trend to simplify IC systems used for thesimultaneous determination of anions and cations

Table 3Comparison of the most successful IC systems for the simultaneous determination of anions and cations

Chromatographic system Total number separatedions (anionsa /cations)

Limits of detection(WM )

Time( min)

RSDb (%) Ref.

Multi-column modesParallel columns 20 (10/10) 0.2^2.20 15^20 6^20 [ 2 ]In-series columns 13 (5/6) 0.15^4.0 10 No data [ 4 ]

Single-column modesIEC /CEC with conductivity detection 9 (4/5) 0.4^5.0 30 0.1^0.3, n=11 [ 18,19 ]Agglomerated ion exchanger with twoISE potentiometric detection

13 (5/6) 0.15^4.3 15 1.4^1.8, n=10 [ 10 ]

Mixed bed of sorbents^conductivity detection 8 (4/4) 0.63^9.3 0.2^10.8; n=5 [ 8,9 ]IC on bonded zwitterionic molecules withconductivity detection

7 (3/4) 0.8^1.2 8 No data [ 14,15 ]

Mixed layers sorbent^indirect UV detection 11 (8/3) No data 25 0.3^0.5; n=5 [ 12 ]Anionic IC of anions and negatively chargedcomplexes

13 (6/7) 0.3^5.3 30 6 1; n=8 [ 20 ]

aThe data presented only for inorganic anions.bPeak heights or peak squares.

318 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1069: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2712 29-6-01

can be identi¢ed. New single-column separationchemistries like IEC /CEC or systems using immo-bilized zwitterionic molecules or sorbents withoppositely charged layers of polymer have beendeveloped for this purpose. These have beenused to separate the main ions occurring in naturalwaters and have been applied in practice, e.g. inportable ion analyzers for the monitoring of theconcentration level of nine ions in rainwater. Theabsence of commercially available columns forsimultaneous determination of alkali metal cationsand inorganic anions will stimulate further work onthe design and development of zwitterionicexchangers. The high popularity of IC of anionsand negatively charged metal complexes shouldalso be noted and this popularity arises from thefact that this approach is a simple adaptation ofstandard chromatographic equipment and separa-tion conditions to enable simultaneous determina-tion of anions and cations.

Further improvement of a detection system hasalso been achieved. Potentiometric detection withtwo ISEs has been found to be a very useful andpromising detection technique for determinationof monovalent cations and anions and thisapproach can compensate for poor separation per-formance of the chromatographic column.

Finally, the existence of other analytical methodsfor the simultaneous determination of anions andcations including FIA [ 26 ], bidirectional isotacho-phoresis [ 27 ] and capillary electrophoresis [ 28 ]should be mentioned and will undoubtedly pro-mote further investigations in this area.

References

[ 1 ] P.N. Nesterenko, D.A. Tarasenko, O.A. Shpigun,J. Anal. Chem. 49 (1994) 222.

[ 2 ] E. Dabek-Zlotorzynska, J.F. Dlouhy, J. Chromatogr. 640(1993) 217.

[ 3 ] T. Takeuchi, K. Isogimi, T. Kojima, Safni, T.Miwa, Chro-matography 20 (1999) 118.

[ 4 ] I. Isildak, A.K. Covington, Electroanalysis 5 (1993) 815.[ 5 ] M.Y. Ding, Y. Suzuki, H. Koizumi, Bunseki Kagaku 42

(1993) 343.[ 6 ] K. Deguchi, K. Kohda, M. Ito, J. Chromatogr. A. 845

(1999) 165.[ 7 ] P.N. Nesterenko, P.R. Haddad, Anal. Sci. 16 (2000) 565.[ 8 ] M.Y. Ding, Z.H. Wang, P.R. Chen, Fenxi Huaxue 25

(1997) 1430.[ 9 ] M.Y. Ding, Y. Suzuki, H. Koizumi, Analyst 120 (1995)

1773.[ 10 ] I. Isildak, A. Asan, Talanta 48 (1999) 967.[ 11 ] T. Takeuchi, Safni, T. Miwa, LC GC. North America 18

(2000) 418.[ 12 ] T. Takeuchi, Safni, T. Miwa, Y. Hashimoto, H. Mor-

iyama, Analusis 26 (1998) 61.[ 13 ] W. Jiang, K. Irgum, Anal. Chem. 71 (1999) 333.[ 14 ] A.V. Ivanov, P.N. Nesterenko, A.B. Tessman, Vestn.

Mosk. U. Khim. 41 (2000) 255.[ 15 ] P.N. Nesterenko, R.V. Kopylov, D.A. Tarasenko, O.A.

Shpigun, Y.A. Zolotov, Dokl. Akad. Nauk. 326 (1992)838.

[ 16 ] W.Z. Hu, P.R. Haddad, Trends Anal. Chem. 17 (1998)73.

[ 17 ] S.M. Kwon, K.P. Lee, K. Tanaka, K. Ohta, J. Chromatogr.A. 850 (1999) 79.

[ 18 ] K. Tanaka, K. Ohta, P.R. Haddad, J.S. Fritz, A. Miyanaga,W.Z. Hu, K. Hasebe, J. Chromatogr. A. 884 (2000) 167.

[ 19 ] Q. Xu, W. Zhang, C. Xu, L.T. Jin, Analyst 125 (2000)1065.

[ 20 ] K. Ohta, K. Tanaka, J. Chromatogr. A. 804 (1998) 87.[ 21 ] K. Ohta, K. Tanaka, Anal. Chim. Acta 373 (1998) 189.[ 22 ] E.A. Gautier, R.T. Gettar, R.E. Servant, D.A. Batiston,

J. Chromatogr. 706 (1995) 115.[ 23 ] M.C. Mehra, M. Kandil, Analusis 24 (1996) 17.[ 24 ] M.C. Bruzzoniti, E. Mentasti, C. Sarzanini, Anal. Chim.

Acta 382 (1999) 291.[ 25 ] Z.L. Chen, M.A. Adams, Chromatographia 49 (1999)

496.[ 26 ] L.M.B.C. Alvares-Ribeiro, A.A.S.C. Machado, Analyst

123 (1998) 653.[ 27 ] T. Hirokawa, K. Watanabe, Y. Yokota, Y. Kiso, J. Chro-

matogr. 633 (1993) 251.[ 28 ] P. Kuban, B. Karlberg, Anal. Chem. 70 (1998) 360.

Pavel Nesterenko, PhD, Dr.Sci., is a Senior Researcher in AnalyticalChemistry at the Department of Chemistry of M.V. LomonosovMoscow State University, Russian Federation. His research interestsinclude the development and design of new stationary phases fordifferent modes of HPLC, IC, and solid phase extraction. He isthe author of over 100 research papers and patents.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 319

Page 1070: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

Sample treatment techniques andmethodologies for ion chromatographyR. Slingsby*, R. KiserDionex Corp., Sunnyvale, CA 94085, USA

Sample pretreatment is necessary when the analyt-ical method cannot provide good separation andquanti¢cation due to interferences from samplematrix components. In this paper we discuss twoimportant approaches to dealing with troublesomesample matrices in ion chromatography ^ choose acolumn or column combination that can managethe problematic matrix or modify the sample matrixto eliminate the problem. z2001 Elsevier ScienceB.V. All rights reserved.

Keywords: Ion chromatography; Sample preparation; Ionchromatography^mass spectrometry

1. Introduction

One of the most important aspects of developinga rugged IC method is the ability to recognize whenundesirable chromatographic effects are derivedfrom sample matrix interferences rather than fromhardware problems. Sample matrix effects caninclude shortened retention times, poor peak ef¢-ciency, poor resolution, poor reproducibility, irreg-ular baseline and fouling of the electrode whenusing an electrochemical detector.

When retention times progressively shorten,injection to injection, the cause may be that thesample matrix contains one or more highly retainedions. These ions may be organic or inorganic andmay be retained by adsorption as well as by ionexchange, depending on their structures. Sincethese ions are not easily eluted by the eluent theyeffectively reduce column capacity. For example,polyvalent species such as polyphenols can causeshortened retention times on anion exchange col-umns. Polyphenols can be selectively removedfrom sample matrices using polyvinylpyrrolidoneresin as described in Section 4. Transition metalsand their complexes can also be highly retained.

The metals are retained as cations but some arealso anionic complexes such as FeCl43. As cations,transition metals can be removed from samplematrices using a cation exchange resin. Iminodia-cetate resin can selectively chelate transition metalsin the presence of alkali and alkaline earth metals.

Poor peak ef¢ciency can result from the presenceof high concentrations of matrix ions. One exampleis seen as the poor peak shapes that result in cationanalysis when a sample of very low pH is injectedonto a weak acid-type cation exchange column.The sample matrix protonates some of the cationexchange sites on the stationary phase, loweringcharge density and capacity, resulting in low peakef¢ciency. When a matrix ion is present at a con-centration that overloads the ion exchange column,retention times for eluting ions can shorten. Loss ofresolution between the matrix ion and a slightlyearlier eluting analyte may be seen. Later-elutinganalyte ions can be subject to elution on the tail ofa large matrix ion, making peak integration dif¢cult.In either case, matrix elimination of the matrix ion, achange in column or a change in chromatographyconditions is needed.

Poor reproducibility in peak area and low peakresponse can be caused by fouling of the detectorelectrode, when using pulsed or direct currentamperometric detection. Matrix components suchas fats, proteins and surfactants can foul the surfaceof the working electrode resulting in reduced sig-nal. Fouling of the analytical system, including con-necting tubing and sample loop, with iron, bariumor calcium can cause low recovery and poor repro-ducibility for analytes including sulfate and phos-phate. All of these types of matrix species can beremoved from samples using techniques describedin Section 4.

Some effects described above can be dealt withdirectly by proper choice of analytical column;others are best handled by using sample pretreat-ment chemistries either on-line or in disposable car-tridges. Various sample pretreatment chemistrieshave been used for matrix elimination with or with-

0165-9936/01/$ ^ see front matter ß 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII: S 0 1 6 5 - 9 9 3 6 ( 0 1 ) 0 0 0 6 9 - 3

*Corresponding author.E-mail: [email protected]

288 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1071: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

out simultaneous analyte concentration [ 1^3 ]. Thesample types include soil and peat extracts [ 4^9 ],oil ¢eld waters [ 10,11 ], biological matrices [ 12^17 ],pulp and paper [ 18 ], water and wastewater [ 19^26 ], and foods [ 27^29 ]. In this work we examinethe options for dealing with dif¢cult sample types.The options include the use of higher capacity ana-lytical columns, various column coupling tech-niques and the use of sample pretreatment chem-istries that are speci¢cally designed for ionicanalytes.

2. Column selection

A common problem in ion chromatography ispoor resolution of an analyte ion from matrix ionsthat are present in relatively high concentrations,the so-called high^low problem. There are severalfactors that improve the ability to quantify a tracelevel analyte in the presence of a high concentra-tion of another ion. Column capacity, selectivityand ef¢ciency are the three most important param-eters. Higher capacity columns have higher loadingcapacity but may have longer analysis times. Selec-tivity provides better peak spacing to handle over-loaded peaks. Peak ef¢ciency has been improvedin recent years by the introduction of 5-Wm poly-meric substrate particles for IC columns.

In a typical high^low problem, the goal is toquantify an analyte at 50 Wg / l in the presence of aclose-eluting matrix ion present at several hundredmg / l. One approach is matrix elimination butrecent developments in ion exchange column tech-nology [ 30^32 ] have produced high capacityanalytical columns that can manage the matrixchallenge. Since no sample pretreatment is neces-sary in these cases, the analytical method is simpli-¢ed.

2.1. Anion analysis

Higher capacity columns for IC such as the Ion-Pac0 AS9-HC, AS11-HC, AS15 and AS16 (all Dio-nex Corp. ) have 170^290 WEq /column, 2^5U thecapacity of columns used for routine anionexchange applications. Common inorganic anionssuch as chloride and sulfate show higher retentionon the higher capacity columns, as expected. Thehigher capacity also means that the column has ahigher loading capacity so that peak shapes aremaintained at higher analyte and matrix concentra-tions. One application that bene¢ts from a highercapacity analytical column is the determination ofbromate in drinking water [ 33 ]. In this work, a bro-mate:chloride ratio of 1:10 000 was managed bycolumn capacity alone. For comparison, the lowercapacity IonPac AS9-SC column, with a capacity of

Fig. 1. Trace bromate determination using matrix elimination and preconcentration. See text for details. Peaks: 1, £uoride 1.0 mg / l;2, unknown; 3, chlorite, 0.01 mg / l; 4, bromate 0.005 mg / l; 5, chloride, 200 mg / l; 6, nitrite 0.1 mg / l; 7, bromide, 0.01 mg / l;8, chlorate, 0.01 mg / l; 9, nitrate, 10.0 mg / l; 10, o-phosphate, 0.1 mg / l; 11, sulfate, 200 mg / l. Sample B was pretreated withOnGuard II Ag, H cartridges. Samples also contained 200 mg / l bicarbonate.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 289

Page 1072: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

30 WEq, can manage a bromate:chloride ratio ofabout 1:1000. The bromate:chloride ratio can beimproved to 1:40 000 if sample pretreatment isused to remove the chloride in conjunction withthe high capacity columns (Fig. 1 ). Fig. 1B showsthe separation of 5 Wg / l bromate in the presence of200 mg / l chloride, a ratio of 1:40 000, using theIonPac0 AS9-HC (250U4-mm i.d. ) analytical col-umn and sample pretreatment as discussed in Sec-tion 4. The eluent was 9.0 mM sodium carbonate£owing at 1 ml / min. The analytical column had anion exchange capacity of 190 WEq. The injectionvolume was 500 ul. Peaks were detected by con-ductivity using the ASRS0-I suppressor in the exter-nal water mode.

Since the resolution of carbonate from chloride ishigh on the AS9-HC column, it can also be used toquantify chloride and sulfate in the presence of highcarbonate without sample pretreatment. Ratios of1:250 are easily achieved.

2.2. Cation analysis

The optimization of column capacity and selec-tivity is very important in cation analysis. The Ion-Pac CS15 (Dionex Corp. ) column has high selec-tivity for ammonium and potassium and cantherefore be used in a coupled column con¢gura-tion to remove potassium through a switchingvalve. The IonPac CS16 (Dionex Corp. ) column isspeci¢cally designed for high^low applications ofcations. It uses higher capacity and optimized selec-tivity to accomplish these separations. Due to thehigher capacity, it can also separate cations in matri-ces containing up to about 125 mM H� withoutsample pretreatment. Lower pH samples can betreated using anion exchange resin to raise thepH, as discussed in Section 4. By comparison, thelower capacity IonPac CS12A (Dionex Corp. ) col-umn requires sample pretreatment when the sam-ple hydronium ion concentration is greater than50 mM.

2.3. Carbohydrate analysis

Samples that contain a high ratio of hydrophobicamino acids to carbohydrate can be problematicwhen using the amperometric detector for analysisof the monosaccharides. The monosaccharide con-tent of a glycoprotein is often determined after acidhydrolysis using an anion exchange separation athigh pH coupled with pulsed amperometric detec-

tion [ 34 ]. Hydrophobic amino acids such as lysinecan foul the gold working electrode surface causinga low response for close-eluting monosaccharides.An AminoTrap guard column (Dionex Corp. ) witha high selectivity for amino acids, speci¢callylysine, can be placed immediately before the Car-boPac PA10 (Dionex Corp. ) carbohydrate analyti-cal column in order to increase the retention timeof the lysine in relation to galactosamine, the near-est-eluting monosaccharide. The selectivity andcapacity of the AminoTrap and the CarboPacPA10 are matched for this application. In thismethod, the lysine elutes after the monosaccha-rides and can be cleaned from the analytical columnas part of the mobile phase gradient.

2.4. Borate

Borate can be removed from sample matricesusing a high capacity, cis-diol-based resin as in Bo-rateTrap columns (50U4-mm i.d., Dionex Corp. ).For example, borate can be removed from highborate matrices for the determination of transitionmetals by ICP-MS (private communication). Alower capacity version of this material is used as aborate concentrator for the analysis of sub-ppbborate in ultra pure water [ 35 ]. The formation ofthe borate^diol complex occurs at neutral to highpH where the borate is in the tetrahedral form.Therefore the sample pH must be adjusted intothis range for ef¢cient trapping of borate.

3. Coupled techniques

These techniques use a switching or divertervalve to direct portions of the sample matrix towaste as the sample components are separated.

3.1. ICE-IC

Kaiser [ 32 ] has described the determination ofcommon inorganic anions in concentrated weakacids including hydro£uoric acid (HF) by couplingtwo different separation modes (Fig. 2). This tech-nique involves the coupling of an ion exclusion( ICE) column to an anion exchange ( IC) concen-trator column with a switching or diverter valve.Acids with low pKa values such as sulfuric acidhave little to no retention by ion exclusion sincethey are completely ionized. They elute earlyfrom an ion exclusion column. Weaker acids such

290 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1073: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

as HF are retained on an ion exclusion column. Inthis method the anions that elute early from the ionexclusion column, i.e. sulfate, are trapped on ananion exchange concentrator column and thelater-eluting weak acids are diverted to waste asthey elute. The anions of strong acids thereforecan be separated from weak acids and collectedfor later analysis. The retained weak acids such asHF are diverted to waste after the early-elutingpeaks pass onto a concentrator column so that thelarge £uoride peak does not obscure the otherpeaks in the anion exchange chromatogram.

In Fig. 2, the columns were IonPac ICE-AS6(250U9-mm i.d. ), AG9-HC (concentrator, 50U4-mm i.d. ) and AG9-HC/AS9-HC (analytical,250U2-mm i.d. ). The ion exclusion sample treat-ment eluent was deionized water and the £ow ratewas 0.55 ml / min. The sample volume was 750 Wl.The ion exchange eluent was 8.0 mM sodium car-bonate and 1.5 mM sodium hydroxide. The £owrate on the 2-mm analytical column was 0.25 ml /min. Detection was by suppressed conductivityusing the ASRS0-I electrolytically regenerated sup-pressor in the external water mode.

The ion exclusion process is based on Donnanexclusion. In order for Donnan exclusion to oper-ate in this application, the resin must be in the acidform. It is usually necessary the wash the ion exclu-sion column with acid between injections in orderto remove alkali, alkaline earth and transition metal

cations that are retained on the ion exclusion resinfrom the sample matrix. This washing process isusually automated into the analytical method forgood reproducibility.

3.2. IC-IC

Kaiser [ 31 ] used on-line sample preparation todetermine trace anions in solvents, including iso-propanol, acetone and N-methylpyrrolidone. Alarge solvent injection can interfere with both theion exchange separation and the conductivitydetection by causing large disturbances in the base-line. In this application the anions were concen-trated on a AG9-HC guard column and then thesolvent was sent to waste before it could enter theanalytical column. After the solvent was clearedfrom the AG9-HC concentrator column, the AG9-HC concentrator was switched in line with the AS9-HC analytical column for the separation. Themethod detection limits for chloride, sulfate, phos-phate and nitrate are reported in the sub Wg / lrange.

4. Off-line sample pretreatmentcartridges

Off-line sample pretreatment in ion chromatog-raphy most often involves matrix elimination using

Fig. 2. Anion exchange separation of trace anions in HF following £uoride removal using ion exclusion. See text for details. Peaks:1, £uoride; 2, chloride, 7.9 Wg / l; 3, carbonate; 4, nitrate, 0.89 mg / l; 5, unidenti¢ed; 6, sulfate 10.1 mg / l; 7, phosphate, 2.4 Wg / l.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 291

Page 1074: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

small, disposable cartridges containing 1^2.5 g ofhighly selective, functionalized resin. Samples areusually applied to the cartridges using a disposablesyringe. The ef£uent is injected into the ion chro-matograph. In the matrix elimination mode, theresin phases are non-selective for the analytes;the matrix ions ( interferences) are bound to thephase while the analytes are unretained. The devi-ces can also be used for pH adjustment and coun-terion replacement.

4.1. Precipitation of chloride and sulfate

Matrix removal of chloride and sulfate is based onthe precipitation of these anions with counterionsfrom a sulfonated resin. Fully sulfonated cationexchange resin is available with a variety of coun-terions. The most commonly used counterions areAg�, Ba2� and H�, for matrix elimination of chlo-ride, sulfate and general cations, respectively.

The functionalization of the styrene^divinylben-zene resin is accomplished by sulfonation with sul-furic acid or chlorosulfonic acid. On a wet basis,fully sulfonated resin typically has a cationexchange capacity of 2.2^2.5 mEq /g. In terms ofchloride removal, this means that a wet gram ofresin can precipitate chloride from 12^14 ml of0.17 M (1%) sodium chloride.

The percentage of crosslinking in the resin isdetermined by the ratio of divinylbenzene to styr-ene in the polymerization reaction. A higher cross-linking yields a resin with higher selectivity for diva-lent cations relative to monovalent cations as wellas a resin with less susceptibility to shrinking andswelling during use. Resins used for sample prepa-ration usually have crosslinking in the 10^16%range.

The silver form of sulfonated resin is primarilyused to precipitate halides and thus provides matrixelimination of those ions. This reaction is mosteffective for monovalent ions that have pKsp valuesgreater than 8 with silver. Since silver hydroxidereadily forms at basic pH values, samples must bebelow pH 8 for effective removal of halides. Silver-form resin is not very effective for removing phos-phate since trivalent phosphate is present at highpH. For trace analysis of phosphate, however,recovery through silver-form resin should be veri-¢ed using a standard addition technique.

In order to avoid contamination of the analyticalcolumn and suppressor with silver ions, the silver-

form cartridges are usually followed by a secondcartridge in the hydronium ion (acid) form. Anyfree silver ions are exchanged onto the hydroniumion resin because of the much higher selectivity ofsulfonated resin for silver ion than for hydroniumion. The hydronium-form resin bed usually takesthe form of an additional cartridge [ 22 ]. New,two-layer disposable cartridges have a layer ofhydronium ion-form resin at the outlet with alayer of silver-form resin above it for an all-in-onetreatment.

The chemistry of barium precipitation has beendiscussed in an earlier publication [ 3 ]. There aretwo important points to note regarding the use ofbarium-form sample resin to remove sulfate.Barium is available for precipitation with sulfateonly if it is not in use as the counterion for theresin. This means that there must be suf¢cient cat-ion content in the sample matrix to exchange ontothe resin and to displace the barium ion. Thisrequires approx. 200 mg / l Na� or 100 mg / l Ca2�.Since barium is a divalent cation, this means that themost effective displacing matrix is one that containsother divalent cations such as calcium.

In [ 3 ] we describe a method for spiking calciuminto the sample in order to insure ef¢cient removalof sulfate when the matrix is low in cation content(Fig. 3). The cartridge device contains three layersof resin: barium form, silver form and hydroniumion form, in that order, inlet to outlet, to removesulfate and chloride (Fig. 3 ). The sample is spikedwith calcium chloride to insure removal of sulfate.The hydronium ion-form resin traps any re-dis-solved silver ion. The equations governing this sys-tem are

R ÿ �SO33 �2Ba2� � Ca2� � R ÿ �SO3

3 �2Ca2� � Ba2�

Ba2� � SO234 !BaSO4s

�1�

R ÿ SO33 Ag� � Na�Cl3!R ÿ �SO3

3 �Na� � AgCls

�2�

R ÿ SO33 H� � X� � R ÿ SO3

3 X� �H� �3�

where R=resin, X=silver or other cation.Another important point is that barium sulfate is

soluble at acidic pH. This means that this precipita-tion reaction is not very effective for removing sul-fate from sulfuric acid.

292 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1075: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

4.2. Adsorption-based matrix elimination

Polymeric reversed phase resins are synthesizedfrom divinylbenzene with styrene, methylstyreneor other styrenic monomers. Divinylbenzene isthe major component and provides crosslinking.These resins are macroporous, and the surfacearea is usually in excess of 300 m2 /g. This surfacearea provides the adsorptive surface for retention ofhydrophobic species. These resins can be used formatrix elimination of surfactants, weak carboxylicacids, fats, proteins, etc.

Hydrophobic matrix components such as fatscan foul electrochemical detector electrodes byblocking the active metal surface and inhibitinginteraction between the analytes and the metal sur-face of the electrode. This problem is usually see asfairly rapid loss in peak area, injection to injection.

The determination of iodide in milk (2% milkfat )by ion chromatography coupled with pulsedamperometric detection on a silver electrode is anapplication that bene¢ts from matrix elimination offats. The pulsed amperometric waveform improvesreproducibility by electrochemically cleaning theworking electrode on each pulse. In addition, thefats are removed from the sample using a dispos-able cartridge containing a polymeric reversedphase resin (OnGuard0 II RP, Dionex Corp. ).When 50 Wl of 0.1 mg / l iodide was added to 200Wl of prepared milk, the recovery was 100%. Theiodide peak area and retention time RSDs were1.4% and 0.4% respectively [ 28 ].

4.3. Removal of weak acids

Samples containing high concentrations of weakacids in the matrix can be treated to remove the

weak acids. Weak acids can be adsorbed onto poly-meric reversed phase resins if the sample pH islow enough for the acids to be protonated and thesample matrix does not contain organic solvent. Inorder to facilitate this process, samples of undeter-mined pH can be passed through a hydronium-form cartridge to acidify the sample prior to use ofa reversed phase cartridge for removal of weakacids. For example 50% of acetic acid (100 mg/ l )can be removed by the reversed phase resin at pH2.5 while only 19% is removed at pH 4.5 usingOnGuard0 II H and OnGuard II RP (Dionex Corp,Sunnyvale, CA, USA) cartridges in series.

4.4. Trapping of phenols and azo dyes

Phenols and azo dyes can be removed from sam-ple matrices by adsorption onto polymeric reversedphase resin. However, these species can beremoved with much higher capacity (per gram ofresin) and selectivity using a polyvinylpyrrolidone(PVP) phase. Species such as humic and tannicacids contain many phenolic groups and areretained on a PVP phase with high speci¢city.This type of sample pretreatment cartridge facili-tates the determination of anions and cations inground waters that contain humic acids withoutfouling of the analytical column [ 4^9 ]. Anothercommon application for this type of phase is thedetermination of anions in inks since many inkscontain dyes bearing azo groups. These azo dyesare selectively retained by the polyvinylpyrroli-done polymer.

4.5. Concentration / elimination of transitionmetals

Cationic transition metals are easily retained on asulfonic acid-functionalized resin such as OnGuardII H. However, they can be selectively concentratedor removed from a matrix by using an iminodiace-tate resin cartridge, OnGuard II C, even in the pres-ence of high amounts of sodium [ 36^39 ]. This typeof resin chelates transition metals at pHs 4 andreleases the transition metals at pH6 2. These met-als include Ti( IV), V( IV) and (V), In( III ), Y( III ),Cd( II ), Mn( II ), Fe( II ) and ( III ), Co( II ), Pb( II ),Ni( II ), Al( III ), Cu(II ), Zn( II ), Ag( I ) and most lan-thanides. If EDTA or other strong chelators arepresent in the sample matrix then exhaustive diges-tion by EPA method 200.8 is necessary. When com-peting chelators are present in the sample matrix or

Fig. 3. Schematic of the three-layer OnGuard II Ba /Ag /Hsample pretreatment cartridge.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 293

Page 1076: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

if the sample pH is below 4, the sample band is notef¢ciently treated and the colored metals can beseen to smear along the length of the cartridge.However, using optimum elution conditions, tran-sition metals such as cadmium, copper, cobalt, iron,lead, titanium, vanadium and zinc can be concen-trated and recovered at 99^117% at the 50 Wg / llevel.

4.6. Matrix elimination for IC-ESI /MS

Sample pretreatment is useful when a mass spec-trometer with atmospheric pressure electrosprayionization (ESI /MS) is used as the detector for ionchromatography. High ionic strength matrices areknown to suppress analyte ionization and causepoor reproducibility in ESI /MS [ 40 ]. We investi-gated the use of off-line sample pretreatment toremove chloride in order to improve sensitivity in

the determination of chloroacetic acid and bromo-acetic acid (Fig. 4).

The chromatographic system comprised a GP50gradient pump, LC30 chromatography module, anED40 conductivity detector and a ThermoFinniganAQA0 mass spectrometer (all Dionex Corp. ). Datawere collected using Chromeleon 6.2 software(Dionex Corp. ). Haloacetic acid separations wereaccomplished on an IonPac0 AS16 column(250U4-mm i.d. ) using 10 mM sodium hydroxideeluent £owing at 0.25 ml / min. An ASRS0 Ultra sup-pressor (2-mm, Dionex) in the external watermode provided background conductivity suppres-sion. The AQA mass spectrometer was operated inthe negative electrospray mode. The electrosprayprobe was set at 275³C and 32.5 kV. The sourcevoltage was 10 V. Chloroacetic acid and bromoace-tic acid were obtained from Aldrich and prepared at8 mg/ l and 7 mg / l respectively in water. The injec-

Fig. 4. IC-MS of chloroacetic acid and bromoacetic acid in a matrix containing 1000 mg / l chloride, without (A) and with (B) samplepretreatment. Peaks: 1, chloroacetic acid, 8 mg / l; 2, bromoacetic acid, 7 mg / l; TIC, total ion chromatogram, m / z 92.5^93.5,extracted ion for chloroacetic acid, m / z 137^139.2, extracted ion for bromoacetic acid. B: After sample is passed through OnGuardII Ag /H cartridge.

294 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1077: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2709 29-6-01

tion loop was 5 Wl. Sample pretreatment wasaccomplished using OnGuard II Ag /H dual layercartridges for the removal of chloride.

Fig. 4A shows the total ion current (TIC) and theextracted chromatograms of chloroacetic acid atmasses 92.5^93.5 and bromoacetic acid at masses137^139.2 when 0.16% (1000 mg / l ) chloride ispresent. The chloride coelutes with bromoaceticacid under these conditions and causes bandspreading of that peak. There is also loss in sensi-tivity for chloroacetic acid of about 50%. Fig. 4Bshows the same three traces in the presence of0.16% sodium chloride after sample pretreatmentto remove the chloride. The recovery of theseacids through the OnGuard II Ag /H dual layer car-tridge was 94%.

5. Summary

It is important to be able to recognize the chro-matographic problems that are sample-related asopposed to system hardware-related. A variety oftechniques are available to deal with chromatogra-phy problems caused by sample matrix. The use ofhigh capacity analytical columns should be the ¢rstconsideration. Column selectivity can be used in avariety of coupled column arrangements to removematrix components on-line. On-line trap columnsor off-line sample preparation cartridges or barrelscan be used to remove common foulants and inter-ferents including chloride, sulfate, hydronium ion,surfactants, fats, transition metals, phenols, azodyes, amino acids, borate, etc.

References

[ 1 ] E.M. Thurman, M.S. Mills, Solid-Phase Extraction, Prin-ciples and Practice, Wiley, New York, 1998, p. 123.

[ 2 ] K. Henderson, R. Saari-Nordhaus, J.M. Anderson Jr.,J. Chromatogr. 546 (1991) 61.

[ 3 ] R.W. Slingsby, C.A. Pohl, J. Chromatogr. A 739 (1996)49.

[ 4 ] W. Shotyk, J. Chromatogr. 640 (1993) 309.[ 5 ] W. Shotyk, J. Chromatogr. 640 (1993) 317.[ 6 ] P. Steinmann, W. Shotyk, J. Chromatogr. A 706 (1995)

281.[ 7 ] P. Steinmann, W. Shotyk, J. Chromatogr. A 706 (1995)

287.[ 8 ] P. Steinmann, W. Shotyk, J. Chromatogr. A 706 (1995)

293.[ 9 ] R.R. Blank, F. Allen, J.A. Young, Soil Sci. Soc. Am. J. 58

(1994) 564.

[ 10 ] P. Kadnar, J. Rieder, J. Chromatogr. A 706 (1995) 301.[ 11 ] R. Kadnar, J. Chromatogr. A 804 (1998) 217.[ 12 ] J.S. Rohrer, J. Thayer, N. Avdalovic, M. Weitzhandler,

Techniques in Protein Chemistry VI, Academic Press,New York, 1995, p. 65.

[ 13 ] M.A.G.T. van den Hoop, R.F.M.J. Cleven, J.J. van Sta-den, J. Neele, J. Chromatogr. A 739 (1996) 241.

[ 14 ] R.J. Wicks, M.A. Moran, L.J. Pittman, R.E. Hodson, Appl.Environ. Microbiol. 57 (1991) 3135.

[ 15 ] M.R.L. Stratford, M. Dennis, R. Cochrane, C.S. Parkins,S.A. Everett, J. Chromatogr. A 770 (1997) 151.

[ 16 ] B.W. Grinnell, R.B. Hermann, S.B. Yan, Glycobiology 4(2) (1994) 221.

[ 17 ] Dionex application note 140, Dionex Corp., Sunnyvale,CA, USA.

[ 18 ] L. Van Nifterik, J. Xu, J.L. Laurent, J. Mathieu, J. Chro-matogr. 640 (1993) 335.

[ 19 ] R.J. Joyce, H.S. Dhillon, J. Chromatogr. A 671 (1994)165.

[ 20 ] H. Weinberg, J. Chromatogr. A 671 (1994) 141.[ 21 ] C. Kuo, J. Chromatogr. A 804 (1998) 265.[ 22 ] Dionex application note 101, Dionex Corp., Sunnyvale,

CA, USA.[ 23 ] L. Charles, D. Pepin, J. Chromatogr. A 804 (1998) 105.[ 24 ] C. Sarzanini, M.C. Bruzzoniti, E. Mentasti, J. Chroma-

togr. A 850 (1999) 197.[ 25 ] L.C. Adam, G. Gordon, Anal. Chem. 67 (1995) 535.[ 26 ] J. Chen, J. Chromatogr. A 739 (1996) 273.[ 27 ] S.S. Chen, M. Spiro, Food Chem. 48 (1993) 47.[ 28 ] Dionex application note 37, Dionex Corp., Sunnyvale,

CA, USA.[ 29 ] Dionex application note 87, Dionex Corp., Sunnyvale,

CA, USA.[ 30 ] P.E. Jackson, S. Gokhale, T. Streib, J.S. Rohrer, C.A.

Pohl, J. Chromatogr. A 888 (2000) 151.[ 31 ] E. Kaiser, J. Rohrer, J. Chromatogr. A 858 (1999) 55.[ 32 ] E. Kaiser, J. Rohrer, K. Watanabe, J. Chromatogr. A 850

(1999) 167.[ 33 ] L.K. Jackson, R.J. Joyce, M. Laikhtman, P.E. Jackson,

J. Chromatogr. A 829 (1998) 187.[ 34 ] M. Weitzhandler, C. Pohl, J. Rohrer, L. Narayanan, R.

Slingsby, N. Avdalovic, Anal. Biochem. 241 (1996) 128.[ 35 ] L.E. Vanatta, D.E. Coleman, R.W. Slingsby, J. Chroma-

togr. A 850 (1999) 107.[ 36 ] H.M. Kingston, I.L. Barnes, T.J. Brady, T.C. Rains, Anal.

Chem. 50 (1978) 2064.[ 37 ] H.M. Kingston, R.R. Greenberg, Anal. Chem. 55 (1983)

1160.[ 38 ] G. Yong, C. Leone, K. Strothkamp, Biochemistry 29

(1990) 9684.[ 39 ] Y. Liu, J.D. Ingle Jr., Anal. Chem. 61 (1989) 525.[ 40 ] C. Miller-Stein, R. Bon¢glio, T. Olah, R. King, Am.

Pharm. Rev. 3 (2000) 54.

Rosanne Slingsby is a Technical Manager in RpD at Dionex Corp. inSunnyvale, CA, USA. Her research interests include samplepreparation for IC, ion exchange and reversed phase columndevelopment and IC-MS applications.Ruthann Kiser is Director ofConsumables Product Management at Dionex Corp. in Sunnyvale,CA, USA.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 295

Page 1078: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

Journal of Chromatography A, 789 (1997) 85–126

Review

Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometric detection forchromatography and capillary electrophoresis

*Karen Sutton, Richard M.C. Sutton, Joseph A. CarusoDepartment of Chemistry, University of Cincinnati, Cincinnati, OH 45221-0172, USA

Abstract

Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS) is now a well established detection technique for liquidchromatography, gas chromatography, supercritical fluid chromatography and capillary electrophoresis. A review of theliterature with particular regard to ICP-MS as a chromatographic and capillary electrophoretic detector is presented. Thevarious modes of chromatography and capillary electrophoresis are discussed and practical descriptions for hyphenating thetechniques with the ICP mass spectrometer are given. Sample introduction systems and data acquisition methods arereviewed along with the numerous applications of ICP-MS as a chromatographic detector. In addition, alternative plasmasources, such as the atmospheric and reduced pressure helium microwave-induced plasmas for chromatographic detection aredescribed. 1997 Elsevier Science B.V.

Keywords: Reviews; Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry; Detection, LC; Detection, GC; Detection, electro-phoresis; Detection, SFC

Contents

1. Introduction ............................................................................................................................................................................ 862. Liquid chromatography............................................................................................................................................................ 87

2.1. Interfacing liquid chromatography with ICP-MS ............................................................................................................... 872.2. Reversed-phase chromatography ...................................................................................................................................... 88

2.2.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................ 882.2.2. Environmental and general applications ................................................................................................................ 882.2.3. Clinical applications ............................................................................................................................................ 89

2.3. Ion-pair liquid chromatography ........................................................................................................................................ 912.3.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................ 912.3.2. Environmental, clinical and general applications.................................................................................................... 97

2.4. Micellar liquid chromatography ....................................................................................................................................... 1022.4.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................ 1022.4.2. Applications ....................................................................................................................................................... 102

2.5. Ion-exchange chromatography ......................................................................................................................................... 1032.5.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................ 103

*Corresponding author.

0021-9673/97/$17.00 1997 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII S0021-9673( 97 )00970-9

Page 1079: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

86 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

2.5.2. Applications of anion-exchange chromatography ................................................................................................... 1042.5.3. Applications of cation-exchange chromatography .................................................................................................. 108

2.6. Size-exclusion chromatography........................................................................................................................................ 1102.6.1. Introduction ........................................................................................................................................................ 1102.6.2. Applications of size-exclusion chromatography ..................................................................................................... 110

3. Gas chromatography................................................................................................................................................................ 1123.1. Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 1123.2. Interface designs and GC–ICP-MS applications ................................................................................................................ 113

4. Supercritical fluid chromatography ........................................................................................................................................... 1154.1. Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 1154.2. Applications ................................................................................................................................................................... 117

5. Capillary electrophoresis.......................................................................................................................................................... 1195.1. Introduction.................................................................................................................................................................... 1195.2. CE–ICP-MS interfaces and applications ........................................................................................................................... 120

6. Other plasma mass spectrometric systems used as chromatographic detectors .............................................................................. 1226.1. Use of the helium microwave induced plasma as a chromatographic detector ...................................................................... 1226.2. Use of low-pressure helium ICP-MS as a chromatographic detector.................................................................................... 1236.3. Use of ion spray mass spectrometry as a chromatographic detector ..................................................................................... 123

7. Conclusions and future directions ............................................................................................................................................. 123References .................................................................................................................................................................................. 124

1. Introduction graphic detection method have been specificallyaimed towards speciation analyses. The determina-

Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry is tion of the chemical form of an element in a samplenow recognised as a useful and powerful technique is particularly advantageous to the analyst, especiallyfor the detection of trace elements in chromato- where risk assessment is required. Direct aspirationgraphic eluents. The analysis of both metals and of a liquid sample into the ICP-MS immediatelynon-metals in a wide variety of samples may be atomises and ionises the elements present so thatachieved using this sensitive and selective method of information regarding the chemical form cannot bedetection. The use of inductively coupled plasma obtained. By separating the various species using a(ICP) MS as a chromatographic detector was first chromatographic method and analysing these speciesdescribed in the late 1980s and, since that time, the by ICP-MS, toxic and innocuous forms of an ele-versatility of the detector has been realised for many ment may be separated. The fate and mobility ofchromatographic applications. certain compounds in biological and environmental

Compared to other methods of detection, ICP-MS systems may also be monitored, for instance foroffers unique advantages, including element spe- tracing the metabolism of drugs in the human bodycificity, a wide linear dynamic range, low detection or the breakdown of organometallic compounds inlimits and the ability to perform isotope dilution aqueous systems. Reviews concerning elementalanalysis. The use of chromatography hyphenated speciation are also available [14–24].with ICP-MS has been reviewed by Byrdy and The use of various chromatographic separationCaruso [1,2] Heitkemper et al. [3] and Bloxham et methods is reviewed in this work for both multiele-al. [4] for the analysis of environmental samples. ment and elemental speciation analyses. The differ-Other reviews have mentioned the use of ICP-MS for ent chromatographic techniques reported in the lit-various chromatographic applications [5–13] includ- erature are discussed individually and the use ofing metal ion analysis [10], gas chromatography [7], capillary electrophoresis, with directly coupled ICP-ion chromatography [12], human nutrition and tox- MS, as a separation technique is also described. Thisicology [9] and selenium in environmental matrices review is intended to provide instruction and insight[11]. regarding the potential for coupling chromatography

Many papers describing ICP-MS as a chromato- with ICP-MS. The use of other spectrometric tech-

Page 1080: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 87

niques such as ICP atomic emission (AES) and nebuliser / spray chamber sample introduction systematomic absorption spectrometry (AAS) as chromato- have been described in the literature for improvedgraphic detectors are not discussed. sensitivity with LC–ICP-MS. The use of hydraulic

high pressure nebulisation (HHPN) has been shownto increase sensitivity for many elements when

2. Liquid chromatography compared to conventional pneumatic nebulisation[26].

2.1. Interfacing liquid chromatography with ICP- Thermospray has also been applied as an LC–ICP-MS MS interface [27,28] and involves forcing the chro-

matographic eluent through an electrically heated21Liquid flow-rates used in most liquid chromatog- capillary at flow-rates of about 2 ml min . Heating

21raphy techniques are of the order of 1 ml min serves to desolvate the droplets before aspiration intowhich are comparable to conventional liquid flow- the plasma.rates for direct aspiration of solutions into the ICP. An oscillating capillary nebuliser has also beenConventional pneumatic nebulisation with cross-flow shown to improve detection limits when compared toand concentric nebulisers may, therefore, be used a concentric glass nebuliser [29]. The nebuliser isalong with single or double-pass spray chambers. To essentially two fused-silica capillary tubes, mountedprovide a connection between the LC column outlet concentrically. The nebuliser gas flows through theand the ICP-MS sample introduction system, a outer tube while the liquid sample flows through thetransfer line must be constructed. This is commonly inner tube. This nebuliser may be operated at flows

21a relatively simple task and a length of polyether as low as 1 ml min and may be interfaced withether ketone (PEEK) or PTFE inert tubing may be macrobore, microbore and capillary LC columnsused. The length and inner diameter of the transfer [29].line must be kept to a practical minimum, commonly An ultrasonic nebuliser (USN) may also improve20–50 cm, to ensure that peak broadening is not sample transport, and efficiencies are generally in theobserved. region of 10–30%. Commercial USNs have in-built

Use of a conventional sample introduction system desolvation systems which remove most of thewith pneumatic nebulisation and spray chamber are solvent. The nebuliser shows excellent improvementsinefficient and only 1–3% of the sample entering the in sensitivity.nebuliser is actually transported to the plasma. It is The direct injection nebuliser was developed byapparent that if this sample transport efficiency is Shum et al. [30–32] specifically for LC–ICP-MSincreased, the sensitivity of the technique should interfacing. The nebuliser is positioned inside theimprove and lower detection limits should be pos- ICP torch and the tip is situated a few mm from thesible. Nebulisers with higher transport efficiencies base of the plasma. Theoretically, 100% transporthave been described for LC–ICP-MS. An increase in efficiency may be obtained and, as the nebuliserthe amount of solvent reaching the plasma results in operates at very low liquid flow-rates (30–120

21higher reflected powers and this causes plasma ml min ), plasma instability is not significant. De-instability, possibly detrimental to the RF generator. tection limits should theoretically be improved thirty

21This problem may be solved by desolvating the fold at a flow-rate of 100 ml min but, as there is nosample aerosol before it reaches the plasma and is desolvation, local plasma cooling occurs and de-commonly achieved using a cooled spray chamber tection limits are only improved by a factor of 2.5which serves to condense the solvent. Membrane [33].dryers and Peltier condensers have also been utilised The effect of different spray chambers on samplefor this purpose [25] and are able to desolvate transport efficiency should also be considered whenapproximately 89% of the liquid sample when optimising sample transport efficiency. Several dif-coupled to the front of the nebuliser / spray chamber ferent spray chambers have been examined by Rivasarrangement [25]. et al. [34]. Seven different single pass, double-pass

Many variations of the conventional pneumatic and cyclone-type spray chambers were compared

Page 1081: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

88 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

when connected to a concentric nebuliser and it was 2.2.2. Environmental and general applicationsfound that a transport efficiency of 7.5% could be Reversed-phase chromatography coupled withobtained with the cyclone-type spray chamber. ICP-MS has been employed extensively for the

analysis of environmental and general analyticalsamples.

2.2. Reversed-phase chromatographyDauchy et al. [35] used RPLC–ICP-MS for the

speciation of butyltin compounds which are used2.2.1. Introduction extensively in polyvinylchloride production, fun-

Reversed-phase (RP) chromatography is one of gicides, bactericides, insecticides and other generalthe most commonly used LC techniques. It achieves applications. A 0.1% (m/v) tropolone in a methanol–the desired separation of analytes using columns water–acetic acid solution (80:14:6) was used as thewhere the stationary phase surface is less polar than mobile phase after optimization studies were per-the mobile phase. formed using different solvent volume combinations.

The retention mechanism in RP-HPLC arises due Monobutyltin (MBT), dibutyltin (DBT) and tri-to the relative hydrophobicity of the analyte. The butyltin (TBT) compounds were separated usingseparation selectivity is a result of interactions of the isocratic elution with absolute detection limits ofsolute with the stationary and mobile phases. Adjust- 0.24 ng, 0.24 ng and 0.15 ng (as tin), respectively.ment of the selectivity may be achieved by altering Triethyltin was added as an internal standard tothe type and quantity of the organic modifier (sol- improve reproducibility and analysis time, which didvent) in the mobile phase. Common organic modi- not exceed 11 min.

21fiers include methanol and acetonitrile although other The speciation of inorganic lead (Pb ), tri-organic solvents have been selected to control re- methyllead (TML) chloride, triethyllead (TEL) chlo-tention and selectivity. These solvents may be used ride and triphenyllead (TPhL) chloride was achievedin binary, tertiary or quaternary combinations with using RPLC–ICP-MS by Al-Rashdan et al. [36].water. Marked differences in separation selectivity Optimum chromatographic separations weremay be observed by changing the organic solvent. achieved using ICP-AES detection with an acetateHowever, the use of a particular organic modifier is buffer and a step gradient of 10–70% methanol.determined according to plasma stability and instru- Upon coupling to the ICP-MS, however, an isocraticment performance upon solvent aspiration. elution was employed, owing to plasma instability as

The most common stationary phases used in the organic component of the mobile phase changed.reversed-phase chromatography are prepared from An isocratic separation with a 30% methanol mobilesilica-based compositions, usually siloxanes, where phase was found to give the best compromisethe R group of the siloxane may be a C , C or C between plasma stability and chromatographic res-18 8 1

hydrophobic hydrocarbon. The C and C stationary olution (Fig. 1). A C column was used and pH8 18 18

phases are normally used for the separation of effects were studied. Detection limits using ICP-MSrelatively low molecular mass analytes and the C as a detector were improved by three orders of1

phase may be used for the separation of larger magnitude when compared to ICP-AES detection.molecules. Isocratic RP-HPLC showed superior detection capa-

When performing reversed-phase separations, care bilities when compared to ion-pair and cation-ex-should be taken to avoid pH values of greater than change chromatography.7.5 as hydrolysis of the siloxane stationary phase In the work of Bushee [37], ICP-MS was used inwill occur, resulting in gradual degradation of the the reversed-phase separation of mercury com-packing material. Buffer solutions may be used to pounds. The method was subsequently applied to thecontrol the pH of the mobile phase when coupled to determination of methylmercury in an NBS SRM-50ICP-MS. Phosphate or acetate salts are common, Albacore tuna sample with good agreement betweenalthough care must be taken to maintain a minimum experimentally obtained and certified values. Liquidlevel of these compounds in the mobile phase to chromatography and flow injection techniques wereprevent clogging of the sampler cone. found to be favourable in comparison to direct ICP-

Page 1082: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 89

of detection showed good quantitative agreement ofanalytical data of the nickel porphyrin fractions. Theauthors state that ‘‘ . . . the system was limited forroutine use by the need for high oxygen concen-trations in the plasma gas’’. Limits of detection werenot reported therefore no indication is given regard-ing the best method of detection. However, theauthors realised the potential for multielement, mul-tiisotopic detection for future studies.

Tellurium speciation has been described by Klin-kenberg et al. [40] using reversed-phase LC–ICP-MS for the analysis of tellurium in samples from awastewater treatment plant. A method was developed

22 2for the separation of TeO and HTeO and,3 4

although at least 11 different organic Te compoundsFig. 1. LC–ICP-MS chromatogram of a standard mixture of were detected, no attempt was made to identify them.

21organolead and inorganic lead compounds (Pb , trimethyllead This is essentially a problem with ICP detectionand triethyllead) using reversed-phase HPLC. Mobile phase, 0.1

since all structural information is lost by plasmaM ammonium acetate and 0.1 M acetic acid at pH 4.6, 30%21 sample decomposition.methanol. Flow-rate, 1 ml min . Reprinted from Al-Rashdan et

al. [36] by permission of Preston Publications, a division ofPreston Industries. 2.2.3. Clinical applications

RPLC–ICP-MS has been used for clinical analy-MS because of a ‘large persistent, mercury memory ses by a number of workers, particularly with regardproblem in conventional ICP-MS’. to speciation studies.

Mercury speciation has received a great deal of Takatera and Watanabe [41] used this technique2attention in recent years due to environmental and for the speciation of iodide ion, I , and five iodo

toxicological effects which are dependent upon the amino acids (monoiodotyrosine (MIT),particular form of the metal in the sample. Huang diiodotyrosine (DIT), 3,3,5-triiodothyromine (T ),3

and Jiang [38] used RP-HPLC coupled to ICP-MS 3,3,59-triiodothyromine (rT ), and thyroxine (T ))3 4

with ultrasonic nebulisation for the determination of which are all found in thyroid hormones. Themethylmercury, ethylmercury and inorganic mercury. speciation of these compounds in clinical samplesAbsolute detection limits were in the range 70–160 such as blood plasma and urine may assist in thepg of Hg which were ten times better than results identification of thyroid diseases. The RPLC–ICP-achieved using conventional pneumatic nebulisation MS system was able to detect all of the I-containingand were comparable to values obtained using cold compounds with no interferences. Detection limitsvapour generation. The concentration of methyl were in the range 35–130 pg for the six compoundsmercury in NRC Dorm-1 Dogfish muscle reference using a 50% methanol eluent. Detection limits weresample and inorganic mercury in a waste water better for species eluted at a shorter retention timereference solution were determined and results were since the peak shapes were sharper. The detectioncomparable to certified values with precisions less limits calculated were an order of magnitude lowerthan 8% R.S.D. for all determinations. than for methods where UV absorbance detection

Ebdon et al. [39] described the analysis of geopor- was used.phyrins by RPLC–ICP-MS. Geoporphyrins occur in Owen et al. [42] used RPLC–ICP-MS to separate

21oils, oil shales and sediments as Ni and vanadyl Zn-containing species in an in vitro gastrointestinal21(VO ) complexes and are used in oil exploration digest of chicken meat that had been isocratically

and as oil maturity indicators. Julia Creek and labeled with Zn both intrinsically and extrinsically.Serpiano nickel porphyrins were analyzed using both Single ion monitoring was used for two separate

66 68LC–ICP-MS and HPLC–UV–Vis. The two methods isotopes, Zn and Zn. Aqueous Zn eluted from C8

Page 1083: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

90 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

and C columns connected in series, with separate 0.1 ng, 5.8 mg and 4.6 ng for CoPP, hemin and ZnPP,18

peaks observed for the chicken meat (Zn associated respectively. R.S.D. values for each porphyrin werewith 3 fractions) and enzyme blanks (zinc associated within 5%. The technique was then used to quantifywith a single fraction). Data handling using time- zinc protoporphyrin from the blood of a lead-resolved acquisition was found to be cumbersome poisoned patient. The authors indicated that theand it was not possible to evaluate directly the net method could be applicable to detection of metal-peak area. The authors recognised the need for loporphyrins in urine and other body fluid extracts.further work to standardise the chromatographic runs The analysis of thimerosal (sodium ethylmer-with the use of a post-column internal standard. The curithiosalicylate), a mercury-containing antimicro-effect of gradient elution on plasma stability was also bial agent, in biological products has been describeda further problem to be addressed. Detection limits by a number of authors [29,37,44]. Bushee [37]were not reported in this study. described the speciation of several organomercury

ICP-MS was used for the detection of biologically species and the subsequent identification and quanti-significant metalloporphyrins separated by RP-HPLC fication of thimerosol using RPLC–ICP-MS. It wasby Kumar et al. [43]. Cobalt protoporphyrin (CoPP), found that all the mercury was in the thimerosoliron protoporphyrin (hemin) and zinc protoporphyrin form. The detection limits for four organomercury(ZnPP) were separated using a C1 column (due to compounds were stated to be in the range 7–20

21the relatively large molecular mass of the com- ng ml Hg. A C column with 3% acetonitrile18

pounds) and a mobile phase optimised with 68% mobile phase was utilised for the separation at pHmethanol at pH 4.5 (Fig. 2). Detection limits were 6.8 for the methylmercury and pH 4.3 for the

Fig. 2. Multielement chromatogram of metalloporphyrins. The intensity scale on the left corresponds to CoPP and ZnPP; the intensity scaleon the right corresponds to hemin. Reprinted from Kumar et al. [43] by permission of Preston Publications, a division of Preston Industries.

Page 1084: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 91

thimerosol studies. In a further study, Bushee et al. alphabetically in Table 1 according to sample type.[44] also determined thimerosol in injectable bio- The chromatographic parameters, instruments usedlogical products (influenza virus vaccine and tetanus for detection and elements analyzed are summarised.toxoid) and thimerosol decomposition products[methyl mercury chloride, dimethylmercury and 2.3. Ion-pair liquid chromatographymercury(III) chloride]. The group employed thesame C column and mobile phase as used in the 2.3.1. Introduction18

previous study [37] and flow injection was used to A variation of reversed-phase chromatography,measure total mercury levels to confirm that all known as ion-pair (or paired ion) chromatographymercury species were determined by liquid chroma- (IPC) is one of the most widely employed chromato-tography. Evidence of long-term degradation of graphic techniques to be interfaced with ICP-MS.thimerosol was demonstrated. Ion-pair chromatography may be used for the

The speciation of platinum compounds in chemo- separation and determination of ionic and non-ionictherapy drugs using RPLC–ICP-MS has been dem- species. The technique may be carried out in eitheronstrated by Cairns et al. [25]. A novel desolvation normal-phase or reversed-phase modes, howeverinterface comprising a membrane drier and Peltier only the latter mode has been used with ICP-MScondenser situated between the chromatographic detection. The stationary phase in reversed-phasemodule and the ICP mass spectrometer was de- IPC is a standard silanised silica packing such as thatscribed. The desolvation device enabled 100% or- used in conventional reversed-phase chromatog-ganic solvents such as methanol and acetonitrile to raphy, e.g. C or C . The mobile phase is comprised8 18

be used, as well as solvent gradients, with minimal of an aqueous buffer such as a phosphate or acetatebaseline drifts. A new generation drug, JM-216, was salt, an organic modifier (commonly methanol orshown to completely metabolise in the human body acetonitrile) and an ion-pairing reagent. The counterinto a number of compounds. The drug was sepa- ion of the ion-pairing reagent combines with therated from its metabolites using a C column with a analyte in question to form an ion-pair which is then18

solvent gradient of 95:5 to 30:70 water–acetonitrile retained by the reversed-phase column. Elution and21in 25 min at a flow-rate of 1 ml min . Peak separation of the analytes is then achieved using the

broadening was attributed to the increased dead aqueous solution with organic modifier. Commonlyvolume of the desolvation system. Detection limits used ion-pairing reagents are long chain alkyl anions

21were 0.6 ng ml , representing an actual mass of 120 (such as tetraalkylammonium salts or triethyl C –C5 8

pg of Pt. alkyl ammonium salts) or cations (such as C –C5 10

A number of selenide species have been separated alkylsulphonates). The concentration of ion-pairingby RPLC–ICP-MS using an oscillating capillary reagent used typically varies from 0.001 to 0.005 M.nebuliser [29]. Five organoselenium compounds, In general, increasing the concentration of the coun-phenyl-2-aminoethylselenide (PAESe), 4-hydroxy- terion in the mobile phase causes an undesirablephenyl-2-aminoethylselenide (HO-PAESe), 4-fluoro- increase in capacity factor (k9) values for reversed-phenyl-2-aminoethylselenide (F-PAESe), phenyl-2- phase IPC. The principle consideration when select-acetamidoethylselenide, N-acetylPAESe and (RS)a- ing a counterion for a particular separation is themethylphenyl-2-aminoethylselenide (RS)-MePAESe charge compatibility. The counterion of the ion-were separated using a C column. Each selenide pairing reagent should ideally be soluble in the18

was shown to have a different response factor. The mobile phase, univalent, aprotic and should be non-mobile phase was optimised for organic modifier destructive to the chromatographic system as aconcentration, pH, ionic buffer concentration and the whole. In addition, pH changes may affect theelution gradient. The absolute limits of detection of hydrophobic interactions governing the separationthe selenide compounds were reported to be in the resulting in significant changes in the chromatogram.range 30–400 pg Se and were dependent on the It is therefore important to buffer the aqueous phasesolvent flow-rate. with respect to both pH and concentration of the

The various applications of RPLC are listed counterion to avoid peak tailing or multiple peaks. In

Page 1085: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

92 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

Table 1Liquid chromatography applications

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Ref.

Blood Reversed-phase VG Plasma Quad PQS 1500 W FP Co, Fe and Zn 0.1, 5.8 and 4.6 ng, [43]

Hypersil SAS C column Column connected to cross-flow respectively (as1

68% methanol nebuliser porphyrin)

pH 4.521Blood TSK G 3000 SEC column with Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 250 Pb 0.15 ng ml [111]

0.1 M Tris HCl buffer 1300 W FP

,5 W RP

Cross-flow nebuliser, Scott-type spray

chamber and Sciex ‘long torch’

Bovine thyroglobulin Reversed-phase Shiseido C 1300 W FP Iodine (speciation) 35–130 pg as iodine [41]18

SG120 ,5 W RP for 10% methanol eluent

10% or 50% methanol–0.1 M 1700 W FP

(NH ) HPO ,5 W RP for 50% methanol eluent4 2 4

Meinhard nebuliser and STDP spray

chamber, water-cooled21Chemotherapy drugs Reversed-phase Fisons Plasma Quad 21 Pt (speciation) 0.6 ng l (120 pg of Pt) [25]

In-house PEEK column packed 1500 W FP

with Hypersil Phenyl 5 mm silica Membrane drier and Peltier driven

Mobile Phase condenser used as desolvation device

acetonitrile–water (25:75) Meinhard Nebuliser and cyclone spray

chamber

Chicken tissue PEP RPC HR reversed-phase VG PlasmaQuad 2 As Limit of quantification [78]21column. Mobile phase: 5% 1300 W FP 25 ng g in solid

methanol:95% 0.01 M 10 W RP. Concentric glass Meinhard sample

orthophosphoric acid nebuliser. Water-cooled Scott-type

spray chamber

Coal fly ash Wescan Anion/R IC column. 2% VG Plasma Quad 2 with concentric As (speciation), V and Ni Not reported [74]

propanol eluent and 50 mM nebuliser and double-pass Scott spray

carbonate buffer used at pH 7.5 chamber at 58C

1350 W FP

,2W RP

Coastal seawater (CASS-2), Whatman cation-exchange column Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ICP-MS Cr, Ni, Cu, Zn, Mo, Cd, Pb, 5–12 ng for Sn [95]

lobster hepatopancreas 1400 W FP 1200 W FP V, Sr, Hg, Sn speciation

tissue LUTS-1, harbour Thermostatted nebuliser spray Glass concentric nebuliser and

sediment PACS-1 chamber used for organic solvent thermostatted spray chamber

introduction21Contact lens solution Reversed-phase VG PlasmaQuad Hg (speciation) 40 ng ml (as [37]

Waters PicoTag C 1.3 kW FP thimerosal)18

0.06 M ammonium acetate, 3% Turbomolecular pumps used instead

acetonitrile and 0.005% (v/v) of original diffusion pumps. Additional

2-mercaptoethanol pH 6 ventilation for temperature stability21Cooked cod Polysphere IC AN-2 column and VG PlasmaQuad 2 Turbo Plus Se (speciation) 0.008 mg kg in dry [81]

guard column 1350 FP solid

Mobile phase: 5 mM salicylate ,1 W RP

adjusted to pH 8.5 with TRIS

Dogfish muscle C reversed-phase column with Elan 5000 ICP-MS Hg (speciation) 70–160 pg of Hg [38]18

mobile phase 3% (v/v) methanol, 1.5% 1200 W FP

acetonitrile, 0.1% Ultrasonic nebuliser used with

2-mercaptoethanol containing condenser temp. 08C and desolvation210.06 mol l ammonium acetate tube temperature 1008C

Page 1086: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 93

Table 1. Continued

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Ref.

Dogfish muscle DORM-1 Benson strong anion-exchange VG Plasma Quad 2 with high solids As (speciation) Not reported [76]

column resin. Mobile phase: 1 mM nebuliser

K SO for 3 min then 50 mM 1500 W FP2 4

K SO at pH 10.5 ,10 W RP2 4

Dogfish muscle DORM-1 Anion-pairing HPLC, anion-exchange Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 250 As (speciation) 50–300 pg of As [46]

HPLC and cation-pairing HPLC Shorter ICP torch used and an x, y, z

techniques all used. Various translational stage

columns, ion pair reagents, buffers

and organic modifiers used

Dogfish muscle DORM-1 Ion-pair chromatography Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 250 As (speciation) 0.3 ng of As [45]

Pierce C column 1400 W FP18

Mobile phase: 10 mM sodium Column directly interfaced with Teflon

dodecyl sulphate solution, 5% tubing to nebuliser

methanol and 2.5% glacial acetic

acid21Drinking water Dionex AG10 column and 100 mM Fisons PlasmaQuad 2 Br (as bromate) 0.1–0.2 ng ml [90]

eluent

Fish and sediment extracts Hamilton PRP X100 anion-exchange VG Plasma Quad 21 As (speciation) 10–30 pg As [75]

column. Mobile phase: 10 mM 1400 W FP

ammonium dihydrogenphosphate Fassel torch, Meinhard nebuliser and

and 10 mM diammonium Scott-type spray chamber

monohydrogenphosphate at

pH 6.5–7.521Fly ash (SRM 1633a) Ion-pair reversed-phase VG Plasma Quad Lanthanides 0.4–5.0 ng ml [65]

separations. Isocratic separation 1300 W FP

on Waters PicoTag C column18

Mobile phase 0.4 M HIBA, 0.02 M

octanesulphonic acid at pH 3.8

Fuel (SRM 2715) Ion-pair chromatography. Nucleosil VG Plasma Quad Pb (speciation) 0.14–3.9 ng of Pb [56]

C column. Gradient elution from 1400 W FP18

40 to 90% methanol over 10 ,20 W RP

min then isocratic elution for 20 SIM used at m /z 208

min. Sodium pentane

sulphonate mobile ion-pair reagent

used. pH optimised for separation

Harbour water sample Ion-pair separation Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 5000 Sn (speciation) 2.8–16 pg Sn [59]

Perkin-Elmer C column. Mobile 1150 FP. Ultrasonic nebuliser used8

phase 5 mM sodium 1-pentanesulphonate, with condenser temp. 2108C and

5% acetic acid and desolvation temp. 808C

50% methanol

Human blood Bio-Sil TSK 250 size-exclusion Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 250 ICP-MS Au 35 pg Au [112]

column with isocratic mobile phase 1300 W FP

of 25 mM Tris buffer at pH 7.7 ,5 W RP

Meinhard Nebuliser and Scott-type

spray chamber21Human serum Ion pair chromatography Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 5000 Se (organoselenium ,1 ng ml for each [54]

Hamilton PRP1 column. Mobile Cross-flow nebuliser and Ryton double-pass compounds) species

phase: methanol–water (98:2) and spray chamber24 2 8210 M C H SO 1100 FP. Se monitored5 11 3

pH 4.5

(Continued on p. 94)

Page 1087: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

94 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

Table 1. Continued

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Ref.

Metalloprotein Asahipak GFA-30F size-exclusion Seiko ICP-MS Hg, Zn, Cd Not reported [102,108–110]

guard and analytical column

Mobile phase 0.2 M (NH ) SO ,4 2 4

0.05 M Tris-HCl and 1 mM EDTA

Metalloproteins in biological Spherogel SW 2000 size-exclusion VG PlasmaQuad PQ1 Cd, Zn, Ga, Y and Cu 8.75, 46, 18, 0.21 [104]

samples column and guard column 1250 W FP and 378 pg for Cd,

Mobile phase 0.06 M Tris-HCl, Concentric Meinhard nebuliser and Zn, Ga, Y and Cu,

0.05% NaN cooled double-pass spray chamber respectively3

Ames torch21Methamphetamine SAM3-125 anion-exchange column Yokogama Model PMS 100 ICP-MS Na, Pd, Ba, I and Br 4–60 ng ml [91]

and guard column. Mobile phase: 1500 W FP

4.4 mM sodium carbonate and

1.2 mM sodium bicarbonate21Metalloporphyrins in Ion-pair chromatography. C VG Plasma Quad 2 Ga 64 pg s [64]18

coal extracts reversed-phase column with 15% 1750 FP. 25 W RP

1 mM tetrabutylammonium Ebdon v-groove nebuliser and cooled

dihydrogenphosphate in methanol double-pass spray chamber. Oxygen

mobile phase with nebuliser gas flow21Natural waters Ion pair separation VG Elemental Plasma Quad Turbo 21 As (speciation) 1.0–3.0 ng ml [51]

Hamilton PRP1 resin based, 1350 W FP

reversed-phase column. Mobile 1 W RP

phase: 0.5 mM Meinhard concentric glass nebuliser

tetrabutylammonium phosphate and water-cooled Scott double-pass

(ion-pair reagent), 4 mM spray chamber

Na HPO ?2H O, adjusted to pH 92 4 2

with dilute ammonia. Methanol

added to increase signal sensitivity21Nuclear fuels Various cation-exchange columns Perkin-Elmer Elan 5000 ICP-MS Cs, Ba, lanthanides, 0.002–0.100 ng ml [98]

used for different elemental Modified glove box used for handling actinides

separations, along with various of hazardous substances

mobile phases. Isocratic elution in

all cases

Pig kidney Superose-12 size-exclusion column VG PlasmaQuad Cd (speciation) Not reported [107]

Mobile phase 0.12 M Tris–HCl at

pH 7.5

Proteins in human serum SynChropak GPC 300 size-exclusion Perkin-Elmer Elan 250 with modified Na, Cu, Fe, Zn, Pb, Ba and 0.5–3 pg of metal [32]

column with mobile phase short torch Cd

0.1 M Tris-HCl at pH 6.9 1400 W FP21Sea water Dionex MetPac CC-1 column Perkin-Elmer ELAN 5000 ICP-MS Rare earths, Co, Cu, Mn, Ni, 1–50 pg ml [100]

Various eluent compositions 1050 W FP Zn, Pb and U

investigated. pH 5.5

Sea water and human urine Dowex 1-X8 resin column. Mobile VG PlasmaQuad As and Se Not reported [79]

phase: dilute nitric acid eluent (sea 1350 FP

water) and acetate eluent (serum) ,5 W RP. Meinhard-type nebuliser and

cooled double-pass spray chamber21Seafood samples Cation-exchange column Perkin-Elmer Sciex ELAN 5000 ICP-MS As 10–50 ng g (dry [94]

Ionosphere-C MS with cross-flow nebuliser and mass)

Mobile phase 20 mM pyridinium ion double-pass spray chamber. 1300 W FP

adjusted to pH 2.65 with HCO H2

ION 120 anion-exchange column

with 100 mM NH HCO adjusted to4 3

pH 10.3 with NH OH4

Page 1088: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 95

Table 1. Continued

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Ref.

Sediment reference material PACS-1 Ion-pair separation Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 5000 Sn (speciation) 2.8–16 pg Sn [59]

Perkin-Elmer C column. Mobile 1150 FP. Ultrasonic nebuliser used8

phase 5 mM sodium 1-pentanesulphonate, with condenser temp. 2108C and

5% acetic acid and 50% methanol desolvation temp. 808C

Soils, percolate water, sewage Dowex 1-X8 anion-exchange resin VG PlasmaQuad 2 Cl and S Not reported [89]

and human serum column 1350 W FP21Mobile phase 0.0014 mol l HNO ,5 W RP3

Meinhard concentric nebuliser and

water-cooled double-pass spray

chamber

Thimerosal C reversed-phase column with Perkin-Elmer Elan 5000 ICP-MS Hg (speciation) 70–160 pg of Hg [38]18

mobile phase 3% (v/v) methanol, 1.5% 1200 W FP

acetonitrile, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol Ultrasonic nebuliser used with21containing 0.06 mol l condenser temp. 08C and desolvation

ammonium acetate tube temperature 1008C21Tuna Reversed-phase VG PlasmaQuad Hg (speciation) 40 ng ml (as [37]

Waters PicoTag C 1.3 kW FP thimerosal)18

0.06 M ammonium acetate, 3% Turbomolecular pumps used instead

acetonitrile and 0.005% (v/v) of original diffusion pumps. Additional

2-mercaptoethanol ventilation for temperature stability

pH 6.8

Uranium materials IonPac CS10 column and guard Fisons PlasmaQuad 21 Lanthanides and actinides Not reported [99]

column used Glove box used for handling and

Linear 18 min gradient from 0.04 measuring toxic radioactive samples

to 0.265 M HIBA used to separate 1350 W FP

lanthanides

2 M HNO , 1 M HCl and 0.4 M3

HIBA gradient used for actinide

separation

Urine Ion-pair chromatography. Hamilton Perkin-Elmer ELAN 5000 ICP-MS Se 22–74 pg Se [52]

PRP-1 column Cetac U-5000 ultrasonic nebuliser

3% methanol, 5 mM

tetrabutylammonium phosphate

mobile phase at pH 7.621Urine Ion pair chromatography Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 5000 Se (organoselenium ,1 ng ml for each [54]

Hamilton PRP1 column. Mobile Cross-flow nebuliser and Ryton double-pass compounds) species

phase: methanol–water (98:2) and spray chamber24 2 8210 M C H SO 1100 W FP. Se monitored5 11 3

pH 4.5

Urine Micellar LC separation VG Plasma Quad PQ21. C-1 type As (speciation) 90–300 pg for various [68]

Alltech RP metal free column and concentric nebuliser and double-pass species

guard column. 0.05 M spray chamber cooled to 58C

Cetyltrimethyl-ammonium bromide

(CTAB) and 10% propanol mobile

phase. pH 10

Urine Anion-exchange on a weak anion-exchange VG Elemental Plasma Quad. 1500 W As (speciation) 36–96 pg [70]

column Adsorbosphere-NH FP and ,10 W RP. Concentric2

column. Mobile phase: 30% nebuliser and Scott double-pass spray

ethanol, 15 mM NH H PO and 1.5 chamber with cooling jacket4 2 4

mM CH COONH at a pH of 5.753 4

(Continued on p. 96)

Page 1089: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

96 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

Table 1. Continued

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Ref.

21Urine Anion-exchange. Wescan Anion/R VG Elemental Plasma Quad. 1350 W As (speciation) 3.4–7.0 ng ml for [71]

IC column and guard column FP various species

Mobile phase of 5 mM phthalic acid ,5 W RP

at pH 2.7 Concentric nebuliser and cooled

double-pass spray chamber

Urine (human) Ion-pair chromatography Perkin-Elmer SCIEX Elan 250 Hg and Pb (speciation) 0.2 pg Pb and 7 pg [31]

Cetac C reversed-phase 1400 W FP Hg18

packing material Modified SCIEX short torch and DIN

Various ion-pairing reagents used

investigated and converted to

ammonium salts to avoid clogging

of DIN21Urine (human) Anion-exchange: ION 120 column 1350 W FP cross-flow nebuliser with As (speciation) 3–6 ng ml for [73]

21with 0.10 M NH HCO at pH 10.3 sapphire bits. Spray chamber cations and 7–10 ng ml4 3

with NH OH maintained at 208C for anions4

Cation-exchange: Ionosphere-C

column with 0.1 M pyridinium ion at

pH 2.65 with HCOOH

Urine, freeze dried Dionex CS5 mixed mode column VG PlasmaQuad 2 Cr (speciation) 3 pg for each [82]

and Dionex AS11 anion-exchange 1350 WFP species

column 1 W RP

Mobile phase: 6 mM 2,6-pyridinedicarboxylic Concentric nebuliser and double-pass

acid and 8.6 mM LiOH at pH 6.8 spray chamber

Urine, freeze dried VG PlasmaQuad Cr, V, Ni 0.042 and 0.017 for [96]

Cr (III) at m /z 52 and

53, respectively

0.055 and 0.022 ng

for Cr (VI)

0.031 ng for Ni21Urine, wine, club soda Wescan Anion/R IC column VG Plasma Quad ICP-MS. 1350 W As (speciation) 3–10 ng ml for [72]

Carbonate buffer mobile phase FP various species

,5 W RP

Type C-1 concentric nebuliser and

double-pass spray chamber cooled to

58C

Vaccines and toxoids Reversed-phase VG PlasmaQuad Hg Not reported [44]

Waters PicoTag C column Spray chamber cooled to 88C. 60 cm18

Mobile phase 0.06 M ammonium of FEP tubing used to connect column

acetate, 3% acetonitrile and 0.005% to nebuliser

(v /v) 2-mercaptoethanol

pH 5.3

Waste water C reversed-phase column with Perkin-Elmer Elan 5000 ICP-MS Hg (speciation) 70–160 pg of Hg [38]18

mobile phase 3% (v/v) methanol, 1.5% 1200 W FP

acetonitrile, 0.1% 2-mercaptoethanol Ultrasonic nebuliser used with21containing 0.06 mol l condenser temp. 08C and desolvation

ammonium acetate tube temperature 1008C

Waste water treatment stream Nucleosil 120-5 C column. 4% Perkin-Elmer Sciex ELAN 500 Te (speciation) Not reported [40]1822propanol in water, 10 M H PO , Meinhard-type nebuliser and DSM3 4

0.1 ppm Rh organic spray chamber

Water Ion-pair chromatography. Nucleosil VG Plasma Quad Pb (speciation) 0.14–3.9 ng of Pb [56]

C column. Gradient elution from 1400 W FP18

40 to 90% methanol over 10 ,20 W RP

min then isocratic elution for 20 SIM used at m /z 208

min. Sodium pentane

Page 1090: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 97

Table 1. Continued

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Ref.

sulphonate mobile ion-pair reagent

used. pH optimised for separation21Water samples Vydac 201TP C column. Mobile Perkin-Elmer ELAN 5000 As (speciation) 11–51 pg ml [50]18

phase: 2% methanol, 1 mM 1100 FP

tetrabutylammonium phosphate, Cross-flow pneumatic nebuliser and

2 mM ammonium acetate at pH 5.99 Scott-type spray chamber with cooling

system21Yeast Ion pair chromatography Perkin-Elmer SCIEX ELAN 5000 Se (organoselenium ,1 ng ml for each [54]

Hamilton PRP1 column. Mobile Cross-flow nebuliser and Ryton double-pass compounds) species

phase: methanol–water (98:2) and spray chamber24 2 8210 M C H SO . pH 4.5 1100 FP. Se monitored5 11 3

reversed-phase IPC, maximum k9 values are obtained detection limit reported for AB in the earlier paperat intermediate pH. At lower pH values a smaller [45] using LC–ICP-MS was 300 pg of As which wasnumber of ion pairs are formed in the stationary found to be 25 times better than that determinedphase and sample compounds elute more quickly, using ICP-AES detection.thus improving peak shapes. Selectivity of a sepa- Early studies investigating the feasibility of em-ration may be effectively controlled by varying the ploying ICP-MS as a detector for HPLC werepH of the mobile phase. performed by Thompson and Houk [47]. IPC was

Solvent strengths may be varied by changing the successfully used to separate six As and Se speciesmobile phase polarity, i.e. by varying the relative with detection limits approaching 0.1 ng of theconcentrations of a binary organic modifier. The element. The ion-pair reagents used were sodiumselectivities of the solutes for an ion-pair chromato- pentanesulphonate (PIC-B5) and tetrabutylam-graphic technique depend on the mobile phase monium phosphate (PIC-A) and methanol was em-composition and on the organic solvent selected. ployed as the organic modifier. A C type column18

Generally, as the amount of water in the mobile was used. In addition, the same authors analyzed aphase is decreased, the solvent becomes stronger and 15 element mixture using the same IPC system andk9 values decrease. multiple ion monitoring with similar (0.1 ng) de-

tection limits.2.3.2. Environmental, clinical and general Shibata and Morita [48] reported a preliminaryapplications separation of arsenobetaine and cacodylate arsenic

IPC coupled to ICP-MS has been used by Beauch- compounds using IPC–ICP-MS. An Internal ODS-2emin et al. [45,46] for the identification and quantifi- RP column was used for the separation with tetra-cation of arsenic species in a dogfish muscle refer- alkylammonium ion (TRA) as the ion-pairing reagentence material, DORM-1. A C column and a mobile and a malonic acid buffer.18

phase of 10 mM sodium dodecylsulphate solution Arsenic is a monoisotopic element (molecularion pair reagent, 5% methanol and 2.5% glacial mass 75) which is known to suffer from an isobaricacetic acid was used at pH 2.5 in both studies. It was interference during ICP-MS analyses owing to the

1found that the aspiration of organic solvents into the presence of ArCl if chlorine is introduced to theplasma required a slightly higher RF power to plasma as a concomitant species. This is particularlymaintain the sensitivity normally acquired using apparent for samples such as sea water, serum andaqueous arsenic solutions. The species identified urine and the problem has been addressed by Story etwere monomethylarsenic (MMA), dimethylarsinic al. [49] when analysing ultra trace As concentrations.acid (DMA), arsenobetaine (AB), arsenocholine These workers used hydride generation to reduce this(AC), As (III) and As (V). AB was found to be the interference (Fig. 3). The element was acidified andprincipal As species in DORM-1 (84% of total). The then reacted with sodium borohydride to form a

Page 1091: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

98 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

Fig. 3. Schematic diagram of a LC–ICP-MS interface with hydride generation system. Reprinted from Story et al. [49] by permission ofPreston Publications, a division of Preston Industries.

volatile hydride which, in turn, was transported to four species agreed with the certified values for thethe plasma more efficiently. The authors made use of reference water samples analyzed.a polypropylene tube as a gas liquid separator for Thomas and Sniatecki [51] also performed anselective transportation of the hydrides and hydrogen analysis of trace amounts of arsenic species inand removal of the argon chloride. PIC-A was used natural waters using hydride generation IPC–ICP-as the ion pairing agent for the reversed-phase MS. Six arsenic species were determined with de-

21chromatographic separation of three As species in an tection limits in the range 1.0–3.0 mg l and totalestuarine certified reference sample. Total As con- arsenic was determined using hydride generation bycentrations measured using the hydride generation atomic fluorescence detection. It was found that thetechnique fell within the certified precision values predominant species present in bottled mineral waterwhereas values obtained using conventional samples was always As(V) with very low levels ofpneumatic nebulisation did not. The authors con- As(III). The authors described how the systemcluded that the gas liquid separator eliminated the required ‘‘ . . . further work using special chromato-chloride interference to the point that samples did not graphic software . . . to improve the quantitative mea-require matrix matching. surement at a natural level.’’

In a similar study ionic compounds, containing Three recent papers [52–54] have used IPC–ICP-arsenic, in several natural water samples were sepa- MS for the speciation of Se in environmental andrated using IPC–HPLC [50]. The compounds sepa- clinical samples. Yang and Jiang [52] determinedrated were As(III), As(VI), dimethylarsonic acid selenite, selenate and trimethylselenonium using a(DMAA) and monomethylarsonic acid (MMAA). 3% methanol, 5 mM PIC-A mobile phase at pH 7.6The ion-pairing reagent used was PIC-A (1 mM) with ultrasonic nebulisation of the eluent into thewith 2% methanol as the organic modifier and 2 mM ICP. Absolute detection limits for the three speciesammonium acetate at pH 5.99. A post-column were in the range 22–74 pg Se which corresponds to

21hydride generation system was again utilised and relative values of 0.11–0.37 ng ml . In the analysisoptimised using flow-injection analysis. Superior of urine, selenite was found to be the principledetection limits were obtained when compared to selenium species although trimethylselenonium wasLC–ICP-MS with conventional nebulisation (11–51 detected in a number of samples. The formation of

21ng l ). The total amount of arsenic present in the several unidentified chromatographic peaks was at-

Page 1092: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 99

tributed to the presence of selenoamino acids. Total urine sample were also analyzed using the sameselenium values calculated agreed well with certified technique. A single peak was identified for the serumconcentrations. Detection limits in the urine samples sample and was attributed to be SeCys, however the

21were slightly higher (0.17, 0.76 and 0.53 ng ml for authors explained that, due to the poor retention of1TMSe , Se(IV) and Se(VI), respectively) and this SeCys on column, other species may have been

was attributed to an increase in background noise co-eluting and, therefore, further studies were re-caused by the injection of the highly ionic urine quired. As shown by previous workers [52] thesample. chromatograms for the urine samples showed in-

˜The study by Munoz Olivas et al. [54] has creased noise levels. Again, the main peak wasaddressed the speciation of organic selenium species, attributed to SeCys. The main limitation of thein particular the separation and identification of two system was the inability to separate both inorganicselenoamino acids: selenomethionine (SeMet) and and organic species together.selenocystine (SeCys), and the trimethylselenonium The ability to separate a number of lead com-

1ion (TMeSe ) (Fig. 4). The technique used was pounds by IPC–ICP-MS has received attention inbased on that presented by Jiang and Houk [55] for recent years [31,36,56,57]. Al-Rashdan et al. [36]

21sulphur amino acid separation. The counter ion used described the separation of inorganic lead (Pb ) andwas anionic (PIC-B5 was the ion-pairing reagent) so several trialkyllead species [trimethyllead (TML)

1that cationic species such as TMSe were retained chloride, triethyllead (TEL) chloride and tri-on-column, and a methanol–water mixture was used phenyllead (TPL) chloride]. Reversed-phase, ion-as the mobile phase (pH 4.5). The concentration of pairing and ion-exchange LC modes were comparedmobile phase and ion-pairing reagent, along with the as well as both ICP-MS and ICP-AES as detectionionic strength and pH were optimised to give the best methods. For ion-pairing studies, a C column with18

plasma stability and chromatographic separation. The a methanol mobile phase was used. The ion-pairingmethod was evaluated by measuring the concen- reagent was sodium pentane sulfonate. In the re-tration of the various Se species in an enriched yeast versed-phase studies, a C column was again used18

sample. The total selenium concentrations (the sum with an acetate buffer containing varying percentagesof the concentrations of the various species) agreed of methanol. Cation-exchange LC was used with anwell with the total selenium value measured using acetate buffer containing methanol. For all threedirect sample introduction into the ICP-MS system. modes, organic modifier concentration and pH wasDetection limits were calculated to be 0.20, 0.60 and optimised. As expected, LC with ICP-MS detection

210.20 mg l (as Se) for SeCys, SeMet and TMSe, gave detection limits improved by three orders ofrespectively. A certified serum standard and human magnitude when compared to ICP-AES. Isocratic

RP-HPLC was the method of choice and was able to21yield a separation of Pb from TML whereas

attempts to perform this separation using IPC wereunsuccessful. Strong cation-exchange also did notgive an adequate separation. A separation of the twopeaks was observed using RP-HPLC but resolutionwas poor. An obvious answer to improve the res-olution would be to use a gradient elution; however,an unstable plasma and high reflected power wereobtained so only isocratic elution was feasible.

In a further study [56] the same group used IPCwith a C column, methanol–water mobile phase18

and PIC-B5 for the separation of inorganic leadFig. 4. Chromatogram obtained for separation of SeCys, SeMet, 21

1 21 (Pb ), TEL, TPLL and tetraethyllead (TTEL).and TMSe (100 mg l as Se) under optimum experimentalDetection limits were 0.37, 0.14, 0.17 and 3.9 ng ofconditions. Reprinted from Munoz Olivas et al. [54] by permission

of The Royal Society of Chemistry. Pb for the four compounds, respectively. Method

Page 1093: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

100 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

evaluation was performed by calculating the TEL which compared well to the certified value (1021concentration in Standard Reference Material Lead mg l ). Spiked urine samples were used to evaluate

in Fuel and inorganic lead in a water Quality Control the feasibility of the remaining lead compoundssample from the US Environmental Protection using this method. Similarly, no organomercuryAgency. The results obtained experimentally com- species were identified in the urine sample and thepared well with reference values. It was found that a experimentally measured inorganic mercury concen-

21post-column derivatisation method could probably be tration (28 mg l ) compared well with the certified21used to further increase sensitivity of the method for concentration (28 mg l ). Again a spiked urine

studies on the environmental fate of alkyllead species sample was analyzed to determine method perform-in the environment. ance for the organomercury samples. In this instance,

1 1Brown et al. [57] described the development of a the sensitivities for MeHg and EtHg were reducedcoupled LC isotope dilution ICP-MS method for lead by a factor of two in the urine matrix due to an easily

21speciation. Pb , TML and TEL were separated ionisable element interference from Na which is21using IPC on a C column using a mobile phase present at a concentration of 1000 mg l . Sensitivity18

21 1gradient of 10:90 to 30:70 methanol–buffer eluent for Hg was not affected as the Na was retained21 21with 0.1 mol sodium acetate, 0.1 mol acetic acid by the anionic pairing reagent and so eluted after21 21 1and 4 mmol PIC-B5 as the ion-pairing reagent. Hg . Conversely, the tail of the Na chromato-

Following on from the work of Al-Rashdan [36] the graphic peak interfered with the inorganic species.principal aim of this work was to optimise the Suyani et al. [58] compared ICP-MS and ICP-AES

21separation of Pb from TML. The gradient elution as detection methods for organotin speciation and, inemployed affected the chromatographic baseline but, addition, evaluated the separation using both cation-

21with respect to the TML and Pb separation, the exchange and ion-pair HPLC. Detection limits ob-fluctuations were deemed irrelevant. An artificial tained using ICP-MS were, not surprisingly, threerainwater sample was analyzed to assess the method orders of magnitude lower than those measured usingaccuracy with encouraging results. A lack of suitable ICP-AES for trimethyltin chloride (TMT-Cl), tri-‘customised’ software for LC–isotope dilution-ICP- butyltin chloride (TBT-Cl) and triphenyltin acetateMS was identified as an unresolved problem, how- (TPhT-Ac). The linear dynamic ranges were threeever the authors manipulated their data using a orders of magnitude for cation-exchange and twographics package off-line. orders of magnitude for ion-pair HPLC, with the

Shum et al. [30] investigated lead and mercury exception being TPhT-Ac due to poor resolution.speciation using ion-pair microbore column LC– When the two chromatographic modes were com-ICP-MS with direct injection nebulisation. Inorganic pared it was observed that ion-exchange chromatog-lead, two trialkyl lead species, inorganic mercury and raphy provided better resolution but the separationthree organomercury species were separated using an time was longer. Conversely, ion-pair chromatog-acetonitrile–water (20:80, v /v) mobile phase with 5 raphy gave a shorter analysis time but poorer res-mM ammonium pentanesulphonate ion-pairing re- olution.agent at pH 3.4. Detection limits for all the lead Yang et al. [59] also studied the speciation of tincompounds were 0.2 pg of Pb. The detection limits compounds using IPC–ICP-MS. Inorganic tin, tri-were 7, 18, and 16 pg of Hg for inorganic mercury, methyltin (TMT), triethyltin (TET), tripropyltin

1 1MeHg and EtHg , respectively. Peak areas were (TPT), tributyltin (TBT) and triphenyltin (TPhT)used in these calculations. The separation method were separated in less than 6 min using a C column8

was evaluated by measuring Pb and Hg species in and a 50% methanol mobile phase with 5% acetichuman urine (NIST SRM 2670 freeze dried urine). acid and 5 mM PIC-B5 added. Calculated detection

21Inorganic Pb was retained permanently on the limits were in the range 2.8–16 pg Sn for the variouscolumn (as the column was not completely end- species. Various tin species in harbour sedimentcapped) and was removed by flushing the column reference sample PACS-1 (prepared using awith EDTA. Only inorganic lead was found in the tropolone–benzene extraction) and in a harbour

21urine sample at a concentration of 10.3 mg l Pb water sample were analyzed. TBT was the principal

Page 1094: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 101

species in the sediment sample with Sn(IV) and an were reduced upon oxygen addition to the nebuliserunidentified species also present. The concentration gas flow and by the use of desolvation. Detection

21of Sn as TBT obtained experimentally agreed with limits were 0.6 and 1.8 ng ml Cr for the twothe certified value. TPhT and TBT were identified in species, respectively, which were better than thosethe harbour water sample and recoveries approached obtained using ICP-AES detection and when nebulis-100% for TPT, TPhT and TBT. ers such as the DIN and USN were used.

Kumar et al. [60] described the effect of inorganic Jiang and Houk [55] investigated the separation oftin chloride on the separation of trimethyl-, tributyl- anionic compounds of phosphorus and sulphur usingand triphenyltin chlorides using IPC–ICP-MS. Two ion-pair chromatography with ICP-MS detection. Forcolumns, a PRP-1 and a silica-based column were the separation of inorganic phosphates a PRP-1investigated. For the latter, inorganic tin was held divinylbenzene co-polymer column was used withon-column and did not affect the separation unless 0.005 M triethylammonium nitrate as the ion-pairing

21the concentration exceeded 1 mg g inorganic tin reagent. MeOH (2%) was used as the organic32chloride. There was less retention of inorganic tin on modifier at pH 6. Orthophosphate (PO ) , pyro-4

42 52the PRP-1 column. A good separation between phosphate (P O ) and tripolyphosphate (P O )2 7 3 10

inorganic and organotin compounds was achieved at were successfully separated with detection limits ofpH 6 using the PRP-1 column. Detection limits were 0.4, 0.6 and 1 ng P, respectively. These detection1.6 pg, 1.5 pg and 2.3 pg as Sn for TMT, TBT and limits were superior by a factor of 200–2000 com-TPhT, respectively. pared to the best LC–ICP-AES results reported in

The same group also used supercritical fluid the literature for the same compounds. For theextraction (SFE) to extract TBT and TPhT from analysis of adenosine phosphates, the same columnbiological samples in about 15 min [61]. IPC was was used but with 0.01 M triethylammonium bro-subsequently used to separate the compounds in the mide as the ion-pairing reagent. The nucleotidesextracts. Extraction temperature, pressure and modi- AMP, ADP, ATP and cyclic 2,3-AMP were separatedfier were optimised. The amount of sample used was successfully although resolution was not ideal for thereduced to 0.14 g using SFE as compared to 2.5–5.0 separation of ADP and ATP. Detection limits rangedg. Low recoveries, however, were obtained, indicat- from 0.8–4.0 ng P which, again are superior toing the need for procedural modifications. Further detection limits reported using ICP-AES. This chro-work by Vela et al. [62] described the optimisation of matographic system was also employed for thecartridge size, modifier type and restrictor tempera- separation of sulphur containing amino acids, thisture for SFE before analysis of the same organotin time with 1% acetonitrile as an organic modifier atcompounds by IPC–ICP-MS. This analysis indicated pH 7.5. Cysteine and methionine were successfullythat the extracted species varied with the type of separated with estimated detection limits of 150

21modifier employed. Lower extraction efficiencies ng ml sulphur. Finally, inorganic sulphates werewere obtained with ‘real samples’ indicating that separated using a silica-based C column with 0.00518

modifications to the extraction procedure were re- M PIC-A and 5% methanol at pH 7.1. It was foundquired for further work. that sulphate and sulphite could not be separated

Limited work has been performed in the area of under any conditions and the authors suggested thatchromium speciation using IPC–ICP-MS which is this could be due to sulphite converting to sulphatesurprising as the element is widely distributed in the during the chromatographic process.environment owing to its use in industrial applica- Heumann et al. [63] used isotope dilution masstions. Jakubowski et al. [26] used IPC–ICP-MS with spectrometry as an element specific detector for thehydraulic high pressure nebulisation for the sepa- determination of iodide and iodate in mineral waterration of Cr(III) and Cr(VI). A 5 mm Eurospher using an IPC system and a species specific spiking

129100-C column was used with a mobile phase of method. A known quantity of a I enriched iodide18

25% methanol, ammonium acetate and tetrabutylam- and iodate spike was mixed with the sample beforemonium acetate as the ion-pairing reagent. Carbon injection into the chromatograph. Detection limits

21interferences, caused by the use of organic solvents, were stated to be in the pg ml range although

Page 1095: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

102 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

detection limits for the specific analytes were not 2.4. Micellar liquid chromatographyreported.

IPC–ICP-MS has been used by Pretorius et al. 2.4.1. Introduction[64] for the determination of gallium porphyrins in Another variation on reversed-phase and ion-paircoal extracts. As certified reference materials with chromatography is micellar liquid chromatographyaccurate metalloporphyrin concentrations are not (MLC) where the counter ion is a relatively highavailable, the technique was compared to HPLC with concentration of a surfactant (detergent). The counterUV–Vis detection. Compounds were separated on a ion in MLC possesses a long-chain hydrocarbonNovapak C18 column using 1 mM PIC-A as an ‘tail’. Formation of micelles occurs in aqueousion-pair reagent and 15% methanol. The technique solutions when the concentration of these counterwas applied successfully to the analysis of gallium ions exceeds what is known as the ‘critical micelleporphyrin distributions in three coal extracts. The concentration’. Around 40–100 ions aggregate,

21estimated detection limit was 64 pg s , although forming spherical particles with the hydrophobic tailpeaks were rather broad. directed towards the centre and the hydrophillic head

A study carried out by Braverman [65] involved directed towards the outside so they are in contactthe use of IPC–ICP-MS for the separation of 14 rare with water molecules. In this way a ‘second phase’ isearth elements. An isocratic separation on a C created and uncharged species may be solubilised as18

column was performed with a mobile phase of 0.14 micelles. If a sample containing compounds ofM 2-hydroxy-2-methylpropanoic acid (HIBA) and varying polarity is introduced into such a system, the0.02 M octanesulphonic acid at pH 3.8. Detection compounds will partition between the aqueous and

21limits were in the range 0.4–5.0 ng ml for the hydrophobic phases and, thus, a separation may beelements. The technique was used for the analysis of achieved. Using such a system, both ionic and non-NIST Fly Ash. All elements except for Er, Tm, Yb ionic compounds may be separated.and Lu exhibited good recovery. The author sug-gested the use of isotope dilution or an improved 2.4.2. Applicationsclean up separation stage in the analysis to improve Suyani et al. [67] used micellar liquid chromatog-upon this. raphy for the speciation of alkyltin compounds

Zhao et al. [66] used IPC–ICP-MS with platinum [TMT-Cl, triethyltin-chloride (TET-Cl) and tri-specific detection to determine cisplatin (an anti- propyltin-chloride (TPT-Cl)] using a micellar mobiletumour drug) and its possible metabolites in the phase of 0.1 M sodium dodecylsulphate (SDS) and ahuman body. The reaction products of cisplatin with C Spherisorb column. The detection limits ob-18

various proteins and cisplatin hydrolysis products tained were 27, 51 and 111 pg (Sn), respectively. Forwere separated using a ODS C column and 1- the separation of monoethyltin chloride (MET-Cl),18

heptanesulphonate negatively charged ion-pairing dimethyltin chloride (DMT-Cl) and TMT-Cl theagent. In order to retain the thiol containing Pt concentration of the mobile phase was increased tocomplexes, the pH was adjusted to 2.6. The authors 0.02 M SDS. In this instance the detection limitsconcluded that, compared to conventional detection were 46, 26 and 126 pg (Sn), respectively. SDS is atechniques, the use of ICP-MS as a detector is more negatively charged surfactant. The use of a positivelyefficient in terms of selectivity and sensitivity with charged or nonionic micelle mobile phase results inrespect to Pt species. Using heptanesulphonate, all Pt the elution of compounds in the void volume orcomplexes were resolved and the method was ap- irreversible absorption onto the stationary phase dueplied to the determination of cisplatin and its metab- to low electrostatic interactions. The authors sug-olites in urine and blood samples. gested that the concentration of the surfactant should

The various applications of IPC listed alphabeti- not exceed 0.1 M in order to avoid clogging of thecally in Table 1 according to sample type. The torch and sampling cone orifice in the ICP-MS.chromatographic parameters, instruments used for Ding et al. [68] employed micellar LC for arsenicdetection and elements analyzed are summarised. speciation using ICP-MS detection. Dimethylarsenic

Page 1096: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 103

acid (DMA), monomethylarsonic acid (MMA), (IEC) are based upon the utilisation of exchangeAs(III) and As(V) were separated using a mobile equilibria between charged solute ions and opposite-phase of 0.05 M cetrimide (cetyltrimethylammonium ly charged ions on the surface of a stationary phase.bromide) as the micelle forming agent, 10% propanol Solute ions and ions of equivalent charge in theand 0.02 M borate buffer (Fig. 5). Cetrimide was mobile phase compete for the counter ion on theused as it exhibited favourable electrostatic interac- stationary phase and the extent of this competitiontions between the solutes and micelles. Again, the k9 determines the relative retention of the ions. Avalues decreased with increased micelle forming commonly used strong cation-exchange resin con-agent, which favoured the chromatography, but care tains the sulphonic acid group 2SO H and a typical-3

was taken not to introduce excessive amounts of salt ly weak cation-exchange resin contains the carboxy-that would result in sample cone clogging. The lic acid group 2COOH. Anion-exchangers common-detection limits for the four compounds ranged from ly use quaternary or primary amine groups.90–300 pg (As) and R.S.Ds. were all below 5%. The Ion-exchange packing materials are traditionallydynamic range was linear to three orders of mag- formed from the emulsion copolymerisation ofnitude for each of the species. Urine samples (so- styrene and divinylbenzene, the latter polymer iscalled ‘dirty samples’) were easily analyzed with used to provide cross linking and thus increase thelittle back pressure increase and the total arsenic rigidity of the beads. Ionic functional groups areconcentration (0.5260.02 ppm) agreed favorably chemically bonded to this backbone. Pellicular silica-with the certified value (0.4860.10 ppm). based packing materials may also be used which are

The various applications of micellar liquid chro- then coated with a synthetic ion-exchange resin butmatography are listed alphabetically in Table 1 these tend to have comparatively less sample capaci-according to sample type. The chromatographic ty.parameters, instruments used for detection and ele- Ion-exchange chromatography may be used toments analyzed are summarised. separate ionic species at a particular pH. Ion-ex-

change packings may also be used to separate2.5. Ion-exchange chromatography charged species from uncharged species. Factors,

other than simple coulombic interactions, may in-2.5.1. Introduction fluence retention in IEC. For instance, when organic

Processes involving ion-exchange chromatography ions are injected into an IEC, hydrophobic interac-tions between the nonionic carbon backbone of thestationary phase and the sample cause organic ions tobe retained in a manner characteristic of reversed-phase chromatography. The sample may then diffuseto the charged region of the support where an ionicinteraction may occur.

The retention of a sample by a column and theresultant column efficiency is principally dependenton the rate of diffusion of the analyte through thecolumn. The diffusion rate is dependent upon boththe size and porosity of the resin beads and theviscosity of the eluent. The mean free path of ananalyte through a column is increased when the resinparticle diameter is reduced and also if the stationaryphase resin is more porous. The combination of thesediffusion mechanisms is the rate determining step inFig. 5. Chromatogram of mixture of four arsenic standards usingIEC.micellar liquid chromatography. Reprinted from Ding et al. [68]

by permission of Elsevier Science. The resolution of an ion-exchange separation may

Page 1097: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

104 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

be adjusted by optimising the ionic strength, pH, exchange resin with a 50 mM K SO mobile phase2 4

buffer concentration, organic modifier concentration, at pH 10.5. The sulphate concentration was nottemperature and liquid flow-rate. Resolution may be detrimental to the cones and the plasma was found toimproved by increasing the counter ion concentration be stable for up to 4 h.(and thus the ionic strength) of the mobile phase so A number of workers have investigated the specia-that there is more competition between the sample tion of As in urine using this technique [70–73].and counterions for the exchangeable ionic centres. Heitkemper et al. [70] separated As(III), As(V),The selectivity of the separation may be greatly DMA and MMA using a weak custom made anion-influenced by small variations in the pH of the exchange column with Adsorbosphere-NH packing.2

mobile phase. A pH change will affect the ionisation A guard column dry packed with a pellicular aminoof the sample and the equilibria between the analyte packing was used along with a presaturation column.buffer and stationary phase. Both ionic strength and Initial studies using ICP-AES as a detector used apH gradients may be used to optimise a separation. buffered mobile phase of 30% methanol, 50 mM

An increase in the column temperature may result ammonium dihydrogen phosphate and 5 mM am-in increased column efficiency and large changes in monium acetate was used with good results. How-separation selectivity due to improved solute diffu- ever, when ICP-MS was used as the detector,sion and mass transfer. Column efficiency may also clogging of the sampling cone and rapid erosionbe achieved using low flow-rates. The pH of the occurred due to the high buffer concentration. Amobile phase for ion-exchange chromatography is mobile phase of 30% methanol, 15 mM ammoniummost effectively controlled by the use of a buffer. dihydrogen phosphate and 2 mM ammonium carbon-The type and concentration of the buffer are of ate at pH 5.75 was finally used. In order to achieve aimportance since the ionic strength, which deter- satisfactory separation of MMA and As(V), a flow-mines the relative retention, affects the competition rate change was programmed. Absolute detectionbetween the analyte and mobile phase ions. An limits ranged from 20 to 91 pg As in aqueous media.organic modifier at a concentration of less than 10% The method was subsequently applied for the analy-may also influence the selectivity of the separation sis of urine. Standard additions were used to de-by affecting the mechanism controlling the hydro- termine the four species in two freeze dried urinephobic interaction of the solutes with the matrix. standards. Detection limits in the real samples wereOwing to the number of papers published in the area found to be slightly higher (36–96 pg). The R.S.Ds.of IEC, anion-exchange and cation-exchange chro- for each species was found to be less than 10%.

40 35matography will be discussed separately. The various Chloride interference ( Ar Cl) resulted in an inter-applications of ion-exchange liquid chromatography fering peak which complicated the determination ofare listed alphabetically in Table 1 according to As (III).sample type. The chromatographic parameters, in- In a subsequent paper [71], the same researchstruments used for detection and elements analyzed group discussed overcoming the ArCl interferenceare summarised. which was detrimental in the former study. A

Wescan anion-exchange column was used with a2.5.2. Applications of anion-exchange mobile phase of aqueous phthalic acid. The authorschromatography explained that the concentration of sodium chloride

Anion-exchange chromatography has been used in urine is about 0.15 M and that normal levels of Asextensively for arsenic speciation studies. Arsenic are in the region of 100 ppb. Thus, chloride con-exists in many forms which vary in toxicity accord- centrations are five orders of magnitude higher than

1ing to the following order arsenite (most toxic). any As species and the potential AsCl interferencearsenate.monomethylarsonic acid (MMA.di- may be substantial. The anion-exchange column was

2methylarsinic acid (DMA).arsenobetaine (least used to chromatographically separate Cl fromtoxic). Branch et al. [69] described preliminary arsenic. A high dilution of the urine samples wasresults for the speciation of these five arsenic species used so that column overloading did not occur.using a column packed with Benson 7–10 mm anion- Drawbacks to this procedure include an increase in

Page 1098: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 105

detection limits (3.4–7 ppb) due to the dilution factor limits for the anions in the urine sample were 7–1021 21and an incomplete separation between DMA and ng ml and 3–6 ng ml for the cations with the

MMA. recovery of all arsenic species in urine approachingThe next study by this group [72] extended the 100%.

chloride removal technique for the separation of four Wang et al. [74] reported the conversion of As(III)As species (As(III), As(V), DMA and MMA) (Fig. to As (V), especially at low pH, during the specia-6). A Wescan Anion IC column was again employed tion of arsenic in coal fly ash. The authors suggestedwith a 2% propanol, 50 mM carbonate mobile phase that oxidation may be attributed to harsh sampleat pH 7.5. Urine samples and spiked beverage preparation techniques or by co-existing high oxida-samples were analyzed. The authors investigated the tion state elements in the solution extraction pro-potential of using a He–Ar mixed gas plasma to cedures. Oxidation was not attributed to the presencereduce detection limits. This alternative ionisation of atmospheric oxygen from air entrainment.source improved detection limits but also intensified Demesmay et al. [75] used anion-exchange chro-

1the ArCl interfering signal. Chromatographic meth- matography, again for speciation of six arsenicods were again used to eliminate the argon chloride species. Three anionic species (DMA, MMA and Asinterference. It was found that arsenite oxidised to (V)), nonionic As (III), a cationic species (AC) and aarsenate in urine samples at high concentrations, but zwitterion (AB) were separated using a 2% acetoni-this problem was overcome by diluting one part trile mobile phase and a Hamilton PRP X100 anion-

1urine with four parts water. The ClO ion was exchange column at pH 6.5. Detection limits rangedmonitored and it was found that the chloride eluted from 10 to 30 pg As and both R.S.Ds. and linearity100 s after the last analyte peak. Cation-exchange were good. The method was extended for the analy-chromatography was also used in this study to sis of As species in a fish extract. No significantseparate four arsenic cationic species: arsenobetaine interference effects were noted for the presence of(AB), trimethylarsine oxide (TMAO), arsenocholine chloride in the fish sample and this was attributed to(AsC) and tetramethylarsonium ion (TMAs). An the organic solvent having a masking effect.ionosphere column was used in this instance with a Six different fish samples were analyzed for Aspyridinium ion (0.1 M) mobile phase. Detection species by Branch et al. [76]. Five species were

separated [AB, DMA, As(III), MMA and As(V)]using a Benson strong anion-exchange resin. Thepredominant arsenic compound was found to be ABwhich is non-toxic. Arsenic levels were in the range

21 211.0 mg kg dry mass in mackerel to 187 mg kgdry mass in plaice. Nitrogen addition was used to

1remove ArCl interference at m /z 75.Chen et al. [77] studied metabolites of dimethylar-

sinic acid in the urine of rats exposed to DMA indrinking water. Anion-exchange chromatographywas used to monitor the increased concentrations ofarsenite, DMA, trimethylarsine oxide and an un-identified compound in the urine. Results showedthat DMA was demethylated to inorganic As whichis achieved by the action of intestinal bacteria.

Analysis of the growth promoter 4-hydroxy-3-nitrophenylarsonic acid (roxarsone) has been investi-gated by Dean et al. [78]. Tissue, sampled fromchickens with a roxarsone supplemented diet wasFig. 6. Separation of four As species and chloride by iondigested using a trypsin enzymolysis technique.chromatography with ICP-MS detection. Reprinted from Sheppard

et al. [72]. Anion-exchange chromatography was used to per-

Page 1099: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

106 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

form bulk matrix separation and three anion-ex- chromatography and ICP-MS detection. It was foundchange columns were used in series. The anionic that detection limits and background levels wereroxarsone was retained whereas, at the particular pH, superior for the anion-exchange chromatographynon-ionic and cationic species had no affinity for the compared to IPC. A preconcentration column wascolumns. The roxarsone concentration was then coupled on-line with the anion-exchange system anddetermined by reversed-phase HPLC with a 5% used in the analysis of spiked water matrices.methanol mobile phase and 0.01 M orthophosphoric Detection limits obtained using the preconcentrationacid. The limit of quantification was 25 ng of method were in the range 0.16–0.42 and 0.08–0.19

21roxarsone per gram of muscle tissue. The authors ng ml of Se for selenite and selenate, respectively.found that no roxarsone was detected in muscle These detection limits were improved by two orderstissue from chickens fed with the growth promoter of magnitude when compared to those obtainedfollowing a seven day withdrawal period. without the preconcentration step.

Goossens et al. [79] described an anion-exchange Crews et al. [81] investigated the speciation of Seseparation method for the determination of As and in in vitro gastrointestinal extracts of cooked codSe with ICP-MS detection. A Dowex-IX8 anion- using anion-exchange HPLC–ICP-MS. Four Se stan-exchange column was used to separate As and Se in dards were measured, selenomethionine,

2nitrate form from Cl . The As and Se species were selenocystine, sodium selenite and sodium selenate,21 2eluted with 0.03 mol l HNO whereas Cl was along with a gastrointestinal extract. A Polysphere3

1retained. In this way the ArCl interference was IC AN-2 column was used with a 5 mM salicylate82eliminated. The method was applied to the determi- mobile phase at pH 8.5. The Se isotope was used

nation of As and Se in sea-water, human serum and throughout the study. 12% of total Se measured inhuman urine samples. For the latter sample, dilute the cooked cod was found to be in the form ofacetic acid was used instead of nitric acid as the selenite. The remaining Se did not correspond to anyeluent. As and Se results compared well with cer- of the Se standards measured but was believed to betified values whereas, for the human serum sample, an organoselenium compound.experimental concentrations did not fall within the Chromium speciation has been the subject ofcertified range. several recent chromatographic studies where ICP-

Shum and Houk [32] described the use of a direct MS was used as a detector. Chromium(III) is aninjection nebuliser (DIN) for use with packed micro- essential metal that must be incorporated into the dietcolumns for anion-exchange chromatography cou- to aid in the metabolism of insulin and otherpled to ICP-MS. A 5 mm anion-exchange resin with biological systems. Conversely, chromium(VI) isa mobile phase of 5 mM NH HCO and 5 mM highly toxic in the human body and has the ability to4 3

22(NH ) CO was used for the separation of SeO traverse biological membranes. Exposure to Cr(VI)4 2 3 322[Se(IV)] and SeO [Se(VI)]. Calculated detection may result in dermal reaction. The speciation of4

limits were 14 and 15 pg of Se for Se(IV) and chromium, is, therefore, essential to gauge if toxic or74 78Se(VI), respectively. The isotopes Se and Se nontoxic forms of the metal are prevalent in a

were monitored during the chromatographic sepa- sample.ration. The detection limits were an order of mag- Zoorob et al. [82] used a direct injection nebulisernitude better than those obtained using a traditional and anion-exchange LC–ICP-MS for chromiumpneumatic nebuliser. Isotope ratios were calculated speciation (Fig. 7). A Dionex ASII microbore col-using the area under the chromatographic peak for umn was used with a mobile phase of 6 mM 2,6-each isotope. The R.S.Ds. obtained improved when pyridine dicarboxylic acid (PDCA) and 8.6 mMthe amount of sample injected was increased. lithium hydroxide at pH 6.8. Chromium(III) was

The application of anion-exchange chromatog- pre-complexed with PDCA by warming for 2 h atraphy for the speciation of Se has been well docu- 658C until the colour changed from pink to purplemented in the literature. Cai et al. [80] performed indicating formation of Cr(PDCA) . Chromium(VI)2

on-line preconcentration of Se(IV) and Se(VI) in did not require complexing. Detection limits wereaqueous matrices followed by IPC or anion-exchange calculated to be 3 pg Cr. The technique was success-

Page 1100: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 107

respectively, with a linear dynamic range of fourorders of magnitude.

Pantsar-Kallio and Manninen [85] optimised aunique coupled cation- and anion-exchange chro-matographic system for Cr speciation. The need forCr(III) species conversion by oxidation was elimi-nated by the use of dilute nitric acid eluents.

21Detection limits using the system were 0.3 mg l for21Cr(III) and 0.8 mg l for Cr(VI) in lake water

samples.Roehl and Alforque [86] developed a method for

the determination of hexavalent chromium in aque-Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of a direct injection nebulizer. Re-printed from Zoorob et al. [82] with permission of the Royal ous samples by isocratic anion-exchange-HPLC. ASociety of Chemistry. Dionex AS4A anion-exchange column was used with

a 6 mM (NH ) SO mobile phase at pH 9. Detection4 2 4

limits and linear dynamic ranges compared well tofully used for the analysis of chromium species in a an existing method of detection comprising a post-freeze dried urine certified reference material. column reactor and colorimetric diphenylcar-

In another study, Byrdy et al. [83] also performed bohydrazide complex. Arar et al. [87] also deter-chromium speciation by anion-exchange HPLC using mined the isotopic composition of hexavalentICP-AES detection for preliminary studies and ICP- chromium in wastewater sludge incinerator emission.MS for final work. Again Cr(III) and Cr(VI) were Ding et al. [88] used anion-exchange chromatog-separated, this time using an EDTA chelation pro- raphy–ICP-MS to determine different forms ofcedure to stabilise Cr(III), an ammonium sulphate- chromium in chromium picolinate products whichammonium hydroxide mobile phase and an IonPac are used as dietary supplements and appear to assistAS7 mixed mode column and guard column. A high in weight loss. A Dionex AS7 anion-exchange

1SO polyatomic interference was observed, therefore column was used to separate Cr(III)–EDTA chelatethe more abundant m /z 53 isotope was monitored and Cr(VI) in the supplements. Only 1% totalinstead of the m /z 52 isotope. This served to reduce chromium recoveries were obtained and this wasthe mobile phase background, however it should be attributed to retention of the chromium species on-noted that m /z 52 may be monitored to avoid column. The use of RP-HPLC proved to be morepossible chloride interference at m /z 53. The abso- effective and complete chromium recoveries werelute detection limits were 40 pg for Cr(III) and 100 obtained, based on the amounts stated on the manu-pg for Cr(VI) in aqueous standards, based on peak facturer’s product labels.height calculations. The linear dynamic range ex- Tomlinson and Caruso [28] also performed thetended to approximately three orders of magnitude speciation of Cr(III) and (VI) using a Dionex AS-11for both species. A certified water sample reference anion-exchange microbore column and 6 mM 2,6-material was analyzed for the presence of Cr(III) and PDCA–8.6 mM lithium hydroxide mobile phase. A

21the species was detected at the 20 mg l level. The thermospray source was used as the interface be-use of gradient elution to reduce the duration of tween LC and ICP-MS. Absolute limits of detectionchromatographic runs was identified as a region for were at the pg level for both species using thisfuture studies. instrument assembly.

Inoue et al. [84] also used EDTA chelation to Goossens and Dams [89] developed a method tostabilize Cr(III) prior to separation by anion-ex- separate chlorine and sulphur interferents from V, Cr,change chromatography and detection by ICP-MS at Cu, Zn, As and Se in various samples using a

1 1m /z 52 and 53. No ArCl and ClO interferences Dionex-1 anion-exchange column and dilute nitric25were observed and detection limits were 8.1?10 acid eluent. The analytes were collected in the eluent

25 21 2 2 22 22and 8.8?10 mg ml of Cr for Cr(III) and Cr(VI), whereas Cl , ClO , SO and SO interferents4 4 3

Page 1101: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

108 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

2 1were retained on the column in the NO form. This units above M and are particularly problematic for3

procedure illustrates a method for the simultaneous elements such as tungsten and the rare earth elementsseparation of cations and anions from S and Cl. which have a high tendency to form these species in

The determination of bromate in drinking water by plasmas. The authors used an anion-exchange col-anion-exchange LC–ICP-MS was described by umn to retain interfering molybdenum, titanium andCreed et al. [90]. Bromate is a carcinogenic agent uranium complexes while copper, zinc and cadmiumand is found in drinking water owing to the oxidation were eluted rapidly. The complexes were readilyof bromide by ozone. A Dionex AG10 column and washed from the column. This technique may poten-100 mM NaOH mobile phase was found to be tially be used to separate various other interferingsuitable for the determination of bromate in a 1000 elements such as Sn, W, Hf or Zr.ppm chloride matrix. In addition, sulphate and Anion-exchange chromatography with ICP-MSnitrate, which are the principle anions found in detection has been used for the determination of golddrinking water, did not interfere with ICP-MS de- drug metabolites and related metals in human bloodtection. Excellent recoveries were obtained in the [93]. Gold-based drugs are often used in the treat-presence of high concentrations of chloride, nitrate ment of rheumatoid arthritis but metabolism of theand sulphate with R.S.Ds. of less than 6%. Pre- drugs in the human body and their action upon theconcentration of samples was attempted and yielded disease is not completely understood. A weak anion-

21detection limits in the 0.1–0.2 mg l range. With an exchange column was used with a mobile phase21ultrasonic nebuliser the detection limit was 50 ng l linear gradient starting with 20 mM aqueous Tris

for bromate but the precision of samples was de- buffer at pH 6.5. Human blood serum was analyzedgraded due to an adjacent peak interference. for Au, Zn and Cu. Three Zn species, two Au species

A species specific spiking method has been dem- and at least four Cu containing species were iden-onstrated by Heumann et al. [63] for the determi- tified. The chromatographic retention times were notnation of iodide and iodate in mineral water using consistent from patient to patient, and, thereforeanion-exchange ion chromatography. An exact identification of the species was difficult.

129known quantity of an I enriched iodide and iodatespike was mixed with the sample before separation. 2.5.3. Applications of cation-exchangeIodate concentrations were determined in the range chromatography

21of 0.5–20 ng ml and for iodide in the range 0.1–5 Arsenic speciation was perfomed in a rigorous21ng ml . For the analysis of two mineral water study by Larsen et al. [94] for the analysis of several

samples, the sum of the two inorganic iodine species seafood sample extracts. Several arsenicals werewas comparable to the total iodine concentrations. In detected with an Ionosphere cation-exchange columna third sample, a third peak was identified and using the trimethylselenonium ion as an internalattributed to an organo-iodine species. chromatographic standard and a mobile phase of 20

A number of inorganic impurities was identified in mM pyridinium ion, adjusted to pH 2.65 with aceticthe analysis of methamphetamine by anion-ex- acid. The cationic compounds AsC, TMA, tri-change–ICP-MS [91]. A SAM3-125 anion-exchange methylarsine oxide, two unknown cationic sub-column was used with a 4.4 mM sodium carbonate stances and inorganic As were detected and quan-and 1.2 mM sodium bicarbonate mobile phase. The tified at low levels. The concentration of each21 elements (including metals and non-metals) were species (as arsenic) relative to total arsenic wasidentified and separated. The authors identified the 19–98% (arsenobetaine), 0–0.6% (arsenocholine andpotential of this technique for the discrimination of trimethylarsonium ion) in the seafood samples. Thevarious methamphetamines by inorganic elements in first unknown cationic species was present at 3.1–forensic studies. 18% in shell fish and lobster and the second was

Jiang et al. [92] separated metal oxide ions of present at 0.2–6.4% in all the samples. The con-titanium, molybdenum and uranium from singly centration of arsenite and arsenate was 0–1.4%,

1charged metal species. Diatomic oxide ions, MO dimethylarsinate constituted 8.2–29% whereas 0.3%cause overlap interferences in ICP-MS at m /z 16–18 monomethylarsonate was detected in oyster tissue. It

Page 1102: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 109

was concluded that the concentration of toxic arsenic carboxylic acid and 9.6 mM lithium hydroxide at pHspecies in the samples was low, and, therefore, 4.0. Absolute detection limits were 0.024 ng andtolerable in the human diet according to levels set by 0.114 ng for vanadium(V) and (IV), respectively.the World Health Organisation. Other metals, nickel(II), chromium(III) and

Suyani et al. [58] employed ICP-MS as a detector chromium(VI) were separated using the same col-for the speciation of organotin compounds by both umn but with a slight modification to the mobilecation-exchange and IPC. TMT-Cl, TBT-Cl and phase. Detection limits for chromium(III) at m /z 52TPhT-Cl were separated using a Spherisorb ODS-2 and 53, respectively, were 0.042 and 0.017 ngC column for IPC and an Adsorbosphere SCX whereas for chromium(VI) the detection limits were18

column for cation-exchange LC studies. It was found 0.055 and 0.022 ng for the same masses. The limit ofthat ion-exchange chromatography gave a linear detection for nickel was 0.031 ng.dynamic range of over three orders of magnitude Trace amounts of rare earth elements that exist aswhile IPC was two orders of magnitude due to poor impurities in other materials have also been analyzedresolution. using cation-exchange HPLC [97]. Ion chromatog-

In the work of McLaren et al. [95] butyltin species raphy was used to separate 14 rare earth elementsin the certified reference harbour sediment, PACS-1 and to eliminate interferences from polyatomic ionswere separated by cation-exchange. TBT and DBT upon direct introduction of the eluent into the HPLCspecies were speciated with a Whatman SCX column system (Fig. 8). The detection limits of the elements

21and a step gradient elution of 0.3 M ammonium were in the range 1–5 pg ml in solution and21acetate in 60:40 methanol:water in which the pH was ng g in the solid. The linear range extended to six

21 21altered from 6 to 3 after 1 min elution. The limits of orders of magnitude from 10 pg ml to 10 mg ml .detection reported for TBT and DBT in sediment R.S.Ds. were also favourable (61% for Lu).

21 21samples were 5 ng g and 12 ng g , respectively. Fission products and actinides in spent nuclearTomlinson, Wang and Caruso [96] used an Alltech fuels have also been analyzed using cation-exchange

Adsorbosphere cation-exchange column for the LC [98]. Chromatography was essential in order tospeciation of vanadium (IV) and (V) with ICP-MS separate fission Cs from Ba for the analysis of thedetection. Single ion monitoring at m /z 51 was used lanthanides and to eliminate isobaric interferences inand the mobile phase consisted of 7 mM 2,6-pyridine the separation of the actinides. Separation of fission

21Fig. 8. Chromatograms of rare earth elements using ion chromatography, each 5 mg ml . Reprinted from Kawabata et al. [97] bypermission of the American Chemical Society.

Page 1103: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

110 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

Cs and Ba was achieved using a Dionex CS3 column to identify the approximate molecular masses of thewith 1 M nitric acid as an eluent in about 10 min. particular components being separated.The sample, which contained fission Cs of a different In SEC, smaller molecules are able to sample aisotopic composition to natural Cs, was an acidified larger effective pore volume compared to biggerleachate from spent nuclear fuel. The separation of solute molecules. Larger particles of higher molecu-the lanthanides was achieved using 0.1 M oxalic acid lar mass therefore spend relatively less time in thein 0.19 M LiOH with a Dionex CS5 mixed bed stationary phase pores and so are eluted before thecolumn. The lanthanides were found to elute in order smaller particles. Solvent molecules are normally the

¨of increasing atomic number. Rollin et al. [99] smallest molecules in the eluent system and are thusrecently published a study for the determination of eluted last at a retention time known as the ‘dead-fission product isotopes in irradiated nuclear fuels time’, t . This is in contrast to the liquid chromato-0

using the same technique. High U and Pu con- graphic methods described previously where thecentrations in such samples are known to suppress components are eluted after the t peak.0

the signals of trace elements and this study offers a Size-exclusion chromatography has a number ofmethod for the measurement of Nd, when high advantages over other LC methods. First, samples ofconcentrations of U and Pu are present and, similar- unknown molecular mass are known to elute beforely, a method of eliminating isobaric overlaps by t and so the end of a chromatographic run may beo

separating U, Am and Pu. An IonPac CS10 ana- predicted. Second, the retention time of an unknownlytical column was used for these separations with 1 compound is predictable in a calibrated chromato-M HCl as an eluent. Separation of the lanthanides graphic system. Third, SEC is a ‘gentle’ method ofwas achieved using an 18 min gradient from 0.04 to chromatographic separation and does not normally0.26 M HIBA. The method proved to yield a very result in sample analyte loss or on-column reactions.reliable and efficient separation, comparable to stan- Conversely, SEC has a number of disadvantagesdard techniques for the calculation of the burn-up of associated with the technique. The separation isa nuclear fuel. determined upon molecular size; therefore, the whole

Cation-exchange chromatography has been used to separation must be eluted within the excluded vol-determine 20 elements including the rare earths and ume and the dead volume. To obtain an adequateCo, Cu, Mn, Ni, Zn, Pb and U with ICP-MS at separation, the peaks must be sufficiently narrow asultra-trace levels [100]. Multielement standards were the column exhibits limited peak capacity. For aused for calibration of the analytical system in order complex multicomponent system, complete resolu-to increase sample throughput. The detection limits tion of the peaks is normally not achieved. A further

21for the elements were in the range 1–50 pg ml . disadvantage is that the method is only applicable tocertain samples that are not of similar size and do notabsorb onto the column packing materials.

2.6. Size-exclusion chromatographySEC has been used frequently to separate and

identify biological macromolecules using hydro-2.6.1. Introduction phillic column packings and aqueous mobile phases.

Size-exclusion chromatography (SEC) is a sepa- In addition, hydrophillic packings and organic mo-ration method where the retention of a solute de- bile phases have been used to separate small organicpends on molecular size. In addition, the retention of molecules and to obtain the molecular mass dis-a particular compound may be controlled by molecu- tribution of some polymers.lar interactions between the solute and the mobileand stationary phases. If the solute has an equivalent 2.6.2. Applications of size-exclusionaffinity for both phases, then the selectivity and chromatographyretention of the system will only be dependent upon A number of studies investigating the metalthe physical characteristics of the stationary phase, content of metalloproteins have been performedsuch as pore size distribution. If the chromatographic using SEC–ICP-MS [32,101–108]. Dean et al. [103]system is suitably calibrated it also may be possible used a Superose-12 ‘prep grade’ SEC column and

Page 1104: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 111

Tris HCl mobile phase to separate metallothionein corporation of the metals and interactions duringand ferritin in horse kidney in an attempt to de- metallothionein synthesis was obtained using thetermine the cadmium content in the two metallopro- SEC–ICP-MS system. The same authors [108] usedteins. In a following paper, the same group used SEC the technique to determine sulphhydryl groups (SHs)for the speciation of Cd in retail pig kidney samples in chicken ovalbumin (OVA) after the conversion[107]. Three discrete peaks were observed in un- into mercaptides using organomercury compounds.cooked kidney, and their molecular masses calcu- SEC–ICP-MS may be used to separate excess or-lated. Samples of cooked kidney and a simulated ganic mercurial reagents that are not consumed in thegastric digestion of the cooked kidney were also reaction. Five commercially available organic mer-analyzed, and it was found that the majority of curial reagents were compared regarding their reac-soluble cadmium in retail pig kidney is associated tivity towards SHs in OVA.with a metallothionein-like protein which survives SEC may yield significant information regardingcooking and simulated in vitro gastrointestinal diges- protein bound metal distributions in blood plasmation. and serum samples. Shum and Houk [32] described

Mason et al. [104] used SEC for the analysis of the separation of proteins in human serum, withoutmetallothionein protein standards of known elemen- the need for sample pretreatment, using a directtal composition for Cd, Zn and Cu. Zn was displaced injection nebuliser. Pb, Cd, Cu, Fe and Zn metal-from the protein molecule during chromatography loproteins were separated using a SynChropak SECand substituted with Cu. Full recovery of Cd was column and 0.1 M Tris–HCl mobile phase at pH 6.9.obtained. The technique was used for the analysis of Six metal binding molecular mass fragments werethe metal content of cytosolic metal binding proteins observed of viscosity 15 000–650 000. Possible pro-from the polychaete worm Neanthes arenaceoden- teins responsible for these molecular mass fractionstata. Cu, Zn and Cd were determined, using EDTA were postulated, e.g. ceruloplasmin at 130 kDa,complexation and a Tris-HCl mobile phase, at levels however some are still unidentified. Detection limitsof 42.178 mg Cd, 4.523 mg Zn and 2.368 mg Cu per for the metals in the metalloproteins ranged from 0.5mg of protein. The same group [106] also used to 3 pg of metal and are superior by two orders ofdirectly coupled SEC–ICP-MS for the quantitative magnitude to previous values obtained by ICP-MS.

63 65analysis of environmentally induced perturbations in Lyon and Fell [105] used Cu: Cu isotope ratiocytoplasmic distributions of metals in Neanthes measurements to measure blood plasma and serum

1arenaceodentata. Specific binding patterns in the by ICP-MS. Polyatomic species such as ArNa and1marine organisms were identified and it was con- PO were found to ‘swamp’ the Cu measurements.2

cluded that ligands in metallothioneins preferentially As copper is principally bound to proteins in blood,bind Cu.Cd.Zn. SEC was used to overcome the interferences.

Owen et al. [101] described a preliminary study of Gercken and Barnes [111] also used the techniquemetals in proteins using SEC–ICP-MS where mul- for the determination of lead and other trace elementtielement and multi-isotope determinations were species in human blood. Lead was found in at least 3made using time resolved software. A mixture of molecular mass fractions, the major fraction beingknown proteins was separated on a Superose 12 coincident with the copper signal at M 140 000.r

column and the distribution of associated elements This fraction was attributed to ceruloplasmin. Analy-was measured. Isotope retention times were found to sis of rat serum samples was also performed andbe reproducible. both iron and zinc concentrations were quantified.

Three papers by Takatera and Watanabe The detection limit for lead in the protein fractions21[102,109,110] have described studies for the analysis was 0.15 mg l with a precision of 610%.

of Zn(II), Cd(II), Cu(II) and Hg(II), in induced A study attempting to separate Au, Zn and Cumetallothionein compounds of the metals, found in bound immunoglobulins in blood plasma was in-cyanobacterium. Temperature and light conditions vestigated by Matz et al. [112]. No conditions couldwere optimised for metallothionein biosynthesis. be found using SEC–ICP-MS where the metals wereValuable information regarding the preferred in- released from the column in a single run. Resolution

Page 1105: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

112 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

was poor and low MW fragments were retained on the detection system used. For an argon ICP, argonthe column. Anion-exchange studies were more would be used as the mobile phase.effective. The sample is injected via a microsyringe through

Rottmann and Heumann [113] used SEC–isotope a rubber septum into a flash vaporiser port situated atdilution-ICP-MS to determine the interactions of the top of the GC column. This vaporiser port isdifferent molecular mass fractions of dissolved or- maintained at a temperature high enough to quicklyganic matter with Cu and Mo in a water sample. vaporise the sample, normally 508C higher than theThree Mo species, which interacted with the humic boiling point of the least volatile analyte in thesubstances, were identified and were of high molecu- sample to be separated.lar mass. Two species of Cu were detected and were There are two basic types of GC column common-found to interact with the low-molecular mass frac- ly used in coupled techniques: the packed andtion. Total elemental levels were found to agree well capillary column (otherwise known as an openwith the sum of the concentrations of the speciated tubular column). The latter type is becoming morefractions, emphasising the reliability of the method. popular and several studies will be described where

The various applications of size-exclusion chroma- such columns have been utilised. Columns aretography are listed alphabetically in Table 1 accord- usually between 2 and 50 m in length and are coileding to sample type. The chromatographic parameters, for practical insertion into the GC oven where theinstruments used for detection and elements analyzed temperature is controlled. Temperatures commonlyare summarised. used should be just above the boiling point of the

sample so that elution of the analytes occurs in areasonable time whereas in LC separations may be

3. Gas chromatography optimised by using gradient elution. In GC, tempera-ture gradients may be programmed to improve

3.1. Introduction chromatographic resolution.Earlier reviews concerning GC–ICP-MS [2,4]

The technique of gas chromatography (GC) in- reported the limited use of GC–ICP-MS as anvolves vaporisation of a sample, injected onto a GC analytical tool due to the limited sample applicationscolumn which is then eluted by a gaseous mobile associated with the technique. The number of studiesphase. This mobile phase does not interact with the published recently, however, indicates that the tech-sample analyte—its only function is to transport the nique is gaining popularity, probably due to the factanalyte through the column. There are two common that speciation information is now often requiredtypes of gas chromatography: gas-liquid chromatog- when analysing samples.raphy and gas-solid chromatography, depending on There are a number of advantages associated withthe physical state of the mobile phase. Gas-solid the use of GC–ICP-MS for the separation of volatilechromatography is seldom used and the studies species and these are summarised in an excellentreported in this review all employ the technique of paper by Peters and Beauchemin [114]. Due to thegas-liquid chromatography, where the analyte is gaseous state of the sample being introduced into thepartitioned between the mobile phase (gas) and a plasma, there is approximately 100% sample trans-liquid phase which is retained onto a finely divided port efficiency from the GC to the plasma. Thisinert solid support such as a diatomaceous earth. The results in low detection limits and excellent ana-liquid phase should ideally possess a low volatility lytical recoveries. The analyte is also more efficient-(so that it does not volatilise with the analyte), be ly ionised in the plasma as it is already in the vapourthermally stable, be chemically inert and have sol- form thus requiring no desolvation and vaporizationvent characteristics such that k9 is favorable. The upon aspiration into the ICP. Due to the absence ofmobile phase gas must be chemically inert so that no an aqueous mobile phase, GC suffers less isobaricinteraction occurs with the analyte. Common gases interferences than LC. Water and organic solvents inincluded, helium, argon, nitrogen and carbon dioxide LC also increase the load on the plasma and asand the choice of gas is principally determined by solvents are physically separated before the analyte

Page 1106: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 113

reaches the plasma. Buffers containing a high salt described the construction of a capillary GC–ICP-content are also not required in GC; therefore, MS heated transfer line. The central cone of theerosion of the sampler and skimmer cones is not as transfer line was made of an aluminium rod with aprevalent. longitudinal slot for column insertion. The transfer

line was grounded and the temperature monitored3.2. Interface designs and GC–ICP-MS using four thermocouples. The length was kept to aapplications minimum to limit dead volume. Helium was used as

the carrier gas for capillary GC and argon was addedOne of the first reported couplings of GC–ICP-MS as a make-up gas for efficient sample transport into

was by Van Loon et al. [115], who used a coupled the plasma. Again, the distance of the capillarysystem for the speciation of organotin compounds. A column from the tip of the injector was important,Perkin-Elmer Sciex Elan quadrupole mass filter along with alignment of the torch and transfer line.instrument was used as the detector with 1250 or The quantitative analysis of five alkyllead com-1500 W forward power. The GC system comprised a pounds in a complex naptha hydrocarbon mixture

21 21Chromasorb column with 8 ml min Ar/2 ml min was described (Fig. 9). The detection limit was 0.721O carrier gas flow with an oven temperature of pg s (measured at 50 pg) and the authors stated2

2508C. The interface comprised a stainless-steel that the method was applicable for the analysis oftransfer line (0.8 m long) which connected from the more involatile organometallic compounds.GC column to the base of the ICP torch. The transfer In the second paper [118] tin, iron and nickelline was heated to 2508C. Oxygen gas was injected organometallic compounds were separated usingat the midpoint of the transfer line to prevent carbon aluminium-clad high temperature columns coateddeposits in the ICP torch and on the sampler cone. with 0.1 mm films of HT-5. Various column lengthsCarbon deposits were found to contain tin and thus and temperature gradients were used to separate theproved detrimental to analytical recoveries. Detec- species. Helium was used as the carrier gas. Thetion limits were in the range 6–16 ng Sn compared same GC–ICP-MS set up was used as in theto 0.1 ng obtained by ETAAS, but the authors previous paper with slight modification of the trans-identified areas for future improvements in detection fer line for the analysis of nickel diethyldithiocar-limits and scope of the coupled system.

The next reported use of GC coupling with ICP-MS was by Chong and Houk [116]. A specialinterface oven was used which involved connectingthe end of a packed GC column to the innermosttube of the ICP torch with glass lined stainless-steeltubing. The thermal conductivity and inert surface ofthis tubing prevented adsorption of analytes andcondensation. The authors found that a stable plasmawas obtained if the tip of the stainless-steel tubingwas placed 2 cm below the tip of the injector tube(positioning of the tube higher into the load coilcaused arcing). Volatile organic compounds wereanalyzed and elemental ratios of C, N, Cl, Br, S, Band Si were calculated. Detection limits for the

21various elements were in the range 0.001–400 ng s208Fig. 9. GC–ICP-MS chromatogram ( Pb) of naptha samplewith the best detection limits reported for elements

containing five alkyllead components: TML (tetramethyllead),with relatively low ionisation energy.TMEL (trimethylethyllead), DMDEL (dimethyldiethyllead),

Two papers by Kim et al. [117,118] described the MTEL (methyltriethyllead) and TEL (tetraethyllead). Reprinteduse of a capillary column for the speciation of from Kim et al. [117] by permission of The Royal Society oforganometallic compounds. The first paper [117] Chemistry.

Page 1107: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

114 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

bamate (Nidt ). Separation of six organotin chlorides need for a modified interface. The main requirement2

was achieved with detection limits in the range for improved Is demands heating of the argon which213–6.5 pg s and retention times of 4.4–12.4 min. is difficult owing to its low heat capacity. An argon

The method was applied to the analysis of a harbour heater was constructed from nichrome wire inside asediment sample. Ferrocene gave a detection limit of silica tube which was heated to ‘red-heat’ with the

213.0 pg s in hexane (mean retention time 7.75 min) argon gas passing through the heater. Dead volume21and Nidt a detection limit of 6.5 pg s (mean was kept to a minimum where possible. This GC2

retention time 10.45 min). interface with ICP-MS proved to be a selective andPeters and Beauchemin [114] described the use of sensitive method for profiling metalloporphyrins in

a novel design interface for GC detection which geological samples. In the next paper by the groupallowed the analysis of nebulised solutions using a [39] a second interface was described which gave‘zero dead-volume’ switching T-valve. The valve similar chromatographs and detection limits butcould be rotated to permit standard aerosol intro- eliminated potential ‘cold spots’ by uniformly heat-duction into the plasma. The transfer line was ing the entire interface.constructed from glass-lined stainless-steel tubing The use of GC–ICP-MS with a ‘purge-and-trap’which was heated with heating tape. A ‘sheathing’ method for the analysis of methylmercury species in(make-up) gas was again used and introduced sediment samples has been described by Hintelmanntangentially into the device. Ion lenses were opti- et al. [121]. The ICP-MS detector was used tomised using solution nebulisation. This interface was measure specific isotopes in methylmercury com-used to separate dichloromethane, 1,1,1-trichloro- pounds after GC separation. Detection limits were 1

21ethane and trichloroethylene while detecting the pg (as Hg) or 0.02 ng g Hg in dry sediment with35 1Cl ion. Detection limits of 2.6, 2.2 and 2.6 ng an R.S.D. of 4%. Accuracy of the method waswere obtained for the three compounds, respectively. verified by analysis of a certified reference materialThe performance of the interface for the direct harbour sediment.aspiration of aqueous solutions was also assessed and In a recent paper by Prange and Jantzen [122], thedegradation of detection limits for most elements development of a GC–ICP-MS interface was de-was observed. scribed for the determination of organometallic

In a further paper [119], the authors stated that the species. A quartz transfer line, heated to 2408C wasinterface constricted aerosol flow from the spray used to direct a capillary column to a short distancechamber to the plasma torch resulting in condensa- in front of the argon plasma. Helium was used as thetion in the sheathing device, reduced aerosol flow to carrier gas in the gas chromatograph, and a tempera-the torch and ultimately poor sensitivity. A new ture gradient was used for the separation of organo-sheathing device was constructed with an enlarged tin, lead and mercury compounds. Limits of de-inner diameter which reduced the aerosol constric- tection for tetraethyllead, diethylmercury and tetra-tion and improved sensitivity. The central channel butyltin were 100, 120 and 50 fg, respectively, whichwas also extended to overcome ‘pooling’ of water were at least 3 orders of magnitude superior toand sputtering. Detection limits for 1,1,1-trichloro- previously reported detection limits. This highlightsethane and trichloroethylene were much improved the excellent applicability of GC–ICP-MS for thecompared to the previous paper. analysis of volatile organometallic compounds. Van

Pretorius et al. [39,120] described the development Loorn et al. [115] used a short stainless-steel tubeof a high temperature GC–ICP-MS interface for the interface in a similar study.analysis of geoporphyrins. The first paper described De Smaele et al. [123] described the coupling ofa modification of the system used by Kim et al. GC and ICP-MS via a commercial transfer line and a[117,118]. The retention index (I) of the established custom-made transfer line (Fig. 10). The formersystem for most retained analytes was approximately consisted of a stainless-steel tube, a teflon tube and a3400 (due to cooling effects of the argon nebuliser fused-silica capillary tube — the teflon served togas flow) whereas metalloporphyrins have typical I prevent capillary breakage. A variable voltage supplyvalues in the region of 5000. This established the was employed to heat the stainless-steel tube and the

Page 1108: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 115

transfer line was, again, a stainless-steel capillarytube, thermostated between 20–3508C and connectedto the torch injector. To enable easy coupling, theGC oven was placed on a guide way sledge. Theperformance of the system was evaluated usingvarious phosphorus, arsenic and tin species alongwith a certified marine sediment sample. Speciationof three organotin species gave detection limits in therange 0.1–1.0 pg.

The various applications of GC–ICP-MS areshown in Table 2. Samples are listed alphabeticallyaccording to sample type and it can be seen that thetechnique may be utilised for the analysis of a rangeof environmental and geological samples.

4. Supercritical fluid chromatographyFig. 10. Scheme of coupling of the GC with the ICP-MSinstrument: 1, torch; 2, injector supply; 3, PTFE piece1PTFESwagelok adapter; 4, Swagelok T-joint; 5, commercial transfer 4.1. Introductionline; 6, stainless-steel transfer tube; 7, transfer capillary. Reprintedfrom De Smaele et al. [123] by permission of Elsevier Science.

A supercritical fluid exists when a substance isheated above its critical temperature and pressure

temperature monitored using a built-in thermocouple. and is unable to be condensed to a liquid by pressureThe end of the transfer line was situated 5 cm from alone. A typical supercritical fluid is carbon dioxide,the torch injector tip to prevent arcing. Again, a which, at temperatures above 318C and pressuresheated Ar tube was used to heat the Ar make-up gas above 73 atm, exists in a supercritical fluid statewhich was introduced via a T-joint at the base of the where individual molecules of the compound aretorch. The use of this T-joint caused peak broadening held by less restrictive intermolecular forces anddue to solvent condensation from insufficient heat- molecular movement resembles that of a gas (1ing, therefore a custom made transfer line was atm5101 325 Pa).constructed using a miniaturised T-joint design Supercritical fluid chromatography (SFC) haswhere heating was more isothermal. In addition, the gained increasing popularity in recent years as aninitial transfer line was of ‘stiff’ construction and the alternative to liquid chromatography and gas chro-capillary was prone to breakage. The transfer line matography. SFC is faster than LC due to the lowerwas bent over 3608 to obtain flexibility for easy viscosity of the mobile phase and high diffusioncoupling of the GC and ICP-MS. In a further paper coefficients of the analytes. It also yields chromato-by the same workers [124], the ‘flexible’ interface graphic peaks which have less band broadeningwas used for the analysis of alkyltin compounds. when compared to GC. Many LC techniques requireThis time Xe was used as a make-up gas. A 30 m the use of organic solvents and have relatively longcapillary column was used for the separation of on-column residence times which are improved byseveral organotin compounds. Results were not the use of SFC. In addition, compounds which arereported for a certified reference material therefore traditionally difficult to separate by GC such asno indication of the accuracy of the method could be thermally labile, non-volatile and high-molecular-ascertained. Detection limits were very low and in mass compounds may be separated with relativethe 15–35 fg range. ease.

A recent paper by Pritzl et al. [125] described a SFC has been performed using instruments similarconvenient interface for capillary GC–ICP-MS in design to those used with HPLC with provisionwhich could be set up in under a minute. The for pressure control, the primary variable. Gradient

Page 1109: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

116 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

Table 2Gas chromatography applications

Sample Chromatography Detector Elements Limits of detection Reference

21Fuel Aluminum clad high-temp. column VG Plasma Quad 2. 1500 W FP Pb (as alkyllead 0.7 pg s for various species [118]

with siloxane carborane stationary ,5 W RP compounds)

phase (25 m30.32 mm I.D.) In-house transfer line constructed

Temperature program: 408C–1808C21Helium carrier gas, 6 ml min at 1508C

Geo-porphyrins High-temperature gas VG Plasma Quad 2 Co, Cr, Fe, Ni, Ti,V, Zn Not reported [39]

chromatography. HT-5 aluminum clad 1500 W FP (metallo-porphyrins)

fused-silica column (12 m30.32 mm I.D.) ,5 W RP

or DB-1 HT polyimide-coated Stainless-steel transfer line

fused-silica (15 m30.32 mm I.D)21Harbour sediment 25 m30.32 mm I.D. aluminium-clad VG Plasma Quad 2 Sn (organotin 3.0–6.0 pg s (retention time [87]

high-temperature column 1500 W FP compounds) 4.4–12.4 min) for organotin

Helium carrier gas, 2 ml at 2008C ,5 W RP Fe (ferrocene) compounds21Temperature gradient (40–3208C) Stainless-steel transfer line at 190–3378C Ni (Nidt ) 3.0 pg s (ret. time 7.75 min) for2

(depending on compound) ferrocene216.5 pg s (ret. time 10.4 min) for

Nidt2

Harbour water RSL–150 capillary column Perkin-Elmer Elan 5000 ICP-MS Sn (as organotin 15–35 fg [124]

(30 m30.25 mm I.D.) 1300 W FP compounds)

Gradient temperature program used Heated transfer line at 2508CaH carrier gas at 30 p.s.i. inlet pressure2

Metallo-porphyrins Aluminium clad high-temp. column VG Plasma Quad 2 V, Mn, Fe, Ni, Cu, Zn 0.10–0.55 ng on-column for [109]

(10 m30.32 mm) 1500 W FP (as metalloporphyrins) various species21Helium carrier gas, 3 cm min ,5 W RP

Temperature gradient program used Stainless-steel transfer line at 190–3378C

(depending on compound)

Sediment (PACS–1) DB1701 quartz capillary column Perkin-Elmer Elan 5000 ICP-MS Sn (as organotin 50–120 fg absolute for various [122]

(30 m30.32 mm I.D.). 80–2808C, 1000 W FP compounds) species21308C min Heated transfer line at 2408C

He carrier gas used

Sediments J&W 22 m DB5 0.25 mm30.25 mm PE Sciex Elan 5000 1200 W FP P, As, Sn, Sb, Sn 0.1–1.0 pg for organotin [125]

column used (as organo compounds) compounds

Sediments OV-3 on carbowax column (4030.4 cm) PTFE transfer line Hg (organomercury 1 pg (as Hg) absolute [121]

at 1058C. Ramp heating to Perkin-Elmer Elan 5000 ICP-MS speciation)

2008C 1200 W FP

a 1 p.s.i.56894.76 Pa.

elution may be achieved by adjusting the pressure in although ethane, pentane, dichlorodifluoromethane,SFC as well as using mobile phase gradients and diethylether and tetrahydrofuran have also beentemperature gradients to achieve an optimum sepa- employed.ration with good k9 values and resolution. Both Most preliminary SFC-plasma coupled techniquespacked and open tubular columns may be used, employed microwave-induced plasmas (MIPs), how-although the latter generally lead to better column ever the use of ICP-MS is now increasing inefficiency. Columns are longer than those used with popularity. Carey and Caruso [126] have discussedLC (10–20 m length, 50–100 mm diameter) and are in detail the use of plasma spectrometric detectioncommonly made from fused-silica with chemically for SFC. Flame ionization detection has been tradi-bonded polysiloxane coatings. The most commonly tionally used with SFC, however ICP-MS detectionused mobile phase for SFC is carbon dioxide, offers improved sensitivity and is element selective,

Page 1110: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 117

so speciation information may be easily obtained. flow-rate is normally similar to traditional nebuliserDetection is performed after the decompression zone gas flow-rates. The make-up gas flow-rate andof the system. At this point the supercritical fluid temperature must be optimised for improved ana-changes state to a gas. A restrictor, a length of lytical sensitivity and resolution.fused-silica tubing (30–120 cm long) with a porous The introduction of the SFC mobile phase into thefrit end, is connected to the end of the SFC column plasma has the effect of reducing sensitivity due toto maintain a linear mobile phase velocity so that quenching of the plasma, rather like the effect ofsignificant band broadening does not occur [20]. introducing organic solvents with LC. Polar modi-

Carey and Caruso [126] also summarised the two fiers, however, do not have a serious deleteriousmain approaches to interfacing the SFC restrictor effect on the plasma which enables the polarity ofwith the ICP torch. The first method, used with the mobile phase to be changed with no significantpacked SFC columns, introduces the restrictor into a loss of sensitivity or resolution. This enables theheated cross-flow nebuliser and the nebulised sample analysis of compounds which are too polar foris subsequently swept into the torch by the nebuliser adequate separation with pure CO as the mobile2

gas flow. Where capillary SFC systems are used, a phase [126]. It should be noted that the use of CO212 1second interface design is commonly employed may cause background interference from C ,

12 16 1 40 12 1where the restrictor is directly introduced into the C O and Ar C [20].2

central channel of the torch. This interface is morewidely used with SFC–ICP-MS coupling [20]. The 4.2. Applicationsrestrictor is passed through a heated transfer linewhich connects the SFC oven with the ICP torch. The first instance of SFC coupled to ICP-MS wasThe restrictor is positioned so that it is flush with the reported by Shen et al. [127] for the speciation ofinner tube of the ICP torch. This position may, tetraalkyltin compounds. Liquid CO was used as the2

however, be optimised to yield improved resolution. mobile phase and the SFC column was completelyThe connection between the transfer line and the inserted through the transfer line and connected to atorch connection must be heated to prevent freezing frit restrictor (Fig. 11). The restrictor was heated toof the mobile phase eluent after decompression when approximately 2008C by a copper tube inserted intoexiting the restrictor. A make-up gas flow is intro- the ICP torch. Tetramethyltin (TMT), tetrabutyltinduced to transport the analyte to the plasma. This (TBT), tetraphenyltin (TPT), tributyltin acetate

Fig. 11. SFC–ICP-MS interface. Reprinted from Shen et al. [127] by permission of the American Chemical Society.

Page 1111: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

118 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

(TBTA) and dibutyltin diacetate (DBTDA) were tion and ICP-MS as methods of detection for or-separated. CO was introduced as the auxiliary flow ganometallic compounds separated by capillary SFC.2

to the ICP torch. The Sn signal was found to TBT, tributyltin chloride, triphenyltin chloride anddecrease with increasing CO flow and increase with TPT were separated using the same SFC–ICP-MS2

increasing forward power and so was optimised to interface, used for the previous studies [127,128].give an optimum signal with minimal carbon deposi- Resolution, detection limits, linear dynamic rangetion on the sampler cone. Only TBT and TPT could and reproducibility were all compared for the twobe separated, despite pressure gradients being ap- detection systems. Fluctuations in transfer-line tem-plied, due to insufficient interaction with the station- perature resulted in degradation of resolution forary phase (Fig. 12). Detection limits were 0.034 pg ICP-MS. Detection limits were improved by an orderTBT and 0.047 pg TPT. The addition of an organic of magnitude using ICP-MS and were in the rangemodifier to increase solvent polarity, increasing the 0.20–0.80 pg Sn. Reproducibility was also improvedsolvent strength, use of an alternative stationary using SFC–ICP-MS compared to SFC–flame ioniza-phase and a longer column were postulated as tion detection (FID) (1.3–3.4% compared to 3.2–potential areas for future studies. 6.4%). Temperature control of the SFC–ICP-MS

A further study by Vela and Caruso [128] evalu- interface was found to be critical which was not theated the effects of interface temperature, oven tem- case with SFC–FID.perature, CO pressure, mobile phase composition Kumar et al. [130] used SFC–ICP-MS for the2

and column length in order to optimise the separation speciation of organometal compounds of arsenic,of several tetra and tri organotin compounds. The antimony and mercury. The study was performedsame interface, described by Shen [127], was used. It using the interface developed by Shen et al. [127].was found that the introduction of CO did not Trimethylarsine (TMA), triphenylarsine (TPA), tri-2

require nebuliser flow-rate and RF power optimi- phenylarsenic oxide (TPAO), triphenylantimonysation if the ion lenses were tuned sufficiently. The (TPSb) and diphenylmercury (DPHg) were all sepa-addition of a polar solvent to the non-polar mobile rated in a single chromatographic injection. A mixedphase did not yield any improvement in resolution. gas He/Ar plasma was used to improve detection

40 35 1Longer columns were found to yield broader chro- limits of As compounds by reducing the Ar Clmatographic peaks. Absolute detection limits for interference and methanol was used as the solventTBT, tributyltin chloride, triphenyltin chloride and instead of methylene chloride. SFC parameters suchTPT were in the range 0.20–0.80 pg Sn. as pressure and temperature were optimised for ICP-

The same workers [129] compared flame ionisa- MS detection. The element selective detection ofICP-MS enabled the TMA peak to be distinguishedfrom the solvent peak, a feat not possible using FID.Detection limits were in the subpg–pg range.

Carey et al. [131] also investigated the feasibilityof multielement detection for organomercury andorganolead compounds. Simultaneous multielementdetection of chromatographic peaks was compared toresults obtained by single ion monitoring using theShen interface [127]. Detection limits using the twomodes of data acquisition were always better whensingle ion monitoring was used. This difference wasattributed to the large mass differences between theelements which results in increased scan time of thequadrupole and lower duty cycle for each elementduring multielement analysis.Fig. 12. SFC-ICP-MS chromatogram for a 1 pg injection of

The same authors used SFC–ICP-MS for thetetrabutyltin and tetraphenyltin. Reprinted from Shen et al. [127]by permission of the American Chemical Society. separation of a pair of b-ketonate chromium com-

Page 1112: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 119

pounds and a thermally labile organochromium sometimes known as high-performance capillarydimer [132]. Flame ionisation detection and ICP-MS electrophoresis (HPCE) since it has far greaterdetection were again compared. In this instance the efficiency of separation in comparison with conven-thermally labile complex was only detectable using tional slab-gel electrophoresis. The most widely usedFID. ICP-MS gave superior detection limits for the mode in CE is capillary zone electrophoresis (CZE)separation of the b-ketonate complexes. The labile since it offers ease of operation and can be used for adimer may have thermally decomposed in the restric- wide range of analytes. Other modes of CE includetor and could have been irreversibly bound to the capillary gel electrophoresis (CGE), micellar electro-capillary tube walls. The use of CO as a mobile kinetic chromatography (MEKC), capillary isoelec-2

40 12 1phase resulted in the formation of Ar C which tric focusing (cIEF) and capillary isotachophoresis.isobarically interfered with the major isotope of The separation of analytes depends upon the solutes’chromium at m /z 52. Nitrous oxide, was, therefore, mobilities in an electric field as opposed to dis-chosen as an alternative mobile phase and yielded a tributions between a mobile and stationary phase.simpler background spectrum. The technique offers the analyst a valuable sepa-

Two papers by the Raynor group [133,134] de- ration tool suitable for the separation of ionic andscribed a capillary SFC–ICP-MS system for or- neutral compounds with many potential applications.ganometallic analysis. In the former paper [133], an The general mechanism for CE separations isinterface was described in detail which was easy to based upon differences in the mobilities of solutesassemble and caused minimal disruption to the SFC which are transported along a capillary tube by aor ICP-MS instruments. The SFC oven was placed as high DC voltage. Both ends of a fused-silica capil-close to the ICP as possible, in order to keep lary, filled with a suitable buffer, are immersed inchromatographic efficiency at a maximum, and the two reservoirs of the same buffer. The capillary isrestrictor temperature was optimised. Tetrabutyl and normally 50–100 cm long with an I.D. of 25–100tributyl tin were separated using a CO mobile phase mm. A high potential difference of 20–30 kV is2

with a pressure gradient. The mobile phase change applied across two platinum electrodes in the reser-did not interfere with the analysis. Detection limits voirs. The sample (several nl) is injected into thewere 0.025 pg and 0.035 pg for tributyltin and capillary and the components of the sample migratetetrabutyltin, respectively. These results compared toward the negative electrode. Owing to the smallwell with those reported by Shen et al. [127]. The cross-section of the capillary, a high surface toaddition of small amounts of a modifier such as volume ratio is achieved which dissipates heat,formic acid may improve the peak tailing exhibited generated by joule heating, to the surroundings.in the chromatograms. In the second paper [134], the Convective mixing within the capillary is, therefore,same interface was used to analyze a series of not significant and band broadening is minimisedorganotin, organoarsenic and organoiron compounds. resulting in efficiencies of several hundred thousandThe effect of analyte concentration and, again, plates.restrictor temperature on peak intensity was investi- Electroosmotic flow (EOF) of the solvent occursgated along with the effect of the CO mobile phase. in the capillary in the direction of the positive to2

negative electrode. It arises due to the electric doublelayer that is formed at the silica capillary surface /

5. Capillary electrophoresis solution interface. The capillary surface has a netnegative charge owing to the dissociation of the

5.1. Introduction functional groups on the capillary surface. Positiveions are attracted from the buffer solution and a

The coupling of capillary electrophoresis (CE) to double layer scenario results. Mobile positive ions,ICP-MS is a technique that has started to receive present at the capillary surface, are attracted to theattention in recent years; the first papers describing negative electrode and solvent molecules are trans-the technique were written in 1995 [135–137] by the ported concurrently. Capillary electrophoresis flowOlesik, Barnes and Lopez-Avila groups. CE is profiles are flat rather than parabolic owing to this

Page 1113: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

120 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

phenomenon and peak broadening contributions from the study was to develop a technique for ‘quantita-the EOF are not problematical. tive elemental speciation in less than 1 min with

21 21Separations in CE arise from differences in elec- detection limits in the low ng ml –sub-ng mltrophoretic mobilities of the analytes which are range for a range of sample types’. In addition, theprincipally determined by the mass-to-charge ratios authors sought to determine the concentrations ofof the analyte, physical dimensions of the analyte, free ions with different charge states, metal-ligandviscosity of the medium and the interaction of the complexes and organometallic species.analyte with the buffer [21]. Positive species are It was noted that there is no need to electro-attracted to the negative electrode and therefore phoretically separate species that contain differentmigrate at a velocity greater than the EOF. Con- elements from each other as the ICP-MS detectorversely, negative species are repelled by the cathode serves to individually identify the metals present.and migrate more slowly than the EOF. Neutral Speciation studies are of primary interest for CE–species move with the EOF and are generally ICP-MS as only ‘ions, complexes or moleculesunseparated unless some modification to the surface containing the same element need to be separated’.charge of the analyte is made, for instance by the Therefore, for different element ions of similaraddition of a surfactant. mobilities, electrophoretic resolution will be poor but

Traditional detectors used in CE are genuinely the the ions will be adequately identified by the ICP-MSsame as those employed with HPLC. However, for element specific detector. It was identified that forhigh resolution, the volume of sample injected onto CE–ICP-MS there is a need for an interface with lowthe capillary must be small relative to the capillary dead volume to reduce peak broadening. The actualvolume and usually is in the 5–50 nl range. De- interface used was simple in construction and thetection of these very low levels of separated analytes capillary was ground by coating the last 5 cm withrequires a method that is both sensitive and specific. silver paint to complete the electrical connection.ICP-MS is potentially suitable, however two major The thickness of the paint layer was controlled.challenges for coupling of the technique need to be Contamination of the capillary effluent may occuraddressed and have been described by Tomlinson et using this method of grounding. The EOF was |0.05

21al. [21]. The flow-rate (typically of the order of ml min and, due to the formation of a slight21 vacuum from the gas exiting the nebuliser, a naturalml min ) and low sample volume of a typical CE

21aspiration rate of 2 ml min was achieved and noseparation is the first potential problem, as mostmake-up flow was required. This increased laminarnebulisers for ICP-MS are designed to operate at

21 flow resulted in peak broadening due to the forma-flow-rates in the ml min range. Glass frit, directtion of a parabolic shaped velocity profile but couldinjection, oscillating capillary and ultrasonic nebulis-have been minimised using a capillary with smallerers are suitable for such low flows. Another factor tointernal diameter. A smaller capillary may, however,consider is that the end of the capillary will nodegrade detection limits. The effect of conductivitylonger be immersed in a buffer reservoir uponof the electrolyte upon resolution was discussedcoupling to ICP-MS and a method of ‘grounding’ thealong with the choice of electrolyte, the effect ofelectrode must be achieved. The construction of suchnebuliser gas flow-rate and the effect of injectionan interface is an important consideration so that avolume on peak width and peak area. Detectionhigh transport efficiency is achieved.

21limits for ions were in the range 0.06–2 ng ml forall elements investigated. These were a factor of 20

5.2. CE–ICP-MS interfaces and applications worse than those obtained using continuous sampleintroduction and may have been principally caused

Olesik et al. [135] reported the first instance of a by the use of a spray chamber which had significantCE–ICP-MS coupled system for rapid elemental dead volume and low sample transport efficiency.speciation. The paper is a very comprehensive study Liu et al. [136] used a direct injection nebuliserwhich may be used as a guide for any analyst (DIN) in a CE–ICP-MS interface where the CEattempting CE–ICP-MS for the first time. The aim of capillary was placed concentrically inside the DIN

Page 1114: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 121

Fig. 13. Block diagram of the CE–ICP-MS interface. Reprinted from Liu et al. [136] with permission of the American Chemical Society.

sample introduction capillary so that the liquid Lu et al. [137] used a concentric glass nebulisersample was directly nebulised into the central chan- interface, similar to that used by the Olesik group,nel of the ICP torch (Fig. 13). In this way 100% for their CE–ICP-MS studies along with a conicalsample transport efficiency may be achieved and low spray chamber. A conductive co-axial liquid sheathsample flow-rates (10–100 ml) may be accommo- of electrolyte solution in the nebuliser was used todated. In addition, memory effects are minimal due provide ground contact to the capillary. It was foundto fast sample washout and a small internal volume. that the CE capillary position inside the glassA three-port PEEK cross-connector was specially nebuliser had a significant influence on signal in-made to accommodate the DIN sample introduction tensity, resolution and migration time. Peak widthscapillary (through which the CE capillary was in- narrowed and migration times shortened as the CEserted), a platinum grounding electrode and a make- was inserted into the nebuliser. The technique wasup liquid which flows outside the CE capillary to used to separate metal-binding proteins and to de-establish the electrical contact. The make-up liquid termine bound metal concentrations. Metallothioneinwas directly nebulised, along with the EOF, into the isoforms and ferritin concentrations were deter-ICP torch and ensured that operation of the DIN was mined. Detection limits were in the subpg range.independent of the EOF. A further study by the Olesik group [138] used an

The EOF and make-up flow were combined at the interface with a laminar flow in the direction of theexit of the capillary before nebulisation. In this way, detector. The interface was a stainless-steel tee withno suction was observed and band broadening was the capillary threaded through the colinear ends ofnot significant. Alkali, alkaline-earth and heavy the tee. A sheath electrolyte was delivered throughmetal ions were analyzed at concentrations of 2–100 the lower arm of the tee with a peristaltic pump.

21ng ml . Detection limits were worse for CE–DIN- Both a high efficiency nebuliser (HEN) and aICP-MS compared to continuous DIN-ICP-MS al- concentric glass nebuliser were used in the study; thethough the authors did not explain why this should former was used with a conical spray chamber andoccur. The feasibility of using the system for specia- the latter with a Scott double-pass spray chamber.tion studies of As and Se was demonstrated with Increasing the sheath electrolyte flow-rate enabledexcellent resolution of peaks and sensitivity. the laminar flow to be eliminated, therefore improv-

Page 1115: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

122 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

ing electrophoretic resolution. With higher sheath offsetting the EOF thus yielding improved peakflow-rates, the laminar flow direction was reversed resolution. Four hydride species were separated(away from the detector), effectively retarding migra- using this technique with post capillary hydridetion of charged species. This may be useful where generation to convert the species to their hydrideshigh injection concentrations are required to obtain before analysis by ICP-MS. Detection limits were inlow detection limits as band broadening may de- the range 6–58 ppt for four arsenic species. Twocrease, resulting in resolution enhancement, by re- drinking water samples were analyzed using thisversing the laminar flow. The sheath flow-rate should technique.therefore be optimised to obtain ideal resolution withsatisfactory analysis times. The HEN had a lowersheath flow-rate than the concentric nebuliser for 6. Other plasma mass spectrometric systemselimination of the laminar flow. Improved aerosol used as chromatographic detectorstransport efficiencies were obtained with a lowersheath flow-rate so this nebuliser was used pref- Although ICP-MS is the most commonly usederentially. plasma mass spectrometric technique in the ana-

An ultrasonic nebuliser has been described by Lu lytical laboratory, other plasma sources have beenand Barnes [139] for a CE–ICP-MS interface. As in used as mass spectrometric detectors and will betheir previous paper [137] the CE ground path was briefly discussed.provided using a sheathing electrolyte flow aroundthe capillary. Modification of the USN was required 6.1. Use of the helium microwave induced plasmato accommodate the CE assembly of the two capil- as a chromatographic detectorlaries. Also described previously, the position of theCE capillary was variable inside the outer capillary. A number of papers by the Caruso group [142–The arrangement gave improved separation resolu- 147] have highlighted the attributes of a He-MIP astion and sensitivity compared to a concentric nebul- an alternative ion source for chromatographic de-iser. Detection limits were not improved signifi- tection by mass spectrometry. A review by Olsoncantly, however, as the signal background with the and Caruso [142] discussed instrumentation, chro-USN was noisy. The authors postulated that the matographic techniques and the advantages associ-interface may be altered in order to transport a more ated with He-MIP plasmas. The main advantages ofuniform aerosol, yielding lower noise levels. using MIPs as alternative plasma sources are princi-

Preliminary studies by Michalke and Schramel pally the reduced gas flows and power consumption[140] employed a Meinhard nebuliser interface for needed to sustain the plasma. Alternative plasmaCE–ICP-MS. The interface was not described in gases may also be used which form plasmas of moresignificant detail. A co-axial sheath flow provided efficient excitation and ionisation energies, thusthe electrical connection and no detectable ‘suction’ improving sensitivity for elements with higher ioni-flow was identified. The method was used for the sation potentials. For non-metals this is significant asseparation of Se compounds and adequate elec- Ar-ICPs only ionise approximately 50% of thetropherograms were obtained. sample in the plasma. Isobaric interferences from

A recently published paper by Magnuson et al. polyatomic species are also problematical in Ar ICPs[141] described the use of a CE hydrodynamically and may prevent the detection of lower mass ele-modified electroosmotic flow with hydride genera- ments due to argon, oxygen, nitrogen and hydrogention ICP-MS for arsenic speciation. This modified combinations [142]. These interferences are essen-EOF was similar in operation to the ‘sheath elec- tially eliminated when helium is used as the plasmatrolyte flow’ described by Kinzer et al. [138]. The gas.electroosmotic flow was modified by applying hydro- The most common method of sample transportdynamic pressure in the opposite direction to the into the He-MIP is by gaseous introduction. The useEOF. This enabled the injection of large quantities of of MIP-MS as a gas chromatographic detector hasanalyte, which normally cause peak broadening, by been well described by the work of Caruso et al.

Page 1116: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 123

[142,143,145–147]. Both non-metals and metals organic species may be controlled by altering thehave been analyzed by GC–MIP-MS. The GC–MIP- plasma gas flow and forward power [150,151].MS interface used in these studies was made from a Castillano et al. [154] investigated the feasibility1 /6 in. stainless-steel tube, wrapped with heating of using solution nebulisation with a low-pressurecord and insulated with fibre glass tape (1 in.52.54 He-ICP with mass spectrometric detection. Thecm). The transfer line was maintained at 3008C. importance of reduced solvent loading to avoid

Helium MIP-MS has also been used as an element quenching of the plasma was realised. Multielementselective detector for supercritical fluid chromatog- solutions containing As, Se, In, Cs and Pb wereraphy of halogenated compounds [144]. Compared to aspirated and detection limits were in the low ppbthe Ar-ICP, the He-MIP offers spectral simplicity region. Obviously this technique has great potentialand, for halogens, more efficient ionisation. The for direct coupling of microbore liquid chromatog-design of the interface is important [144] as the raphy to the low-pressure plasma for speciationtemperature of the frit restrictor must be maintained studies.above 1008C to avoid condensation of the analytes.Again, a heated stainless-steel transfer line should be 6.3. Use of ion spray mass spectrometry as aused. Typical plasma power settings for such a chromatographic detectorcoupled system are in the region of 100 W with a

21low (5 l min ) plasma gas flow-rate. To date, liquid Corr and Anacieto [155] recently described thechromatography has not been coupled with He-MIP- successful separation of a mixture of ions by capil-MS as the high liquid flow-rates involved tend to lary electrophoresis and ion-exchange chromatog-quench the plasma. The use of microbore LC cou- raphy with mass spectrometric detection using anpled to MIP-MS may be a more promising technique ion-spray atmospheric pressure ionisation source.[148]. Ion-spray is similar to electrospray except that the

ionisation of the analyte is pneumatically assisted.6.2. Use of low-pressure helium ICP-MS as a Such an atmospheric pressure ionisation technique ischromatographic detector able to produce analyte ions in the gaseous phase

directly from solution [155]. Using an ion-sprayAnother alternative ion source for mass spec- source, ion-adduct declustering and molecular frag-

trometry is the helium low-pressure ICP [149–151]. mentation may be controlled selectively, thus yield-Again, this helium plasma gas has a higher ionisation ing both elemental and molecular information de-energy (24.6 eV) compared to the argon ICP (15.8 pending on the instrumental settings.eV) and isobaric interferences are minimised. Theuse of a low-pressure plasma eliminates air entrain-ment and consumes less gas than an atmospheric 7. Conclusions and future directions

21pressure ICP (,500 ml min ) and radio frequency(RF) powers (100 W) may be used. From the volume of papers published in recent

Evans and Caruso [152] developed a low-pressure years it is apparent that users of ICP-MS areargon ICP with a water-cooled low-pressure torch increasingly employing the instrument for chromato-interface for gaseous sample introduction. Further graphic detection. Several modes of liquid chroma-studies by the same workers [149–151] realised the tography, gas chromatography, supercritical fluidpotential of He as the plasma gas. These plasmas chromatography and capillary electrophoresis havewere coupled to GC systems for the analysis of all been hyphenated with ICP-MS for improvedorganotin and organohalide compounds [149–153]. detection limits compared to other traditional meth-Recent papers have realised that it is possible to ods of detection such as UV–Vis spectroscopy.sustain the plasma using the carrier gas from the gas There is a significant demand for speciationchromatograph alone [150,151]. In addition, mass information for many elements and the separationspectra may be obtained that yield more molecular ability of chromatography coupled to ICP-MS offersinformation as the degree of fragmentation of the the analyst a versatile tool for such studies. Both

Page 1117: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

124 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

metals and non-metals may be speciated, therefore employ software programs compatible with everydaycompounds containing elements such as the halogens word processing and presentation packages.may be separated. It is now evident that certifiedreference materials for speciation studies of variouselements must be developed and made available so

Referencesthat speciation techniques may be evaluated forenvironmental and toxicological studies.

[1] F.A. Byrdy, J.A. Caruso, Environ. Sci. Technol. 28 (1994)Sample preparation is also an area for future528A.

research. Common digestion and extraction proce- [2] F.A. Byrdy, J.A. Caruso, in: R.E. Sievers (Ed.), Selectivedures are time consuming and may result in the loss Detectors, Chemical Analysis Series, Vol. 131, Wiley, 1995.of volatile elements. Extraction procedures such as [3] D.T. Heitkemper, B.S. Zimmer, K.A. Wolnik, J.A. Caruso,

in: R.A. Meyers (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Environmentalmicrowave-assisted extraction and supercritical fluidAnalysis and Remediation, in press.extraction may be employed and even coupled on-

[4] S.J. Hill, M.J. Bloxham, P.J. Worsfold, J. Anal. At. Spectrom.line so that samples for chromatographic analysis8 (1993) 499.

may be prepared. [5] J.M. Carey, F.A. Byrdy, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. Sci. 31Capillary electrophoresis is a technique that offers (1993) 330.

´ ´[6] Z. Horvath, A. Lasztity, R.M. Barnes, Spectrochim. Actathe analyst potential benefits for speciation analysis.Rev. 14 (1991) 45.Although capillary electrophoresis is now widely

[7] L. Ebdon, S. Hill, R.W. Ward, Analyst 111 (1986) 1113.used to perform routine separation of compounds,[8] D. Beauchemin, Trends Anal. Chem. 10 (1991) 71.

the coupling of CE with ICP-MS is relatively new [9] R.M. Barnes, Anal. Chim. Acta 283 (1993) 115.and interface designs are still being developed and [10] Z. Yi, G. Zhuang, P. Brown, J. Liq. Chromatogr. 15 (1993)evaluated. The use of direct injection nebulization 3133.

˜ ´[11] R. Munoz Olivas, O.F.X. Donard, C. Camara, P. Quevauvil-and other ‘low flow’ nebulizers are, without a doubt,ler, Anal. Chim. Acta 286 (1994) 357.the way forward if electropherographic resolution is

[12] J.M. Riviello, A. Siriraks, R.M. Manabe, R. Roehl, M.to rival that obtained with UV detection.Alforque, LC?GC 9 (1991) 704.

Microbore liquid chromatography is a technique [13] P.C. Uden, J. Chromatogr. 703 (1995) 393.where low flows and small diameter columns may be [14] K. Robards, P. Starr, E. Patsalides, Analyst 116 (1991) 1247.

[15] Y.K. Chau, P.T.S. Wong, Fresenius. J. Anal. Chem 339used to obtain chromatograms of resolution compar-(1991) 640.able to traditional analytical performance LC col-

[16] J.C. Van Loon, R.R. Barefoot, Analyst 117 (1992) 563.umns. These columns may be suitable for performing[17] N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8 (1993) 787.

separations with ICP-MS detection as lower organic [18] Y.K. Chau, Analyst 117 (1992) 571.solvent concentrations and buffer concentrations [19] S.J. Hill, Anal. Proc. 29 (1992) 399.would be transferred to the ICP-MS, via a transfer [20] N.P. Vela, L.K. Olson, J.A. Caruso, Anal. Chem. 65 (1993)

585A.line. This may enable the analyst to use gradient[21] M.J. Tomlinson, L. Lin, J.A. Caruso, Analyst 120 (1995)elution of organic solvents for reversed-phase and

283.other modes of LC, without significant loss of [22] F.A. Byrdy, J.A. Caruso, Environ. Health Perspec. 103plasma stability, an area of chromatography which (1995) 21.has proved problematical in the past. [23] G.K. Zoorob, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. 773 (1997) 157.

[24] S.L. Bonchin-Cleland, H. Ding, J.A. Caruso, Am. Lab. 3Modern ICP-MS instruments are invariably com-(1995) 34.puter-controlled and chromatograms are usually ob-

[25] W.R.L. Cairns, L. Ebdon, S.J. Hill, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem.tained with on-board time resolved analysis software. 355 (1996) 202.This software is often cumbersome and is the [26] N. Jakubowski, B. Jepkens, D. Stuewer, H. Berndt, J. Anal.limiting factor with regard to resolution and ease of At. Spectrom. 9 (1994) 196.

[27] J.A. Koropchak, D.H. Winn, Trends Anal. Chem. 6 (1987)chromatographic data acquisition. Owing to the171.increasing use of ICP-MS as a chromatographic

[28] M.J. Tomlinson, J.A. Caruso, Anal. Chim. Acta 322 (1996)detector, instrument manufacturers must now meet 1.the demands of the chromatographer and find im- [29] L. Wang, S.W. May, R.F. Browner, S.H. Pollock, J. Anal. At.proved ways for data information acquisition that Spectrom. 11 (1996) 1137.

Page 1118: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126 125

[30] S.C.K. Shum, R. Neddersen, R.S. Houk, Analyst 117 (1992) [63] K.G. Heumann, L. Rottmann, J. Vogl, J. Anal. At. Spectrom.577. 9 (1994) 1351.

[31] S.C.K. Shum, H. Pang, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chem. 64 (1992) [64] W. Pretorius, M. Foulkes, L. Ebdon, S. Rowland, J. High.2444. Resolut. Chromatogr. 16 (1993) 157.

[32] S.C.K. Shum, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chem. 65 (1993) 2972. [65] D.S. Braverman, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 (1992) 43.[33] D.R. Weiderin, F.G. Smith, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chem. 63 [66] Z. Zhao, K. Tepperman, J.G. Dorsey, R.C. Elder, J. Chroma-

(1991) 219. togr. 615 (1993) 83.[34] C. Rivas, L. Ebdon, S.J. Hill, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 11 [67] H. Suyani, D. Heitkemper, J. Creed, J. Caruso, Appl. Spec.

(1996) 1147. 43 (1989) 962.[35] X. Dauchy, R. Cottier, A. Batel, R. Jeannot, M. Borsier, A. [68] H. Ding, J. Wang, J.G. Dorsey, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr.

Astruc, M. Astruc, J. Chromatogr. Sci. 31 (1993) 416. A 694 (1995) 425.[36] A. Al-Rashdan, D. Heitkemper, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. [69] S. Branch, K.C.C. Bancroft, L. Ebdon, P. O’Neill, Anal.

Sci. 29 (1991) 98. Proc. 26 (1989) 73.[37] D.S. Bushee, Analyst 113 (1988) 1167. [70] D. Heitkemper, J. Creed, J. Caruso, F. Fricke, J. Anal. At.

Spectrom. 4 (1989) 279.[38] C. Huang, S. Jiang, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8 (1993) 681.[71] B.S. Sheppard, W. Shen, J.A. Caruso, D.T. Heitkemper, F.L.[39] L. Ebdon, E.H. Evans, W.G. Pretorius, S.J. Rowland, J. Anal.

Fricke, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 5 (1990) 431.At. Spectrom. 9 (1994) 939.[72] B.S. Sheppard, J.A. Caruso, D.T. Heitkemper, K.A. Wolnik,[40] H. Klinkenberg, S. van der Wal, J. Frusch, L. Terwint, T.

Analyst 117 (1992) 971.Beeren, Atom. Spec. 11 (1990) 198.´[73] E.H. Larsen, G. Pritzl, S. Honore Hansen, J. Anal. At.[41] K. Takatera, T. Watanabe, Anal. Chem. 65 (1993) 759.

Spectrom. 8 (1993) 557.[42] L.M.W. Owen, H.M. Crews, R.C. Hutton, A. Walsh, Analyst[74] J. Wang, M.J. Tomlinson, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom.117 (1992) 649.

10 (1995) 601.[43] U. Kumar, J.G. Dorsey, J.A. Caruso, E.H. Evans, J. Chroma-[75] C. Demesmay, M. Olle, M. Porthault, Fresenius J. Anal.togr. Sci. 32 (1994) 282.

Chem. 348 (1994) 205.[44] D.S. Bushee, J.R. Moody, J.C. May, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 4[76] S. Branch, L. Ebdon, P. O’Neill, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 9(1989) 773.

(1994) 33.[45] D. Beauchemin, M.E. Bednas, S.S. Berman, J.W. McLaren,[77] H. Chen, K. Yoshida, H. Wanibuchi, S. Fukushima, Y. Inoue,K.W.M. Siu, R.E. Sturgeon, Anal. Chem. 60 (1988) 2209.

G. Endo, Appl. Organomet. Chem. 10 (1996) 741.[46] D. Beauchemin, K.W.M. Siu, J.W. McLaren, S. S Berman, J.[78] J.R. Dean, L. Ebdon, M.E. Foulkes, H.M. Crews, R.C.Anal. At. Spectrom. 4 (1989) 285.

Massey, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 9 (1994) 615.[47] J.J. Thompson, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chem. 58 (1986) 2541.[79] J. Goossens, L. Moens, R. Dams, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8[48] Y. Shibata, A. Morita, Anal. Sci. 5 (1989) 107.

(1993) 921.[49] W.C. Story, J.A. Caruso, D.T. Heitkemper, L. Perkins, J.[80] Y. Cai, M. Cabanas, J.L. Fernandez-Turiel, M. Abalos, J.M.Chromatogr. Sci. 30 (1992) 427.

Bayona, Anal. Chim. Acta 314 (1995) 183.[50] C. Hwang, S. Jiang, Anal. Chim. Acta 289 (1994) 205.[81] H.M. Crews, P.A. Clarke, D.J. Lewis, L.M. Owen, P.R.[51] P. Thomas, K. Sniatecki, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 10 (1995)

Strutt, A. Izquierdo, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 11 (1996) 1177.615.[82] G. Zoorob, M. Tomlinson, J. Wang, J. Caruso, J. Anal. At.[52] K. Yang, S. Jiang, Anal. Chim. Acta 307 (1995) 109.

Spectrom. 10 (1995) 853.˜ ´[53] Y. Cai, M. Cabanas, J.L. Fernandez-Turiel, M. Abalos, J.M.[83] F.A. Byrdy, L.K. Olson, N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Chroma-Bayona, Anal. Chim. Acta 314 (1995) 183.

togr. A 712 (1995) 311.˜[54] R. Munoz Olivas, O.F.X. Donard, N. Gilon, M. Potin-[84] Y. Inoue, T. Sakai, H. Kumagai, J. Chromatogr. A 706Gautier, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 11 (1996) 1171.

(1995) 127.[55] S. Jiang, R.S. Houk, Spectrochim. Acta 43B (1988) 405.[85] M. Pantsar-Kallio, P.K.G. Manninen, Anal. Chim. Acta 318[56] A. Al-Rashdan, N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, D.T. Heitkemper, J.

(1996) 335.Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 (1992) 551.[86] R. Roehl, M.M. Alforque, Atom. Spec. 11 (1990) 210.[57] A.A. Brown, L. Ebdon, S.J. Hill, Anal. Chim. Acta 286

(1994) 391. [87] E.J. Arar, S.E. Long, T.D. Martin, S. Gold, Environ. Sci[58] H. Suyani, J. Creed, T. Davidson, J. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. Technol. 26 (1992) 1944.

Science 27 (1989) 139. [88] H. Ding, L.K. Olson, J.A. Caruso, Spectrochim. Acta 51B[59] H. Yang, S. Jiang, Y. Yang, C. Hwang, Anal. Chim. Acta 312 (1996) 1801.

(1995) 141. [89] J. Goossens, R. Dams, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 (1992) 1167.[60] U.T. Kumar, J.G. Dorsey, J.A. Caruso, E.H. Evans, J. [90] J.T. Creed, M.L. Magnuson, J.D. Pfaff, C. Brockhoff, J.

Chromatogr. A 654 (1993) 261. Chromatogr. A 753 (1996) 261.[61] U.T. Kumar, N.P. Vela, J.G. Dorsey, J.A. Caruso, J. Chroma- [91] S. Suzuki, H. Tsuchihashi, K. Nakajima, A. Matsushita, T.

togr. A 655 (1993) 340. Nagao, J. Chromatogr. 437 (1988) 322.[62] N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 11 (1996) [92] S.J. Jiang, M.D. Palmierl, J.S. Fritz, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chim.

1129. Acta 200 (1987) 559.

Page 1119: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

126 K. Sutton et al. / J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 85 –126

[93] S.G. Matz, R.C. Elder, K. Tepperman, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. [125] G. Pritzl, F. Stuer-Lauridsen, L. Carlsen, A.K. Jensen, T.K.4 (1989) 767. Thorsen, Int. J. Environ. Anal. Chem. 62 (1996) 147.

[94] E.H. Larsen, G. Pritzl, S.H. Hansen, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8 [126] J.M. Carey, J.A. Caruso, Trends Anal. Chem. 11 (1992)(1993) 1075. 287.

[95] J.W. McLaren, K.W.M. Siu, J.W. Lam, S.N. Willie, P.S. [127] W. Shen, N.P. Vela, B.S. Sheppard, J.A. Caruso, Anal.Maxwell, A. Palepu, M. Koether, S.S. Berman, Fresenius J. Chem. 63 (1991) 1491.Anal. Chem. 337 (1990) 721. [128] N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 (1992) 971.

[96] M.J. Tomlinson, J. Wang, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. [129] N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. 641 (1993) 337.9 (1994) 957. [130] U.T. Kumar, N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. Sci. 33

[97] K. Kawabata, Y. Kishi, O. Kawaguchi, Y. Watanabe, Y. Inoue, (1995) 606.Anal. Chem. 63 (1991) 2137. [131] J.M. Carey, N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7

[98] J. Ignacio Garcia Alonso, F. Sena, P. Arbore, M. Betti, L. (1992) 1173.Koch, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 10 (1995) 382. [132] J.M. Carey, N.P. Vela, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. 622

¨[99] S. Rollin, Z. Kopatjic, B. Wernli, B. Magyar, J. Chromatogr. (1994) 329.A 739 (1996) 139. [133] E. Blake, M.W. Raynor, D. Cornell, J. Chromatogr. A 683

[100] M. Bettinelli, S. Spezia, J. Chromatogr. A 709 (1995) 275. (1994) 223.[101] L.M.W. Owen, H.M. Crews, R.C. Hutton, A. Walsh, Analyst [134] E. Blake, M.W. Raynor, D. Cornell, J. High Resolut.

117 (1992) 649. Chromatogr. 18 (1995) 33.[102] K. Takatera, T. Watanabe, Anal. Sci. 8 (1992) 469. [135] J.W. Olesik, J.A. Kinzer, S.V. Olesik, Anal. Chem. 67[103] J.R. Dean, S. Munro, L. Ebdon, H.M. Crews, R.C. Massey, (1995) 1.

J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 2 (1987) 607. [136] Y. Lui, V. Lopez-Avila, J.J. Zhu, D.R. Wiederin, W.F.[104] K.Z. Mason, S.D. Storms, K.D. Jenkins, Anal. Biochem. Beckert, Anal. Chem. 67 (1995) 2020.

186 (1990) 187. [137] Q. Lu, S.M. Bird, R.M. Barnes, Anal. Chem. 67 (1995)[105] T.D.B. Lyon, G.S. Fell, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 5 (1990) 2949.

135. [138] J.A. Kinzer, J.W. Olesik, S.V. Olesik, Anal. Chem. 68[106] A.Z. Mason, S.D. Storms, Marine Env. Res. 35 (1993) 19. (1996) 3250.[107] H.M. Crews, J.R. Dean, L. Ebdon, R.C. Massey, Analyst [139] Q. Lu, R.M. Barnes, Microchem. J. 54 (1996) 129.

114 (1989) 895. [140] B. Michalke, P. Schramel, J. Chromatogr. A 750 (1996) 51.[108] K. Takatera, T. Watanabe, Anal. Chem. 65 (1993) 3644. [141] M.L. Magnuson, J.T. Creed, C.A. Brockhoff, J. Anal. At.[109] K. Takatera, T. Watanabe, Anal. Sci. 9 (1993) 19. Spectrom. 12 (1997) 689.[110] K. Takatera, T. Watanabe, Anal. Sci. 9 (1993) 605. [142] L.K. Olson, J.A. Caruso, Spectrochim. Acta 49B (1994) 7.[111] B. Gercken, R.M. Barnes, Anal. Chem. 63 (1991) 283. [143] W.C. Story, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8 (1993)[112] S.G. Matz, R.C. Elder, K. Tepperman, J. Anal. At. Spec- 571.

trom. 4 (1989) 767. [144] L.K. Olson, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 (1992)[113] L. Rottmann, K.G. Heumann, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 350 993.

(1994) 221. [145] W.C. Story, L.K. Olson, W. Shen, J.T. Creed, J.A. Caruso, J.[114] G.R. Peters, D. Beauchemin, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 Anal. At. Spectrom. 5 (1990) 467.

(1992) 965. [146] J.T. Creed, T.M. Davidson, W. Shen, J.A. Caruso, J. Anal.[115] J.C. Van Loon, L.R. Alcock, W.H. Pinchin, J.B. French, At. Spectrom. 5 (1990) 109.

Spectrosc. Lett. 19 (1986) 1125. [147] H. Suyami, J. Creed, J. Caruso, R.D. Satzger, J. Anal. At.[116] N.S. Chong, R.S. Houk, Appl. Spectrosc. 41 (1987) 66. Spectrom. 4 (1989) 777.[117] A.W. Kim, M.E. Foulkes, L. Ebdon, S.J. Hill, R.L. Patience, [148] D.T. Heitkemper, J. Creed, J.A. Caruso, J. Chromatogr. Sci.

A.G. Barwise, S.J. Rowland, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 28 (1990) 175.(1992) 1147. [149] T.M. Castillano, J.J. Giglio, E.H. Evans, J.A. Caruso, J.

[118] A.W. Kim, S. Hill, L. Ebdon, S. Rowland, J. High. Resolut. Anal. At. Spectrom. 9 (1994) 1335.Chromatogr. 15 (1992) 665. [150] E.H. Evans, W. Pretorius, L. Ebdon, S. Rowland, Anal.

[119] G.R. Peters, D. Beauchemin, Anal. Chem. 65 (1993) 97. Chem. 66 (1994) 3400.[120] W.G. Pretorius, L. Ebdon, S.J. Rowland, J. Chromatogr. [151] G. O’Connor, L. Ebdon, E.H. Evans, H. Ding, L.K. Olson,

646 (1993) 369. J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 11 (1996) 1151.[121] H. Hintelmann, R.D. Evans, J.Y. Villeneuve, J. Anal. At. [152] J.T. Creed, A.H. Mohamad, T.M. Davidson, G. Ataman,

Spectrom. 10 (1995) 619. J.A. Caruso, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 3 (1988) 763.[122] A. Prange, E. Jantzen, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 10 (1995) [153] A.H. Mohamad, J.T. Creed, T.M. Davidson, J.A. Caruso,

105. Appl. Spec. 43 (1989) 1127.[123] T. De Smaele, P. Verrept, L. Moens, R. Dams, Spectrochim. [154] T.M. Castillano, J.J. Giglio, E.H. Evans, J.A. Caruso, J.

Acta 50B (1995) 1409. Anal. At. Spectrom. 12 (1997) 383.[124] T. De Smaele, L. Moens, R. Dams, P. Sandra, Fresenius J. [155] J.J. Corr, J.F. Anacieto, Anal. Chem. 68 (1996) 2155.

Anal. Chem. 355 (1996) 778.

Page 1120: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

trendsOn-line coupling of ion chromatography withICP^AES and ICP^MSAndreas Seubert*Department of Chemistry, Philipps-University Marburg, Hans-Meerwein Str., 35032 Marburg, Germany

Ion chromatography ( IC) and atomic spectrometryare sometimes rivalling and sometimes ideallycooperating techniques. The cooperating applica-tions of the on-line coupling of IC and inductivelycoupled plasma^atomic emission spectroscopy or ^mass spectrometry span from ultra trace analysisutilizing ion exchange as preconcentration tech-nique via speciation applications taking advantageof the unique element speci¢c detection offered byatomic spectroscopy until classical IC applicationswith atomic spectrometry as a sensitive and selec-tive detector. Characteristics of this type of hyphen-ated technique are the simple physical coupling, theunique sensitivity for most elements and the supe-rior selectivity obtainable for speci¢c applica-tions. z2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rightsreserved.

Keywords: Ion exchange; Ion chromatography; Atomicspectrometry; Inductively coupled plasma^atomic emissionspectroscopy; Inductively coupled plasma^massspectrometry; On-line coupling; Ion chromatography^inductively coupled plasma^(atomic emissionspectroscopy,mass spectrometry)

1. Introduction

Generally, the use of a coupling technique is rec-ommended in any case where the analytical infor-mation delivered by a single analytical method isnot suf¢cient. A coupling technique can be de¢nedas the combination of two ore more originally inde-pendent analytical techniques to a new analyticaltool. In case of chromatography as one of the cou-pling partners, the term coupling or hyphenatedtechnique is limited to more dimensional detectors

such as mass spectrometry (MS), nuclear magneticresonance (NMR), IR and others. This distinguishesit from standard chromatographic detectors such asphotometry (UV) or conductivity (CD).

Hyphenated techniques are currently en voguebecause of many analytical challenges, which arenot resolvable using a single analytical method. Forexample those challenges are the unquestionableidenti¢cation of a chromatographic peak as a spe-ci¢c compound. The `hyphenated' answers to thesequestions are gas chromatography (GC)^MS,liquid chromatography (LC)^MS, LC^NMR or incase of ionic compounds ion chromatography( IC)^ESI^MS or IC^inductively coupled plasma( ICP)^(atomic emission spectroscopy (AES),MS)[ 1 ].

The direct coupling with MS is in case of smallions and IC sometimes the second best choice. ESI^MS for example suffers from calibration problems,the type of eluent is strictly limited when analysingin the negative ion mode and the handling is some-what dif¢cult [ 2 ]. Far better is the combination withan ICP as photon or ion source because of theabsence of calibration problems and the perfectelement speci¢city.

Despite this, there are still several limitationsremaining in atomic spectrometry:

1. the decision between different species con-taining the same element or

2. the resolution of spectral or isobaric interfer-ences when using ICP^AES or low-resolutionmass ¢lter ICP^MS or

3. by the determination of very low concentra-tions of trace elements in complex samples.

IC suffers mainly from detection sensitivity andfrom inadequate resolution of interfering com-pounds [ 3 ]. The selectivity of anion chromatogra-phy for example is almost ¢xed and only minor

0165-9936/01/$ ^ see front matter ß 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.PII: S 0 1 6 5 - 9 9 3 6 ( 0 1 ) 0 0 0 8 2 - 6

*E-mail: [email protected]

274 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1121: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

changes are realized until now [ 4 ]. The main reasonfor this is the exclusive use of quaternary ammoniagroups as exchange site. One requirement for mul-ticomponent analysis with IC is normally non-spe-ci¢c detection such as conductivity. In case ofnearby eluting anions such as bromate and chloridewe have a non-resolvable selectivity problem andthe need for a more selective detection system.

The conclusion of these analytical shortcomingsis the basic idea behind IC^ICP^(AES,MS) as out-lined in Fig. 1. This paper discusses the usefulnessof IC^ICP^(AES,MS) categorized by the threepoints of shortcomings of atomic spectrometry,whereas point (2) as limited selectivity of IC andpoint (3) as limited sensitivity of IC are the link tothe shortcomings of IC.

The applications based on point (1) are the so-called speciation analysis dealing with organome-tallic compounds, proteins, elements in differentoxidation states and similar analytical problems[ 5,6 ].

The point (2) limitations are usually described asspectroscopic and non-spectroscopic interferenceor more general as matrix effects [ 7^10 ]. They aredif¢cult to overcome, but in many cases a time res-olution between interfering elements is an accept-able workaround.

The limitations related to point (3) are caused bythe increasing demand for ultra pure chemicals formicroelectronics industry, for a clean environmentwithout hazardous compounds or by other hightech applications [ 11^13 ] and can be generallyattributed to the limited sensitivity of all analyticalmethods.

2. The ICP as source for AES ( ICP^AES)and MS ( ICP^MS )

Atomic spectrometry methods based on the ICPallow the determination of almost every element.Important restrictions are given by the plasma gasand its impurities (Ar, other noble gases, N, O andto some instance halogens), by the typical solventused for the liquid solutions (H, O) and by somephysical restrictions such as insuf¢cient ionization(F) or emission lines below or above the observ-able wavelengths (F, Cl, Br, for some instrumentsthe alkali metals ) [ 8 ].

2.1. The ICP

The ICP is today the most important source foratomic spectrometry [ 14 ]. The argon-based plasmais compatible to aqueous aerosols, offers a highamount of energy for drying, dissociation, atomiza-tion and ionization of analytes. The temperaturesoffered by an argon ICP are varying from 4500 to10 000 K, depending on the type of temperatureyou mean (kinetic temperature, electron temper-ature, atomization temperature, ionization temper-ature and more) and the local position inside theplasma. An ICP is therefore called a non-thermalequilibrium plasma. The temperature in the analyti-cally used inner channel of an ICP is about 5500^6500 K, high enough to destroy all molecular bondsand even high enough to ionize almost every ele-ment completely.

The basic set-up and compounds of an ICP^AESand ICP^MS are shown in Fig. 2. The ICP part isalmost identical for AES and MS as detection prin-ciple. The ICP torch consists of three concentricquartz tubes, from which the outer channel is£ushed with the plasma argon at a typical £owrate of 14 l min31. This gas £ow is both the plasmaand the cool gas. The middle channel transports theauxiliary argon gas £ow, which is used for theshape and the axial position of the plasma. Theinner channel encloses the nebulizer gas streamcoming form the nebulizer /spray chamber combi-nation. This gas stream transports the analytes intothe plasma. Both the auxiliary and the nebulizer gas£ow are typically around 1 l min31. The plasmaenergy is coupled inductively into the argon gas£ow via two or three loops of a water-cooled cop-per coil. A radio frequency of 27.12 or 40.68 MHz at1^1.5 kW is used as power source. The plasma is

Fig. 1. Basic idea behind the on-line coupling of IC and atomicspectrometry.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 275

Page 1122: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

formed immediately after an ignition spark wasapplied to seed electrons and argon cations.

The sample introduction system is usuallydesigned for liquid samples, but solid or gaseoussample are also applicable. The standard con¢gu-ration of an ICP includes a pneumatic nebulizer forthe formation of an aerosol and a spray chamber forthe separation of the droplets by size. Only smalldroplets should be able to enter plasma, otherwisethe plasma becomes instable or extinguishes. Theultra ¢ne sample aerosol entering the plasmaundergoes rapid desolvation, vaporization, atom-ization and ionization. Most elements exist as singlecharged ion in the analytical important part of theplasma. Therefore almost every element is detect-able by ICP^MS. Problems in form of isobaric inter-ferences are caused by doubly charged ions and bymolecular ion formation in the cooler part of theplasma interface.

In case of photon detection for AES we have torealize that the emission spectra of both the atomand the ion are present leading to numerous emis-sion lines.

A short list of rough estimates of the limits ofdetection (LODs) for 49 elements in ICP^AES andICP^MS is given in Table 1.

2.2. Characteristics of ICP^AES

AES based on the ICP as photon source is a wellestablished and well understood routine method[ 8,9 ]. The photons may be observed radially asthe standard set-up or axially as more sensitive

alternative. Some commercial instruments offerboth variants.

The ICP produces a wavelength dependent opti-cal background due to recombination radiation andother processes inside the plasma. This continuumis overlaid with the emission lines of Ar, of severalmolecules and radicals such as OH, N2 etc. Thebasic problem of ICP^AES is the proper detectionof analyte emission lines on this background, whichvaries with plasma conditions. The optical part ofthe current spectrometer generation is almostexclusively based on polychromators for the simul-taneous measurement of several elements. Theirjob is the separation of the selected emission linefrom interfering lines of the other elements or ions.The required resolution spans from less than 3 pm(which is not realizable due to Doppler broadeningof the emission lines) to at least 20^30 pm (routineconditions). Typical resolution power of currentinstruments is between 4 and 20 pm. The opticalsystem is based either on the Paschen^Rungearrangement (a concave grating with the detectionof the emission line on the Rowland circle of thegrating) or on an Echelle optic with a high ordergrating and a spectral order separator [ 8,15 ]. Thedetectors are usually photo multipliers, photodi-odes, diode arrays or two-dimensional detectorssuch as CCD or CID chips well known from digitalcameras.

Important characteristics of the optical part arethe wavelength range, the number of simultane-ously observable emission lines and the possibilityto measure their backgrounds at the same time, the

Fig. 2. Sketch of the set-up of ICP^AES and ICP^MS instruments with the typical choices of modern instruments.

276 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1123: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

overall noise level and not at least the transmit-tance. Today's high end instruments allow theobservation starting form 120 nm [ 16 ] to the nearinfra red region, offer an almost unlimited numberof simultaneously observable emission lines andoperate in both the axially and the radially viewingmode.

2.3. Characteristics of ICP^MS

The ICP forms almost exclusively single chargedions of the elements [ 10 ]. The extraction of ionsfrom the plasma into the MS part is organized in amultiple stage differentially pumped interface. Firstpart of this interface is a cooled nickel or platinumsampling cone (sampler ) with an ori¢ce below1 mm. A large rotary pump evacuates the expansionchamber to ensure a pressure below 3 mbar in thisregion behind the sampler. The pressure differencecreates a supersonic jet into the mass spectrometer.For preservation of the required high vacuum a sec-ond cone with small ori¢ce called the skimmer isplaced inside the supersonic jet. Next part of allICP^MS is the ion optic build of an extractionlense for the acceleration of positively chargedions, a photon stop or alternatively an off-axismass analyzer and several electrical lenses forfocusing of the ion beam [ 14 ].

The standard mass analyzer of ICP^MS is still thequadrupole. He allows the resolution of nominalmass units down to 0.2^0.5 mass units and is there-fore a low-resolution device. The performance ofall ICP^MS instruments is limited by the transmis-sion of the interface and mass analyzer unit, thebackground count rate due to photons and theremaining gas pressure and the background countrate caused by molecular ions or doubly chargedions. Typical quadrupole instruments offer instru-mental background count rates of 10 cps, newerinstruments with an off-axis quadrupole show lessthan 1 cps like high-resolution instruments.

A new generation of quadrupole-based ICP^MSinstruments offer an ion focusing and molecular iondestruction device named hexapole, collision cellor dynamic reaction cell depending on the manu-facturer [ 17 ]. This device increases the transmis-sion and destroys molecular ions with varying ef¢-ciency. An example of molecular ions and theirimpact on the analysis of bromine is shown in Fig. 3.

An intermediate resolution mass analyzer is thetime of £ight mass ¢lter (TOF) [ 18,19 ]. Applied toan ICP it allows resolutions below 1000 m /vm. The

Table 1Rough estimates of the LODs for 49 elements using the mostsensitive line in ICP^AES ( including sequential and simultaneoustypes) and the most abundant isotope in ICP^MS (quadrupoleICP^MS, built 1990^1998)

Element LODICPÿAES /Wg / l LODICPÿMS /Wg / l

Al 5 0.05Sb 40 0.005As 30 0.01Ba 0.5 0.001Be 0.1 0.001Bi 10 0.001B 3 0.07Br 800/250 0.05Cd 2 0.005Ca 0.1 0.5Ce 100 0.001Cr 5 0.005Cl 250/80 160Co 3 0.001Cu 0.3 0.005Ge 100 0.05Au 25 0.005I 100/10 0.005In 100 0.001Fe 1 0.1La 6 0.005Pb 7 0.001Li 3 0.005Mg 0.5 0.05Mn 0.4 0.005Hg 20 0.001Mo 1 0.005Ni 7 0.005Pd 70 0.005Pt 30 0.005K 80 0.5P 20 6Se 50 0.05Si 5 8Ag 5 0.005Na 6 0.05Sr 0.2 0.001S 50 50Te 20 0.005Tl 50 0.001Sn 7 0.005Ti 3 0.05W 20 0.005U 400 0.001V 2 0.005Zn 1 0.005Zr 5 0.005

The data are compiled from manufacturers' data and correctedusing overlapping elements.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 277

Page 1124: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

main advantage of TOF^ICP^MS is the fast massspectra recording, which is important for fast tran-sient signals such as obtained from on-line couplingGC, CE, electro thermal vaporization or laser abla-tion to ICP^MS. For LC the speed of quadrupoleinstruments is suf¢cient. The second main advant-age is the equal start point for all masses tantamountto an accurate isotope ratio determination.

The high-resolution ICP^MS instruments are allbased on a reverse Nier^Johnson geometry with anelectrostatic and a magnetic analyzer [ 14,20 ]. Theroutinely observable resolution is between 3000and 10 000 m /vm. This resolution is suf¢cient forthe resolution of a number of molecular ion inter-ferences such as ArO� on 56Fe and ArCl� on 75As asprominent examples. Other molecular ion interfer-ences are still not resolvable.

3. Principle of IC as coupling partner

IC is nowadays used as both the short term for ionexchange chromatography (IEX) and as genericterm for the three methods ion exchange, ion exclu-sion and ion pairing chromatography (IPC) alldealing with the separation of charged or poten-tially charged compounds.

3.1. IEX

Ion exchange is a well known and good under-stood separation mechanism [ 21 ].

Small anions or cations are separated on an ionexchanger of opposite polarity by means of a driv-ing ion of the same polarity. For anion chromatog-raphy a quaternary ammonia functionality withhydroxide or carbonate as eluent is used [ 3 ]. Forcations an additional complexing ligand may beapplied to reduce the effective charge and to gen-erate differences in the retention behavior. A typicalelution system for cation chromatography consistsof H� or Na� as driving cation and strong complexformers such as dipicolinic acid or tartaric acid [ 3 ].

Simple ion exchange processes based on strongacidic or strong basic exchangers are easy to controland show usually no kinetic problems. More dif¢-cult is the exclusion of secondary retention mech-anisms such as adsorption. Packing materials usedfor conductivity detection as standard detector forIEX applications are of the low capacity type.Depending on the type of substrate and the consti-tution of the exchanger is adsorption (polystyreneresins), ion exchange of opposite polarity (agglom-erated resins), oxophilic interactions (silica gel ) orchelation ( methacrylate resins) observable.

The more selective kind of ion exchange, thechelating ion exchange [ 22 ], suffers often fromkinetic limitations, which limit the applicationrange to cationic compounds with fast ligandexchange kinetic for the inner coordination sphere.Ion exchange is well suitable for preconcentrationas well as for separation of chemically similar com-pounds.

3.2. IPC

The application area of IPC and IC is overlapping,whereas IPC ¢lls the gap between IC and reversedphase chromatography [ 3 ]. As one borderline caseIPC can be described as IC with dynamically coatedexchangers. The ion pairing reagent is simply

Fig. 3. Example of the constitution of isobaric interferences inICP^MS. Shown is the situation with the low-resolution ICP^MS instrument for the detection of bromine.

278 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1125: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

adsorbed onto the RP surface and the result is an ionexchanger.

The main advantage of IPC is the ability for theseparation of anionic, cationic and non-ionic spe-cies in a single separation system. Another favor-able feature is the absence of irreversible adsorp-tion of substances on the packing material as it isoften observed in IC. Simply moving the ion pair bythe usage of strong organic eluents can eluteextremely strong bonded ions. Due to these inher-ent features IPC has become an important separa-tion mechanism for speciation analysis usingatomic spectrometry.

A disadvantage of IPC is the long equilibrationtime caused by the generation of stable, dynamicadsorption equilibria and its sensitivity againsthighly concentrated samples or too large samplevolumes. Directly caused from long equilibriumtimes the retention time stability of IPC applicationis not as good as those of IC and RP.

3.3. Ion exclusion chromatography ( ICE )

ICE separates the analytes by their pKa value [ 3 ].The anions of strong acids are excluded from thepore volume of strong acidic cation exchangers dueto the repulsion caused by the Donnan membrane.The retention volume increases with increasing pKa

value. This type of ion separation as only separationmechanism has not been used in on-line couplingapplication until now. A reason for this is the struc-ture of analytes commonly investigated by ICE. Thecarbon detection capabilities of ICP^AES and ^MSare strongly depressed by the CO2 contents of theplasma argon. Other detection principles such asphotometry or conductivity are more favorable.

4. Interfacing IC and ICP techniques

The behavior of ICP spectrometers as detectors inIC is dominated by eluent £ow rate and composi-tion. The £ow rate of a chromatography systemdepends strongly on the column geometry. Varyingthe column diameter from 8 mm inner diameter( i.d. ) ^ wide bore chromatography ^ via the com-monly used 4 and 4.6 mm i.d. ^ standard bore ^down to narrow and microbore columns with 2 or1 mm i.d. changes the £ow rate from 10 to 0.1 ml /min using the same packing material. Advantage oflarger diameters is a higher sample amount, whichcan be analyzed during one run. Small diameters

are preferred for small particles and are more dif¢-cult to handle because of a higher sensibility todead volumes, the required low £ow pumping sys-tem and not at least the more dif¢cult column pack-ing procedure [ 23 ].

Most critical units of an ICP for coupling with ICare the nebulizer and the spray chamber. The gen-eral requirement for a nebulizer is compatibilitywith £ow rate and eluent composition. Water-based eluents are often deleterious by their salt con-tents, eluents containing organic modi¢ers or fullyorganic eluents tend to affect plasma stabilitybecause of the increased solvent vapour pressure.The workaround for water as well as for solvents inICP^MS is a cooling of the spray chamber for reduc-tion of the vapour pressure. This increases theacceptable amount of organic modi¢ers andreduces oxide-based molecular ions. Compared toICP^AES, the ICP^MS needs in general more dilutebuffers or lower concentrations of organic solvents.

Pneumatic nebulization as standard equipmentof ICP instruments renders the ICP to a mass £owdependent IC detector. The characteristics of com-mon nebulizer with a constant nebulization ef¢-ciency at low £ow rates and a strongly decreasingef¢ciency at higher £ow rates result in a linear rela-tionship between mass £ow of analyte into the neb-ulizer and observed count rate for the analyte at low£ow rates and a constant or slightly decreasingcount rate at higher £ow rates.

Pneumatic nebulizers are typically operated atconditions where ef¢ciency in terms of the resultingcount rate is nearly independent of the £ow rate.On-line applications must take notice of this factwhen using external calibration. The practical con-sequence is a strong dependence between thereproducibility and stability of the £ow rate andthe accuracy of the calibration function for the cou-pling method [ 24 ].

Some easily adsorbed analytes cause problems atvery low concentrations when using conventionalnebulization. Such dif¢cult elements are the usuallyas polarizable species existing mercury, iodine,thallium and silver, whose interaction with polymerparts of the sample introduction system is dif¢cultto control or as another example boron, whichinteracts strongly with the glassy surface of com-mon spray chambers.

A further selection criterion is the increase ofpeak width caused by the dead volume of the neb-ulization unit. The typical peak width obtained inchromatographic applications depends on column

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 279

Page 1126: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

geometry, £ow rate and on ef¢ciency of the sepa-ration system. Microbore applications show signalwidths below 1 s, semi preparative wide bore appli-cations generate peak widths of about one to sev-eral minutes. Standard chromatography generatesusually peak widths of 5^30 s at full width half max-imum. Those considerations are important for dataacquisition and data handling.

Desolvation systems as used for high ef¢ciencynebulizers such as HEN, ultrasonic nebulizer (USN)or hydraulic high pressure nebulizer (HHPN)increase the system dead volume [ 14 ]. Couplinginterfaces with an extremely low dead volumesuch as the direct injection nebulizer (DIN) [ 25 ]limit the eluent £ow rate to 100 Wl / min and causetherefore pumping and column problems. Anotherdrawback of the DIN is the somewhat fragile oper-ation characteristic. The £ow rate and the salt con-tents buffer have to be chosen with respect toavoiding clogging and large droplet formation.Table 2 shows the most widely used nebulizationunits together with their typical features and appli-cation areas.

A general advantage of coupling of IC withatomic spectrometry is the constant eluent compo-sition. The ICP^(AES,MS) is operating with thesame solution over the whole measurement period.The optimization of ICP^(AES,MS) with respect toforward power, gas composition and £ow, instru-ment speci¢c settings etc. can be done for wellde¢ned operating conditions. The outcome ofthose uniform operating conditions is an increasein the stability of the whole system.

5. Data handling and software issues

Single element detection is an inherent feature ofall ICP^AES or ICP^MS instruments. The optical partor the type of mass analyzer in£uences the multi-element detection capabilities of ICP^AES and ICP^MS spectrometers. ICP^AES as coupling partner inmultielement applications requires simultaneouslyoperating spectrometers with polychromators orEchelle optics. In case of Echelle spectrometersthe design of the array detector and its readoutspeed are critical selection criteria. The softwaresupport by the manufacturers is suf¢cient for newinstruments, for older types a home-made work-around is often required.

The mass analyzers of common ICP^MS instru-ments are only sequential detectors with the excep-tion of the TOF^MS. The sequential mass analyzersallow for some instances the operation in a quasi-simultaneous mode. From his nature best suited forquasi-simultaneous analysis is the quadrupolemass ¢lter. It is a sequential detection unit withrapid scanning speed over a wide mass range.The elemental mass range of m /z 5^240 is detect-able in usually less than 100 ms. Faster scanning islimited by the time needed for the arrangement of aconstant electrical ¢eld between the quadrupolerods.

The quasi-simultaneous detection behavior ofICP^MS in£uences the accuracy of peak heightand isotope ratio determinations. The relativeerror in peak height determinations becomes sig-ni¢cant if the peak width and the scan time per time

Table 2Nebulizers and spray chambers used or applicable for on-line coupling IC^ICP^(AES,MS)

Type of nebulizer Mass £owdependent

Sensitivity Desolvationneeded

Applicable for

Conventional pneumatic(Meinhard, cross £ow, V-groove)

Yes Low No Water-based eluents, with limitations for organics

High ef¢ciency nebulizer (HEN) Yes High Yes Water-based eluents, with limitations for organicsUSN Yes High Yes Best for clean water samples, ef¢ciency depends

strongly on viscosity and on dissolved solidsHigh pressure nebulizer (HHPN) Yes High Yes Best for high viscosity samples, high ef¢ciency

for a wide range of samplesDIN No Low /high

( relative /absolute)

No All kinds of eluents, useful for Hg, B, I andother elements deleterious for conventionalnebulization units

Scott spray chamber ^ ^ No Standard equipment of most ICPCyclone chamber ^ ^ No Lower dead volume, faster wash out timeDesolvation ^ ^ ^ Large dead volume, large surface area, subject

to physical and chemical interferences

280 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1127: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

slice are in the same order of magnitude. In typicalIC applications this source of error is not signi¢cant.

The precision of isotope ratio measurement inon-line applications is rather low as mainly causedby the high noise level of sequential ICP^MS instru-ments and a time dependent isotope ratio shiftcaused by the time depending elution signal of ICand the different times at which the masses for iso-tope ratio determinations are measured [ 24 ].

The strategies to measure isotope ratios includepeak area and peak height ratioing and on a timeslice method with calculation of an isotope ratio foreach data point separately as shown in Fig. 4. Peakheight is not so suitable because of the high short-term noise of ICP^MS. Best results are obtained forpeak area and time slice ratio measurements.

Some practical aspects must be taken into con-sideration when an appropriate integration timeshould be chosen. A maximum of sensitivity isgiven for longer integration times directly onpeak, but this time is limited by the number of ele-ments to be determined and the required maximumlength of a single time slice. The precision of iso-tope ratios or of internal standardization shouldincrease with faster scan speed. Disadvantage offaster scanning is a decreasing integration time

per peak by an increasing number of dead timesresulting from the jump back of the quadrupoleand of course an increase of the noise level.

6. Applications of on-line couplingIC^ICP^(AES,MS )

Every coupling application favors one part of thecoupling system. A dominating chromatographypart leads to the speciation analysis [ 5,6,26,27 ].The elemental speci¢c detection facilities of atomicspectrometry are strongly favored over the multi-element capabilities. An inversion of this construc-tion leads to multielement trace analysis in complexmatrices with the use of chromatographic equip-ment as powerful preconcentration and matrixelimination tool [ 13 ]. The ability of chromatogra-phy for a further time resolution between the sep-arated traces is not really required because of theexcellent elemental speci¢c detection capabilitiesof atomic spectrometry.

A third group of coupling applications uses thefeatures of coupling of IC and atomic spectrometryin a more balanced way. The separation of the rareearth elements (REE) with help of IC as an example

Fig. 4. Example of the simple replacement of conductivity detection by an ICP^MS. The sample was 585 Wl of an ozonized tap water.The self-made column P150497 DMEA was operated with 75 mmol / l NH4NO3, pH 6 as eluent at a £ow rate of 1 ml / min. Thedetection device was an ICP^MS PQ ExCell in the collision cell mode.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 281

Page 1128: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

uses both the excellent separation power of highperformance LC (HPLC) and the elemental speci¢cdetection [ 28 ]. The deleterious in£uence of bariumoxides and oxides of the lighter REE on the heavierones is eliminated by a ( retention) time resolutionbetween them.

6.1. On-line preconcentration techniques usingchromatographic equipment

Preconcentration or matrix separation is a wellknown technique in analytical chemistry. Everyinstrumental method needs or will need such achemical treatment when the latter does not meetthe required detection limit. The literature aboutolder instrumental techniques such as photometry,X-ray £uorescence spectrometry, atomic absorp-tion spectrometry and not at least ICP^AES or theliterature about ion exchange and related tech-niques includes a lot of those chemical treatments[ 21,29 ], whereas most of them can be transferred toon-line coupling IC^ICP^(AES,MS). Table 3 sum-marizes activities using on-line coupled IC^ICP^(AES,MS) for preconcentration and subsequentultra trace analysis. The main driving power forthe development of analytical methods for ultratrace determinations is the environmental researchand the microelectronic industry with their rapidlyincreasing demand for even lower detection limits.

Preconcentration as an extrema of chromato-graphic separation is the only application of on-line coupling, which offers a double sensitivityenhancement. At ¢rst, every chromatographic

treatment without included preconcentration stepcauses a dilution of the analytes of interest. Withpreconcentration only an on-line coupled detec-tion system offers the ability for the detection ofthe analytes without lowering the highest possibleconcentration of the analyte by mixing the differentincrements of an elution signal. Exactly this hap-pens when off-line separations with fraction collec-tion are to be applied.

Secondly, when matrix elimination is included inthe preconcentration procedure, the deleteriousinterferences and suppression caused by the matrixare absent. Furthermore the implementation ofsample pretreatment into a chromatographic sys-tem offers some unique advantages:

õ The closed system of modern LC reduces the riskof airborne contamination

õ Especially for trace analyses modern IC equip-ment offers a complete metal free design

õ Modern IC equipment allows the use of highefficiency packing materials with the mainadvantage of faster mass transfer during theseparation and the elution process

õ Highly reproducible flow rates of IC allow theuse of nebulization ICP despite its mass flowdependent detection characteristics as quantita-tive detection system

An extremely powerful application of precon-centration combined with on-line coupling is theanalysis of a group of chemicals used for microchipproduction. The simplest application is the trace

Table 3Examples of applications of chromatographic preconcentration techniques for on-line coupling IC^ICP^(AES,MS) ordered by the type ofmatrix

Sample / matrix Separationmode

Analytes separated Preconcentrationcolumn

Detection limits Refs.

As, Mo, W, P, Re Cation,anion

Li, Be, Na, Mg, Al, Ca, Sc, Ti, Cr,Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Ga, Sr, Y,Ag, Cd, Ba, REE, Tl, Pb, Bi, Th, U

SCX (AG 50W),SAX (AG1X-8)

0.1^80 ng /g referringto the solid sample

[ 13,24 ]

MoSix, WSix Cation See As application After volatilization ofSiF4 SCX (AG 50W)

0.2^200 ng /g solidsample

[ 38 ]

Seawater,waste water

Chelation Cd, Co, Cu, Fe, Mn, Ni, Pb, Ti, V Iminodiacetic acid not reported [ 39 ]

Alkali and alkalineearth metals, anions,seawater

Chelation V, Cr, Ni, Co, Cu, Mo, Pt, Hg, Bi Bis(carboxymethyl )-dithiocarbamateadsorbed on XAD-4

9^80 ng / l(0.5 ml sample loop,no sample dilution)

[ 40 ]

Seawater,riverine water

Chelation Mn, Co, Cu, Cd, Pb, U, Fe, Mn,Co, Ni, Cu, Zn, Cd, Pb

Iminodiacetic acid,silica immobilized8-hydroxyquinoline

6^200 ng / l,0.8 ng / l(with IDMS)

[ 31,41,42 ]

282 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1129: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

enrichment from de-ionized water or hydrogenperoxide as working and etching media. The onlyproblem of hydrogen peroxide analysis is the lim-ited chemical stability of common PS /DVB ionexchangers. Better properties show exchangersbased on highly cross-linked PS /DVB combinedwith a different exchange site for better thermaland oxidation stability [ 30 ].

Traces in pure elements represent the next levelof complexity. The level of problems is governed bythe differences in the chemical behavior of traces tobe analyzed and the matrix species and the dif¢cul-ties of the dissolution procedure including theamount and the purity of the reagents needed forthis step [ 13 ].

The analysis of complex samples such as sea-water requires the use of chelating exchangers[ 31 ]. The increased selectivity allows the sensitiveanalysis of selected groups of analytes. The multi-element capabilities are usually decreased whenthe separation mechanism is changed from ionexchange to chelation.

6.2. Speciation analysis

The ¢eld of speciation analysis has been coveredby several reviews [ 6,26,27,32,33 ] and specialissues. The basic methodology is referred to in anumber of excellent reviews and monographs[ 5,6,26 ]. Most of the work before 1990 uses AASor ICP^AES as detection unit, whereas newer appli-cations almost exclusively use ICP^MS. Table 4shows a summary of elements analyzed using ion

chromatographic methods as speciation tool. Themethodology for the selection of a separation sys-tem is based on the chemistry of the species to beseparated. Permanent ionic species are most widelyanalyzed using ion chromatographic techniques,whereas arsenic is the most versatile trace elementbecause of a large number of stable anionic, non-ionic and cationic species. Other elements such aslead or mercury are often present as non-ionic spe-cies and therefore most likely analyzed by reversedphase and /or ion pair chromatography.

Speciation analysis is beside the elimination ofinterferences the most important ¢eld of couplingapplications of IC^ICP^(AES,MS) because of theextended use of IC features. There are practicallyno alternatives to the speciation applications. Thedisadvantage of IC for speciation is the limited chro-matographic performance of LC with a maximum of10 compounds that can be separated in a singleelution system.

6.3. Elimination of interferences

At an intermediate stage between speciationanalysis, which is impossible without chromato-graphic separation, and preconcentration tech-niques, which are impossible without a powerfulmultielement detection system, a third group ofcoupling applications dealing with the eliminationof interferences in atomic spectrometry and IC canbe found. In this ¢eld on-line coupling IC^ICP^(AES,MS) is only one possible solution. Spectro-scopic interferences are a well known problem in

Table 4Examples for the use of on-line coupling IC^ICP^(AES,MS) for elimination of interferences at the atomic spectrometry or the IC side

Sample / matrix Separationmode

Eliminated interference ICP Interference IC Comments Refs.

As species in urine Anion 40Ar35Cl on 75As ^ Prototype of this kind ofapplication

[ 43,44 ]

Mo Anion MoO2 on Te Other anions Ultra trace determination [ 24 ]REE, REE oxides Cation Oxides and hydrides of lighter

REE or heavier onesPeak overlap due tolimited selectivity

HIBA, and lactic acidgradient

[ 28 ]

Transition metals inS and Cl matrices

Anion S- and Cl-based interferenceson V, Cr, Cu, Zn, As and Se

Not applicable toIC alone

Off-line application withattempts for on-linecoupling

[ 45 ]

Se in human urineand serum

Anion ArCl on 75As and 77Se Other anions Both on-line and off-line [ 46 ]

BrO33 in water Anion Ar2H on 81Br Cl3, NO2

3 High impact on drinkingwater

[ 36 ]

IO33 in water Anion ^ Early eluting anions Species-related [ 47 ]

Fission products Anion /cation

90Sr /90Zr, 137Cs /137 Ba, REE Other anions /cations Resolution of uncommonisobaric overlaps

[ 48 ]

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 283

Page 1130: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

ICP^AES and ICP^MS and several workaroundswithout a chromatographic technique are beingdeveloped. First attempts are simple correctionequations using the natural abundances of the iso-topes or reference elements for the correction ofoxide and double charged ions. More sophisticatedis the use of special instrumental features such ascool plasma, collision cells, other detection wave-length or a speci¢c sample introduction systemsuch as hydride generation [ 8,14 ].

Cases where such corrections are not successfulor impossible increase the application area of on-line coupling. Main attraction for on-line couplingfor the prevention from interferences is the analysisof REE (see Table 5). This is a relatively small groupof analytes with a very similar chemical behavioramong each other and a lot of good usable differ-ences in chemical behavior to common concomi-tants. The separation of the REE is mostly done by ahydroxyisobutyric acid (HIBA) gradient using astrong acid cation exchanger. The separation ofthe REE is almost complete and allows the resolu-tion of isobaric ions, of isobaric oxides and as aspeciality of isobaric hydrides.

A second type of application deals with the ArCl�interferences at arsenic, which nature as single iso-topic element makes mathematical correctionsextremely dif¢cult. Further application areas canbe seen in the ¢eld of transition metals, whose anal-ysis at trace levels is sometimes extremely dif¢cultor impossible, or in the analysis of anionic traces inanionic matrices such as the refractory metals.

Newer applications deal with the determinationof oxyhalides in water samples using both the supe-rior sensitivity of ICP^MS and its element speci¢cdetection to solve selectivity and detection prob-

lems of IC (Fig. 5). The most prominent exampleis the determination of bromate, which may guideas a reference for the evolution cycle of on-lineapplications.

First IC^ICP^MS applications simply adapted anIC application by replacing the conductivity detec-tor by ICP^MS [ 34 ]. Optimization on both parts ofthe coupling system increased speed, accuracy andLOD signi¢cantly. On the IC side the commonlyused low capacity anion exchangers were replacedby high capacity ones with similar performance[ 2,35 ]. This allowed an increase in sample volumeand lowered the LOD. The next step is the replace-ment of the commonly used aqueous NaOH orNa2CO3 eluents in concentrations up to 180mmol / l. These eluents require chemical suppres-sion in order to avoid large amounts of sodiumreaching the ICP resulting in decreased plasmastability. Another disadvantage of these stronglybasic eluents is the precipitation of alkaline earthmetals as hydroxides. The elution system can beoptimized with respect to the separation problembecause there are almost no limitations in choosingthe eluent when ICP^MS detection is applied to IC.An almost ideal eluent for ICP^MS is NH4NO3,which disappears completely in the plasma. Fromthe view of IC is nitrate a good choice as eluentanion for moderately retained anions such as chlo-ride and bromate.

The optimization on the ICP^MS side includesspeci¢c set-up for bromine determination, theselection of high ef¢ciency nebulizer, the use ofcollision cell technology for the elimination of inter-fering molecular ions (Fig. 3) and not at least theuse of isotope dilution as calibration technique[ 36 ]. The ¢nal result is an IC^ICP^MS application,

Table 5Examples of the use of on-line coupling IC^ICP^(AES,MS) as a tool for the speciation of elements

Element Separation modes Separated species Comments Refs.

Al Anion /cation Al( III ) and Al complex species Chromatographic separation of fragilecomplexes

[ 49 ]

As Anion /cation As( III ), As(V), anionic or cationicorganic As compounds

Most popular application [ 50 ]

Cr Anion /cation / ionpair

Cr( III ), Cr(VI) Slow kinetics of Cr( III ) cause problems [ 51]

Hg Ion pair Cationic Hg compounds Critical element in ICP [ 52 ]Pt Anion Anionic Pt complexes Strong adsorbed anions, catalyst abrasive [ 53 ]S Anion S23, SO3

23, S2O323, SCN3 Detection as 32S16O� [ 54 ]

Sb Anion Sb( III ), Sb(V), anionic organic Sb compounds Unidenti¢ed signals [ 55 ]Se Anion Se( IV), Se(VI ), anionic organic Se compounds Hydride generation possible [ 51]Sn Cation Organotin compounds Mostly sediments [ 56 ]

284 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1131: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

which allows the highly accurate determination ofbromate in almost every water sample within 10min without any calibration protocol at the subWg / l level.

6.4. IDMS applications

A speci¢c disadvantage of coupling techniquesin contrast to standard ICP^MS applications isthe time consumption raising higher costs andeven more deleterious a decreased accuracy andreproducibility from long-term drifts. Classicalmethods for the compensation of long-term driftssuch as time dependent calibration functions, inter-nal standards and post column internal standardsare not really able to solve drift problems. The idealway out to eliminate all drift problems is the useof isotope dilution measurements [ 36,37 ] asexemplary shown for the determination ofbromate in water samples. Using an isotopespike of pure bromate with an enrichment of 81Brgenerates the chromatogram shown in Fig. 5. Theisotope ratio of the background as well as that of thebromide peak equals the natural ratio of approxi-mately 1. The bromate peak shows a strong shift of

the ratio, which can be used for quantitation. Detec-tion limits in IDMS are controlled by chemicalblanks, isobaric overlaps, purity of the spike iso-tope and the amount of analyte, which is necessaryfor accurate determination of the isotope ratios[ 37 ].

7. Conclusions and outlook

Today's reality of on-line coupling LC and ICP^MS can be described by a list of advantages andlimitations. It should be stressed that a couplingtechnique is more sophisticated, more complex,more expensive and sometimes dif¢cult to handle.Compared to a single technique it is a more power-ful tool and allows trace and speciation analysis at aso far unreached level of sensitivity and selectivity.

The list of advantages includes the followingpoints:

õ simple, fast and powerful sample pretreatmenttechnique

õ very low detection limits and quite goodreproducibility

Fig. 5. Strategies for isotope dilution analysis utilizing on-line coupling IC^ICP^MS. Shown is the separation of bromate and bromideby anion IC. The sample was 585 Wl of a bottled water, spiked with bromate and a bromate isotope standard. The column, eluent anddetection device are as described in Fig. 4. Shown are the mass traces for m / z 79 and 81 (dotted line) and the total time slice isotoperatio for m / z 79/81.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 285

Page 1132: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

õ large dynamic range of ICP^AES and ICP^MS (upto five orders of magnitude)

õ the ICP device is operated with a constantsecondary matrix

Like every analytical method on-line couplingIC^ICP^(AES,MS) suffers from several disadvan-tages and limitations:

õ not all elements and all species are detectable(limitations by the chemistry of the chromato-graphy part and by the features of the spec-trometer)

õ time consuming technique (ranging from 2 to20 min per sample)

õ a large data volume must be handled (ca. 100^1000 data points per measurement)

õ high surface area of the separation system, e.g.memory effects must be taken into consideration

Most important features of atomic spectrometryare the element speci¢c detection and the superiorsensitivity. Features such as the large dynamicrange, the relative freedom from matrix effectseven when atomic spectrometry is coupled to chro-matography can be used more extensively to savetime and to earn more accurate data using couplingtechniques.

The calibration of atomic spectrometers can behandled much easier than that of conventional ICdetectors using the large dynamic range of ICP tech-niques. Those simple off-line calibrations had beenused for ICP^AES and ICP^MS in on-line precon-centration applications. With its ability to decidebetween isotopes the ICP^MS is well suited for iso-tope dilution analysis ( IDMS), a calibration toolwhich increases the accuracy, the results andsaves time due to reduced calibration work. Theuse of IDMS in combination with on-line couplingmethods allows a signi¢cant speed up of the usuallyto IDMS applied time consuming separation proc-esses.

References

[ 1 ] R. Smits, J. Chromatogr. A 896 (2000) 1.[ 2 ] A. Seubert, G. Schminke, M. Nowak, W. Ahrer, W.

Buchberger, J. Chromatogr. A 884 (2000) 191.[ 3 ] P.R. Haddad, P.E. Jackson, Ion Chromatography: Prin-

ciples and Applications, Elsevier, Amsterdam, 1990.[ 4 ] P.E. Jackson, C.A. Pohl, Trends Anal. Chem. 16 (1997)

393.

[ 5 ] A.M. Ure, C.M. Davidson, Chemical Speciation in theEnvironment, Blackie Academic, Glasgow, 1995.

[ 6 ] O.F.X. Donard, J.A. Caruso, Spectrochim. Acta B 53(1998) 157.

[ 7 ] E.H. Evans, J.J. Giglio, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8 (1993) 1.[ 8 ] A. Montaser, D.W. Golightly, Inductively Coupled Plas-

mas in Analytical Atomic Spectrometry, VCH, Wein-heim, 1992.

[ 9 ] J.A.C. Broekaert, Spectrochim. Acta B 55 (2000) 737.[ 10 ] K.E. Jarvis, A.L. Gray, R.S. Houk, Handbook of Induc-

tively Coupled Plasma Mass Spectrometry, BlackieAcademic, Glasgow, 1992.

[ 11 ] G. Toëlg, Analyst 112 (1987) 365.[ 12 ] H.M. Ortner, P. Wilhartitz, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 337

(1990) 686.[ 13 ] A. Seubert, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 345 (1993) 547.[ 14 ] A. Montaser, Inductively Coupled Plasma Mass Spec-

trometry, Wiley-VCH, New York, 1998.[ 15 ] H. Becker-Ross, S.V. Florek, Spectrochim. Acta B 52

(1997) 1367.[ 16 ] K. Krengel-Rothensee, U. Richter, P. Heitland, J. Anal.

At. Spectrom. 14 (1999) 699.[ 17 ] Z. Du, R.S. Houk, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 15 (2000) 383.[ 18 ] M. Guilhaus, Spectrochim. Acta B 55 (2000) 1511.[ 19 ] R.E. Sturgeon, J.W.H. Lam, A. Saint, J. Anal. At. Spec-

trom. 15 (2000) 607.[ 20 ] N. Jakubowski, L. Moens, F. Vanhaecke, Spectrochim.

Acta B 53 (1998) 1739.[ 21 ] K. Dorfner, Ion Exchanges, de Gruyter, New York,

1991.[ 22 ] B. Paul, R. Haddad, Trends Anal. Chem. 18 (1999) 107.[ 23 ] D. Ishii, Introduction to Microscale High Performance

Liquid Chromatography, VCH, Weinheim, 1988.[ 24 ] A. Seubert, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 350 (1994) 210.[ 25 ] D.R. Wiederin, F.G. Smith, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chem. 63

(1991) 219.[ 26 ] P. Quevauviller, J. Chromatogr. A 750 (1996) 25.[ 27 ] L.A. Ellis, D.J. Roberts, J. Chromatogr. A 774 (1997) 3.[ 28 ] K. Kawabata, Y. Kishi, O. Kamaguchi, Y. Watanabe, Y.

Inoue, Anal. Chem. 63 (1991) 2137.[ 29 ] J. Korkisch, Handbook of Ion Exchange: Their Appli-

cation to Inorganic Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 1^6, CRCPress, Boca Raton, FL, 1989.

[ 30 ] A. Seubert, A. Klingenberg, J. Chromatogr. A 782(1997) 142.

[ 31 ] J.W. McLaren, J.W.H. Lam, S.S. Bermann, K. Akatsuka,M.A. Azeredo, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8 (1993) 279.

[ 32 ] S.J. Hill, M.J. Bloxham, P.J. Worsfold, J. Anal. At. Spec-trom. 7 (1993) 499.

[ 33 ] L. Ebdon, S. Hill, R.W. Ward, Analyst 112 (1987) 1.[ 34 ] D.T. Heitkemper, L.A. Kaine, D.S. Jackson, K.A. Wol-

nik, J. Chromatogr. A 671 (1994) 101.[ 35 ] M. Nowak, A. Seubert, Anal. Chim. Acta 359 (1998)

193.[ 36 ] J.T. Creed, C.A. Brockhoff, Anal. Chem. 71 (1999) 722.[ 37 ] K.G. Heumann, S.M. Gallus, G. Raëdlinger, J. Vogl, Spec-

trochim. Acta B 53 (1998) 273.[ 38 ] A. Seubert, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 354 (1996) 788.[ 39 ] E.M. Heithmar, T.A. Hinners, J.T. Rowan, J.M. Riviello,

Anal. Chem. 62 (1990) 857.[ 40 ] M.R. Plantz, J.S. Fritz, F.G. Smith, R.S. Houk, Anal.

Chem. 61 (1989) 149.

286 trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001

Page 1133: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf

TRAC 2708 29-6-01

[ 41 ] D. Beauchemin, S.S. Berman, Anal. Chem. 61 (1989)1857.

[ 42 ] A. Miyazaki A, R.A. Reimer, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8(1993) 449.

[ 43 ] B.S. Sheppard, W.L. Shen, J.A. Caruso, D.T. Heitkem-per, F.L. Fricke, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 5 (1990) 431.

[ 44 ] B.S. Sheppard, J.A. Caruso, D.T. Heitkemper, K.A. Wol-nik, Analyst 117 (1992) 971.

[ 45 ] J. Goossens, R. Dams, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 7 (1992)1167.

[ 46 ] J. Goossens, L. Moens, R. Dams, J. Anal. At. Spectrom. 8(1993) 921.

[ 47 ] H.-J. Staërk, J. Mattusch, R. Wennrich, A. Mroczek, Fre-senius J. Anal. Chem. 359 (1997) 371.

[ 48 ] M. Betti, J. Chromatogr. A 789 (1997) 369.[ 49 ] G. Borrmann, A. Seubert, Anal. Chim. Acta 386 (1999)

77.[ 50 ] J. Mattusch, R. Wennrich, Anal. Chem. 70 (1998) 3649.[ 51 ] J. Kotas, Z. Stasicka, Z. Environ. Pollut. 107 (2000) 263.[ 52 ] S.C.K. Shum, H. Pang, R.S. Houk, Anal. Chem. 64

(1992) 2444.

[ 53 ] D. Nachtigall, S. Artelt, G. Wuënsch, J. Chromatogr. A775 (1997) 197.

[ 54 ] B. Divjak, W. Goessler, J. Chromatogr. A 844 (1999)161.

[ 55 ] N. Ulrich, Anal. Chim. Acta 359 (1998) 245.[ 56 ] M. Abalos, J.M. Bayona, R. Companìoè , M. Granados,

J. Chromatogr. A 788 (1997) 1.

Andreas Seubert received his diploma in chemistry in 1988 and hisPh.D. in analytical chemistry in 1990, both from the University ofHannover, Germany. In 1995 he achieved the habilitation foranalytical chemistry with a work dealing with on-line coupling ofHPLC and atomic spectrometry. Currently he is a professor foranalytical chemistry at the Philipps-University of Marburg.Hisresearch interests include liquid chromatography with specialemphasis on ion chromatography, atomic spectrometry and thecoupling techniques between them. Further interests are thespeciation of aluminium and other elements using separationtechniques.

trends in analytical chemistry, vol. 20, nos. 6+7, 2001 287

Page 1134: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1135: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1136: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1137: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1138: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1139: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1140: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1141: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1142: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1143: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1144: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1145: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1146: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1147: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1148: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1149: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1150: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1151: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1152: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1153: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1154: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1155: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1156: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1157: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1158: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1159: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1160: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1161: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1162: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1163: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1164: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1165: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1166: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1167: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1168: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1169: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf
Page 1170: Food analysis by HPLC.pdf